COLLECTIBLES USA INC
S-1, 1997-06-13
Previous: WELLSFORD REAL PROPERTIES INC, 8-K, 1997-06-13
Next: OSI SYSTEMS INC, S-1, 1997-06-13




 
      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 13, 1997
                                             REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                            <C>
                 Delaware                        5999                     13-3906920
    (State or other jurisdiction     (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
 of incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
</TABLE>


                       ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                 (212) 344-1271
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                               RONALD P. RAFALOFF
                 CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                       ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004 
                                 (212) 344-1271

 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)

                                   COPIES TO:

  DAVID W. POLLAK, ESQ.                                  PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.
MORGAN,  LEWIS  &  BOCKIUS  LLP                     FULBRIGHT  & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
     101 PARK AVENUE                                      666 FIFTH AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10178                              NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
     (212) 309-6058                                        (212) 318-3000

                               ------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                               ------------------

    If any of the securities  being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]

    If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

    If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

    If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PROPOSED       PROPOSED MAXIMUM
         TITLE OF EACH                                        MAXIMUM           AGGREGATE         AMOUNT OF
      CLASS OF SECURITIES              AMOUNT TO BE        OFFERING PRICE        OFFERING         REGISTRATION
        TO BE REGISTERED               REGISTERED(1)       PER SHARE(2)        PRICE(1)(2)           FEE
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>                <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value ......   3,105,000 shares        $12.00           $37,260,000          $11,291
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Includes  405,000  shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
    to cover over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting."

(2) Estimated  solely  for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant
    to Rule 457(a).

     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH  DATE  AS THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

<PAGE>

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 13, 1997

PROSPECTUS

                                2,700,000 SHARES

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                  ------------

     All of the 2,700,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being issued
and sold by Collectibles USA, Inc. ("Collectibles USA"). Prior to this offering,
there  has been no  public  market  for the  Common  Stock,  and there can be no
assurance  that a trading  market  will  develop  after  the sale of the  shares
offered  hereby.  It is currently  anticipated  that the initial public offering
price will be between $ and $ per share. See  "Underwriting" for a discussion of
the factors to be considered in determining  the initial public  offering price.
Collectibles  USA has applied for  quotation  of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "COUS."

                                  ------------

     SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON  PAGE  10  FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS  THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
 
                                  ------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      UNDERWRITING
                         PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO
                         PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
Per Share  ......          $               $                 $
Total(3)   ......         $               $                 $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  For information  regarding  indemnification of the Underwriters and certain
     compensation  payable  to  the  Representatives  of the  Underwriters,  see
     "Underwriting."

(2)  Before  deducting  expenses of this offering  payable by  Collectibles  USA
     estimated at $ .

(3)  Collectibles  USA has granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  exercisable
     within 30 days of the date  hereof,  to purchase  up to 405,000  additional
     shares of Common  Stock  solely to cover over-  allotments,  if any, on the
     same terms and conditions as the shares offered  hereby.  If such option is
     exercised in full,  the total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and
     Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See
     "Underwriting."

     The shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the several  Underwriters
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters,  subject to their
right to reject any order in whole or in part and to certain  other  conditions.
It is expected  that  delivery of the  certificates  representing  the shares of
Common  Stock  will be made on or  about  ,  1997 at the  offices  of  Ladenburg
Thalmann & Co. Inc., New York, New York.

                         LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC.

                   The date of this Prospectus is     , 1997

Information   contained   herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration  statement  relating  to  these  securities has been filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration becomes effective.
This  prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an
offer  to  buy  nor  shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in
which  such  offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration
or qualification under the securities law of any such State.


<PAGE>

Photographs of:

      1. Interior of Crystal Galaxy

      2. Exterior of Crystal Galaxy

      3. Interior of North Pole City

      4. Interior of American Royal Arts Gallery

      5. Precious Moments figurine

      6. Armani figurine

      7. Crystal Dragon

      8. Garfield/Odie Cel

      9. Beauty and the Beast figurine

     10. Cherished Teddies




     CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SYNDICATE SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS
AND  THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

     Garfield\R is a registered trademark of Paws, Incorporated;  The Simpsons\R
and  Anastasia\R  are  registered  trademarks  of  Twentieth  Century  Fox  Film
Corporation;  and Bugs Bunny\R, Elmer  Fudd\R,  Yosemite  Sam\R,  and Tweety and
Sylvester\R are registered trademarks of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.
This  Prospectus  includes  trademarks  other  than  those  identified  in  this
paragraph.  Such trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The use
of any such trademark herein is in an editorial form only, and to the benefit of
the owner thereof, with no intention of infringement of the trademark.

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     Concurrently with the closing of the offering made hereby (the "Offering"),
Collectibles USA, Inc. plans to acquire, in separate transactions (collectively,
the "Acquisitions"),  in exchange for consideration including cash and shares of
its common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  six separate
retailers of contemporary collectibles and three separate marketers of animation
art (each, a "Founding  Company" and  collectively,  the "Founding  Companies").
Unless  otherwise  indicated,  references  herein  to  "Collectibles  USA"  mean
Collectibles  USA, Inc., and references to the "Company" mean  Collectibles  USA
and the Founding Companies, collectively.

     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by the more  detailed
information and financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless  otherwise  indicated (I) all information and share and
per share data in this  Prospectus  (i) give  effect to the  Acquisitions,  (ii)
assume the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, (iii) assume an
initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, (iv) assume the conversion of
all outstanding  shares of the Company's  Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock,
liquidation  value $50 per share (the "Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock"),
into $1.0 million in cash and 60,606  shares of Common Stock and (v) give effect
to a  1,016.604-for-1  share dividend on the Common Stock effected as of May 12,
1997 (the "Stock  Split") and (II) all  references  to Common Stock include both
Common Stock and restricted  voting common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the
"Restricted Common Stock"), of the Company.

     References  to  "Fiscal  1995,"  "Fiscal  1996"  and  "Fiscal  1997"  mean,
respectively,  the year ended  December 31, 1994,  1995 and 1996 with respect to
six Founding  Companies;  November  30, 1994,  1995 and 1996 with respect to one
Founding  Company;  March  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997 with  respect  to one other
Founding  Company;  and  October  31,  1994 and 1995 and  January  31, 1997 with
respect to one other  Founding  Company.  The  Company  has adopted a 52/53 week
fiscal year ending on the last Sunday in January.  With  respect to the Company,
references to "Fiscal  1997" mean the year ended January 26, 1997.  With respect
to the financial  information  of the Combined  Founding  Companies set forth in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations," references to "Fiscal 1995," "Fiscal 1996" and "Fiscal 1997" mean a
combination of the fiscal years of each of the Founding Companies for such year.

                                   THE COMPANY

     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire six  retailers  of  contemporary  collectibles  and three
marketers of animation art simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. Upon
the consummation of these  Acquisitions,  the Company believes that it will be a
leading  retailer  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  a  leading  marketer  of
animation art in the United  States.  The Company's 16  collectibles  stores are
located in California  (2),  Florida,  Illinois (6), Nevada (2), New Jersey (2),
Oklahoma (2) and Virginia. In addition, certain stores sell collectibles through
database direct mail, inbound and outbound telemarketing operations and over the
Internet.  The Company sells  animation art primarily  through  database  direct
mail, telemarketing and the Internet to both retail and wholesale customers, and
operates  five  animation  art galleries  located in  California,  New York (2),
Pennsylvania and Washington.

     The Company's  collectibles  merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures
made from  porcelain,  ceramic and resin,  and a wide selection of crystal items
including functional and decorative products. The Company also sells collectible
cottages and villages, collectible prints and lithographs, collectible Christmas
ornaments and other holiday collectibles.  The Company's merchandise is produced
by leading vendors such as Lladro,  Department 56  (manufacturer of The Original
Snow  Village and The  Heirloom  Village  Collection  product  lines),  Giuseppe
Armani,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product  line),  Waterford,
Baccarat,  Lalique,  Swarovski,  Disney and Enesco (manufacturer of the Precious
Moments and  Cherished  Teddies  product  lines).  The  Company's  animation art
galleries carry a full spectrum of animation artwork,

                                        3


<PAGE>

including original production cels, limited editions, sericels, model sheets and
original  drawings.  In addition,  the Company has  licenses or rights,  some of
which are  exclusive,  to design,  produce and market  animation art featuring a
wide variety of well known characters,  including Garfield\R, The Simpsons\R and
Anastasia\R,  and is also an authorized  dealer of limited editions and sericels
created by Disney and Warner Brothers.

     According  to Unity  Marketing's  The  Collectibles  Industry  Report  1995
("Unity Marketing"),  the collectibles  industry grew approximately 13% in 1995,
generating over $8 billion in primary sales (i.e., sales of new merchandise), of
which  approximately  76% were generated by retail sales (including TV shopping)
and  approximately  24%  were  generated  by  direct  response  marketing.   The
contemporary  collectibles industry is serviced by approximately 9,500 specialty
retail   collectibles   stores   nationwide.   Collectibles  are  also  sold  by
mid-to-upscale department stores, home furnishing stores, small specialty import
stores,  gift stores,  card shops,  TV  shopping,  collectors  clubs,  and other
gallery and print stores.  According to Unity Marketing, an estimated 22 million
Americans identify themselves as collectors.

     The  Company's  goal is to become  the  leading  retailer  of  contemporary
collectibles and the leading marketer of animation art in the United States. The
Company  will  seek  to  achieve  this  goal  by   emphasizing   growth  through
acquisitions  and  implementing  a national  operating  strategy  that  enhances
internal revenue growth and profitability.  

   Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:

   o  Grow  through  Acquisitions.  The Company  intends to acquire  profitable,
      well-managed  collectibles retailers and animation art marketers that have
      good reputations  with vendors and customers and, where possible,  provide
      new  categories  of  merchandise  that may be  cross-sold to the Company's
      existing customer base. The Company believes that it will be an attractive
      acquiror of other retailers and marketers due to its strategy of retaining
      owners and management of acquired companies, its access to capital and its
      ability to offer  sellers  cash for their  business  as well as an ongoing
      equity stake in the Company.  The Company has built an extensive  database
      of businesses  within the  collectibles  and animation art  industries and
      believes it will be well positioned to implement its  acquisition  program
      promptly  following  the  Offering.  Although  the Company  will  consider
      opportunities to make larger acquisitions,  the Company's target candidate
      for  acquisition  is  expected  to have $2 to $5 million in annual  sales,
      demonstrated profitability and one to four retail locations.

   o  Open New  Stores.  Although  the  Company  intends to focus  initially  on
      acquiring other retailers of collectibles  and marketers of animation art,
      the Company  expects to complement its  acquisition  growth with new store
      openings.  Over the next 12  months,  the  Company  plans to  develop  two
      prototype store formats:  a "superstore"  format of  approximately  18,000
      square feet,  designed for either  free-standing  or strip mall locations,
      and a mall-based  format,  of approximately  1,500 square feet. Other than
      the  anticipated  opening of one or two prototype  locations,  the Company
      currently does not intend to open new stores over the next 12 months.

   Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:

   o  Strengthen and Expand Vendor  Relationships.  Vendors in the  collectibles
      industry  often  recognize  retailers  based on certain  volume levels and
      reputation. Many of the Founding Companies have achieved preferred gallery
      status with key vendors  which  entitles them to volume  discounts,  co-op
      advertising  funds,  shipping  allowances and other benefits.  The Company
      believes  that as a leading  retailer of  collectibles  merchandise  and a
      leading  marketer of animation  art in the United  States,  it will have a
      competitive advantage in leveraging its vendor relationships. In addition,
      as an industry leader, the Company

                                       4


<PAGE>

      believes that it will be able to establish  exclusive  relationships  with
      vendors for certain product lines and items.  Certain vendors already have
      expressed a willingness to develop  products on an exclusive basis for the
      Company.

   o  Expand and  Improve  Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing  and  Internet
      Marketing  Programs.  The Founding Companies have developed databases that
      often detail the buying patterns and  merchandise  preferences of existing
      and  potential  customers  and enable the  Founding  Companies  to conduct
      targeted  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing
      programs. In order to develop a comprehensive marketing program for use on
      a  Company-wide  basis,  the  Company  intends to combine  and enhance the
      existing  customer  databases of its Founding  Companies  and to introduce
      database direct mail,  telemarketing  and Internet  marketing  programs at
      Founding  Companies  and future  companies  to be  acquired  which are not
      utilizing such programs.

   o  Improve  Operating  Procedures.  Initially the Company intends to focus on
      developing a centralized  system to monitor the operations of the Founding
      Companies  by  auditing  sales  receipts,   accounts  payables,   payroll,
      purchases  and  inventory  levels  and by  implementing  centralized  cash
      management  operations.   The  Company  also  will  evaluate  implementing
      appropriate systems,  such as Company-wide  point-of-sale  systems, at its
      stores.  The Company  further  intends to enhance  operations at the store
      level by implementing improved training programs and incentive systems for
      experienced  managers  and by  creating  a  corporate-level  merchandising
      function to more effectively manage the Company's merchandising decisions,
      product  displays  and product  assortment.  Although in the near term the
      Company  expects  to  incur  higher   operating   expenses,   the  Company
      anticipates  that in the future it will  achieve  long-term  economies  of
      scale and enhanced store-level performance as a result of these efforts.

   o  Capitalize  on  Local  Strengths.  By  maintaining  significant  operating
      autonomy at the local level,  the Company  intends to  capitalize on local
      strengths,  such as name  recognition,  customer  loyalty and service.  In
      addition,  the Company  anticipates  that certain of the principals of the
      Founding  Companies will assist in establishing and refining practices for
      Company-wide operations.

     Collectibles  USA  was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in  January  1996.  Its
executive  offices are located at One Battery Park Plaza,  24th Floor, New York,
New York 10004, and its telephone number at that address is (212) 344-1271.

                                       5


<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING

Common Stock offered by the Company ..................... 2,700,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering  ...... 6,198,784 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds   ....................................... To   pay   the    cash
                                                          portion     of     the
                                                          purchase  price of the
                                                          Founding    Companies;
                                                          repay          certain
                                                          indebtedness   of  the
                                                          Founding    Companies;
                                                          pay   required    cash
                                                          amounts     in    con-
                                                          nection    with    the
                                                          conversion    of   the
                                                          Series  A  Convertible
                                                          Preferred  Stock  upon
                                                          consummation   of  the
                                                          Offering;   repay  the
                                                          principal       amount
                                                          outstanding under cer-
                                                          tain      subordinated
                                                          notes   held   by   an
                                                          affiliate    of    the
                                                          Company;    and    for
                                                          general      corporate
                                                          purposes,   which   is
                                                          expected   to  include
                                                          future   acquisitions.
                                                          See "Use of  Proceeds"
                                                          and           "Certain
                                                          Transactions."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol .................. COUS

- ----------
(1)  Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding
     Companies,  (ii)  60,606  shares to be issued to  holders  of the  Series A
     Convertible Preferred Stock and (iii) 1,016,602 shares of Restricted Common
     Stock held by various sponsors of the transactions  described  herein.  See
     "Principal Stockholders." Each share of Restricted Common Stock is entitled
     to  four-tenths  of a  vote  on  all  matters  submitted  to  stockholders.
     Restricted  Common Stock is  convertible  into Common  Stock under  certain
     circumstances.  See  "Description  of  Capital  Stock --  Common  Stock and
     Restricted Common Stock." Excludes (i) options to purchase        shares of
     Common Stock which will be granted in connection with the Offering pursuant
     to the Company's  1997  Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and the 1997
     Non-Employee  Directors' Stock Plan (the "Directors'  Plan") at an exercise
     price equal to the initial public offering price and (ii) 270,000 shares of
     Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance  upon the exercise of warrants to be
     issued to the  Representatives  of the  Underwriters  and their  designees,
     exercisable   at  120%  of  the   initial   public   offering   price  (the
     "Representatives'  Warrants").  See "Management -- 1997 Long-Term Incentive
     Plan," "-- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and "Underwriting."

                                  RISK FACTORS

     The  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  involves  a  high  degree  of risk and
immediate and substantial dilution. See "Risk Factors."


                                        6


<PAGE>

                    SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     Collectibles USA will acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously  with,
and as a condition to, the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes,  however,  American Royal Arts Corp., one of the Founding
Companies, has been identified as the "accounting acquiror." The following table
presents the unaudited pro forma  combined  financial  data for the Company,  as
adjusted  for (i) the effects of the  Acquisitions;  (ii) the effects of certain
pro forma adjustments to the historical  financial  statements  described below;
and  (iii) the  consummation  of the  Offering  and the  application  of the net
proceeds  therefrom.  This  information  should be read together with  "Selected
Financial Data," the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined  Financial  Statements and the
notes thereto and the  historical  financial  statements for American Royal Arts
Corp.  and certain of the other  Founding  Companies  and the  respective  notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                        FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                         JANUARY 31, 1997
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                      (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS,
                                                         EXCEPT SHARE AND
                                                          PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(1):
 Net sales                                                 $   25,532
 Gross profit                                                  13,778
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)               11,028
 Goodwill amortization(3)                                         447
 Operating income                                               2,304
 Interest and other income (expense), net(4)(5)                   182
 Net income before taxes                                        2,486
 Net income                                                $      687
                                                            ==========
 Net income per share                                      $      .13
                                                            ==========
 Shares used in computing net income per share(6)           5,288,100

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 31, 1997
                                                        ------------------------------------
                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                          COMBINED(7)        AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                        ------------------   ---------------
                                                             (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital (deficit)(5)                                $  (4,732)(9)        $18,109
 Total assets                                                   34,742             43,121
 Long-term obligations, net of current maturities and
   notes payables to stockholders(5)                             2,929                  -
 Stockholders' equity(5)                                        12,381             37,257
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that the
     Acquisitions  and the Offering  were closed on February 1, 1996 and are not
     necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company would have obtained had
     these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.

(2)  The pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect an aggregate of
     approximately  $950,000 in pro forma  reductions  in salary and benefits of
     the  owners  of  the   Founding   Companies   to  which  they  have  agreed
     prospectively,  and  certain  other  adjustments,  including  the effect of
     revisions of certain lease agreements  between certain  stockholders of the
     Founding Companies and such Founding Companies. See "Certain Transactions."

                                        7


<PAGE>

(3)  Reflects  amortization  of the  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions  over a 40-year period and computed on the basis  described in
     the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

(4)  Includes the  reduction of pro forma  interest  expense  attributed  to the
     repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

(5)  Several  of  the  Founding  Companies  are S  Corporations.  Prior  to  the
     Acquisitions,  these Founding  Companies will make  distributions  to their
     stockholders totaling $1.7 million, representing substantially all of their
     previously    taxed    undistributed    earnings   (the   "S    Corporation
     Distributions").  In  order  to pay the S  Corporation  Distributions,  the
     Founding  Companies will borrow $1.7 million from existing  sources,  which
     will be repaid from the net  proceeds  of the  Offering.  Accordingly,  pro
     forma interest expense has been increased,  pro forma long-term obligations
     have been increased and pro forma stockholders' equity has been reduced.

(6)  Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding
     Companies,  (ii)  60,606  shares to be issued to  holders  of the  Series A
     Convertible  Preferred Stock and (iii) 1,956,876 of the 2,700,000 shares to
     be sold in the  Offering to pay the cash portion of the  consideration  for
     the  Acquisitions,   repay  indebtedness  relating  to  the  S  Corporation
     Distributions  and  pay  expenses  of the  Offering.  Excludes  options  to
     purchase  shares  which  will be granted in  connection  with the  Offering
     pursuant to the Plan and the Directors'  Plan at an exercise price equal to
     the initial public  offering price and 270,000 shares reserved for issuance
     upon exercise of the  Representatives'  Warrants.  See  "Management -- 1997
     Long- Term Incentive  Plan," "-- 1997  Non-Employee  Directors' Stock Plan"
     and "Underwriting."

(7)  The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions were
     closed on January 31, 1997. The pro forma  combined  balance sheet data are
     based  upon  preliminary  estimates,   available  information  and  certain
     assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read in
     conjunction with the other financial  statements and notes thereto included
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.

(8)  Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

(9)  Includes  $9.2  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies,
     representing the cash portion of the  consideration for the Acquisitions to
     be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

                                        8


<PAGE>

               SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table presents certain summary  statements of operations data
for the Founding Companies for each of their three most recent fiscal years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL(1)
                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                             1995           1996           1997
                                                           ------------   ------------   -----------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
American Royal Arts
 Sales                                                     $3,897,785     $4,051,072     $4,288,612
 Gross profit                                               2,182,760      2,491,154      2,782,828
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)            1,587,875      1,759,886      1,778,138
Stone's Hallmark
 Sales                                                     $3,488,838     $4,281,040     $4,985,549
 Gross profit                                               1,689,219      2,012,350      2,488,975
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)            1,430,695      1,787,457      2,117,010
Crystal Galleria(3)
 Sales                                                     $2,503,075     $2,794,361     $3,727,285
 Gross profit                                               1,315,177      1,461,184      1,942,369
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)              730,906        875,180      1,564,229
North Pole City
 Sales                                                     $2,562,024     $2,865,249     $3,726,332
 Gross profit                                               1,190,985      1,373,610      1,993,701
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)              989,561      1,077,684      1,521,669
Little Elegance(3)
 Sales                                                     $3,113,114     $2,707,793     $2,598,270
 Gross profit                                               1,362,429      1,238,268      1,251,609
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)            1,260,761      1,179,842      1,229,978
Reef Hallmark(3)
 Sales                                                     $1,419,294     $1,838,788     $2,492,809
 Gross profit                                                 633,618        737,030      1,191,341
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)              484,960        628,543        934,764
Animation USA(3)
 Sales                                                     $1,212,497     $1,731,856     $1,716,410
 Gross profit                                                 600,536        833,341        876,127
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)              626,514        773,523        845,100
Filmart(3)
 Sales                                                     $  760,653     $1,053,089     $1,445,848
 Gross profit                                                 503,716        541,720        947,928
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)              452,189        492,577        539,178
Crystal Palace(3)
 Sales                                                     $1,103,714     $1,129,960     $1,132,782
 Gross profit                                                 415,965        467,809        595,517
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)              466,737        478,785        455,299
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  The fiscal years presented are as follows: American Royal Arts -- the years
     ended  October  31,  1994 and 1995 and the year  ended  January  31,  1997;
     Stone's  Hallmark - the years ended November 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996; North
     Pole City -- the years ended  March 31,  1995,  1996 and 1997;  and Crystal
     Galleria,  Little  Elegance,  Reef  Hallmark,  Animation  USA,  Filmart and
     Crystal Palace -- the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.

(2)  Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  have not been adjusted for
     aggregate  reductions in salary and benefits of  approximately  $950,000 to
     the  owners  of  the   Founding   Companies   to  which  they  have  agreed
     prospectively and for revisions to certain lease agreements  between one of
     the  Founding  Companies  and  its  stockholders,  or for  increased  costs
     associated  with the Company's new  corporate  management  and with being a
     public company.

(3)  The summary  statements of  operations  data is unaudited for the following
     companies:  Reef  Hallmark and Filmart for Fiscal 1995;  Animation  USA for
     Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1996;  and Little  Elegance  and Crystal  Palace for
     Fiscal 1995, Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1997.

                                        9


<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  in this  Prospectus,  the  following
factors  should be  considered  carefully  in  evaluating  the  Company  and its
business  before  purchasing  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby.   This
Prospectus  contains,  in addition to  historical  information,  forward-looking
statements that involve risks and  uncertainties.  The Company's  actual results
could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences  include, but are not limited to, those discussed
in the  following  risk  factors,  "Management's  Discussions  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  

ABSENCE OF COMBINED OPERATING HISTORY

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations and generated no revenue to date.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements to acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously with the closing of
the  Offering.   The  Founding   Companies  have  been  operating  as  separate,
independent entities and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to integrate these businesses on a cost-effective  basis or at all. In addition,
there can be no assurance that the recently  assembled  management group will be
able to oversee the combined  entity and  effectively  implement  the  Company's
operating or growth strategies. Although the management of each Founding Company
has  substantial  experience in the retail sales of collectibles or marketing of
animation art, none of the Company's  officers or senior  management  group have
had  experience  managing  a  company  in  the  collectibles  or  animation  art
industries.  The pro forma combined  financial results of the Founding Companies
cover periods when the Founding  Companies and  Collectibles  USA were not under
common  control or  management  and,  therefore,  may not be  indicative  of the
Company's future financial or operating results. The success of the Company will
depend  on   management's   ability  to   centralize   and   integrate   certain
administrative  and  accounting  functions and otherwise  integrate the Founding
Companies  and  businesses  acquired  in the future into one  organization  in a
profitable  manner.  In  particular,  the Company will need to  consolidate  its
internal  systems  for  reporting  financial  and other  information,  including
inventory  levels,  deemed  significant by management.  The internal systems for
accumulating  such information at each of the Founding  Companies vary in degree
of  sophistication,  and,  in some cases,  are not  adequate  for the  Company's
anticipated  needs.  Failure to successfully  develop a consolidated  system for
reporting such information could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial  condition and results of operations.  The inability of the Company to
successfully  integrate  the Founding  Companies  would have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's  financial condition and results of operations and would
make it unlikely that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.  See
"Business  -- Business  Strategy"  and "--  Management  Information  Systems and
Controls."  The  Company  expects  to  incur  additional  management  and  other
administrative  expenses after the Acquisitions.  There can be no assurance that
these expenses will be offset by savings resulting from the consolidation of the
Founding  Companies.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

RELIANCE ON ACQUISITIONS

     The  Company's  future  growth  depends  in large  part on its  ability  to
increase  its sales  and the  markets  it  serves  through  the  acquisition  of
additional  collectibles retailers and animation art marketers.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  identify  or  acquire  additional
businesses on acceptable  terms,  effectively and profitably  integrate into the
Company  businesses  acquired in the future,  or achieve sales and profitability
that  justify  the  investment  therein.  Acquisitions  may  involve a number of
special risks,  including adverse  short-term  effects on the Company's reported
operating results; diversion of management's attention; dependence on retaining,
hiring and training key personnel;  risks associated with unanticipated problems
or legal liabilities;  and amortization of acquired  intangible assets,  some or
all of which could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.   In  addition,   to  the  extent  that
consolidation becomes more prevalent in the industry,  the prices for attractive
acquisition candidates may increase. The Company intends to use shares of Common
Stock for a portion of the consideration for future acquisitions.  If the Common
Stock  does  not  maintain  a  sufficient  value  or  if  potential  acquisition
candidates are unwilling to accept shares of

                                       10


<PAGE>

Common Stock as part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses, then
the Company may be required to utilize more of its cash resources, if available,
in order  to  pursue  its  acquisition  program.  If the  Company  does not have
sufficient  cash  resources,  its growth  could be limited  unless it is able to
obtain additional capital through financings or alternative means. See "Business
- -- Business Strategy" and the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial  Statements
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

     The Company  expects to grow  primarily  through  acquisitions.  Management
expects to expend  significant  time and effort in  evaluating,  completing  and
integrating acquisitions. The Company will need to implement additional systems,
procedures and controls to support  adequately the Company's  operations as they
expand. Any future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on
members  of senior  management,  including  the need to  identify,  recruit  and
integrate new senior level  managers and  executives.  There can be no assurance
that such additional  management will be identified and retained by the Company.
In  addition,  none of the  Company's  officers  or senior  management  have had
experience managing a consolidated company, which requires,  among other things,
the ability to manage many individual stores geographically dispersed throughout
the country.  The inability of the Company to manage its growth  efficiently and
effectively,  or to attract and retain additional  qualified  management,  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations. See "Business -- Strategy."

DEPENDENCE ON LICENSES

     The Company  markets many of its animation art products  through retail and
wholesale channels pursuant to licensing arrangements.  The Company has licenses
or rights to design,  produce  and  distribute  animation  art  featuring a wide
variety  of  well  known  characters  such as  Garfield\R,  The  Simpsons\R  and
Anastasia\R.  These arrangements are limited in scope, expire between March 1998
and September 1999, and authorize the sale of specified  licensed products for a
defined  period of time,  generally  two to four years.  The  agreements  may be
terminated prior to their expiration date under certain circumstances, including
the  Company's  failure to comply  with the  product  approval  provisions.  The
success  of  licensing  arrangements  depends  on many  factors,  including  the
reasonableness  of license  fees in  relation to revenue  generated  by sales of
licensed  products and the continued  popularity of the licensed  products.  The
termination,   cancellation  or  inability  to  renew  any  existing   licensing
arrangements, coupled with the inability to develop and enter into new licensing
arrangements,  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial
condition  and  results of  operations.  In  addition,  certain of the  Founding
Companies are authorized  dealers of limited editions and sericels  manufactured
by Disney and Warner Brothers, which are sold through retail channels. There can
be no assurance that such status will not be revoked or that any such revocation
would not have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition
and results of operations.  In addition,  the Company is an authorized dealer of
art  produced by Warner  Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney and artist Chuck Jones.
The Company's  authorized  dealer  agreements can generally be terminated by the
other party with or without  cause on short  notice.  Termination  of any of the
Company's  authorized  dealer agreements could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  financial  condition and results of  operations.  Certain of the
authorized dealer agreements  require consent to the Acquisitions.  Although the
Company will seek consents  authorizing the  Acquisitions  where required by the
terms of such authorized dealer agreements,  there can be no assurance that such
consents will be obtained. See "Business -- Licenses."  

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The Company  expects  that it will use  significant  amounts of capital for
acquisitions of other  collectibles  retailers and animation art marketers,  for
operating purposes (including the acquisition and implementation of a management
information  system) and to facilitate  internal growth.  The Company intends to
use  shares  of  Common  Stock for a portion  of the  consideration  for  future
acquisitions.  If the Common Stock does not  maintain a  sufficient  value or if
potential acquisition candidates are unwilling

                                       11


<PAGE>

to  accept  Common  Stock  as part of the  consideration  for the  sale of their
businesses,  then  the  Company  may be  required  to  utilize  more of its cash
resources,  if available,  in order to pursue its  acquisition  program.  If the
Company does not have sufficient  cash  resources,  its growth could be limited.
Using  cash  to  complete   acquisitions   and  finance  internal  growth  could
substantially limit the Company's financial flexibility; using debt could result
in  financial  covenants  that  limit the  Company's  operations  and  financial
flexibility;  and  using  equity  may  result  in  significant  dilution  of the
ownership interests of the then existing stockholders of the Company. The timing
and amount of any such capital  requirements  cannot be  predicted.  The Company
intends to seek a $15.0 million  credit  facility with a syndicate of commercial
banks to be used for  acquisitions,  working capital and other general corporate
purposes. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such
financing if, and when, it is needed or that, if available, it will be available
on terms the Company deems acceptable.  As a result, the Company might be unable
to  pursue  its  acquisition  strategy  successfully  or  to  achieve  operating
efficiencies,  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
financial condition and results of operations.  See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  - Liquidity  and
Capital Resources -- Combined" and "Business -- "Business Strategy."

FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH

     The Company's ability to generate internal earnings growth will be affected
by, among other factors,  its ability to expand the range of merchandise offered
to customers,  increase sales to existing customers,  increase market share in a
given market,  attract and retain  qualified  employees,  purchase  inventory at
acceptable  prices,  open  additional  stores  and  reduce  operating  costs and
overhead.  The Company's  inability to generate  internal  earnings growth could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY COLLECTIBLES VENDORS

     The  Company's  performance  depends,  in large  part,  on its  ability  to
purchase  contemporary  collectibles  merchandise  in  sufficient  quantities at
competitive prices. Although the Company purchases collectibles merchandise from
over 100 vendors, one vendor,  Hallmark,  accounted for approximately 11% of the
Company's  pro forma net sales in Fiscal  1997.  The  Company  has no  long-term
purchase contracts or other contractual  assurances of continued supply, pricing
or access to new products.  Because customers of collectibles  merchandise often
collect  specific  product  lines,  the  inability  of  the  Company  to  obtain
collectibles  merchandise from a particular vendor could have a material adverse
effect on its financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, there can
be no assurance that vendors will continue to manufacture desirable collectibles
merchandise  or that vendors will not  discontinue  manufacturing  product lines
that have proved  popular.  In  addition,  one of the Founding  Companies,  as a
retailer of  merchandise  imported from Italy,  is subject to certain risks that
typically do not affect other retailers, including the need to order merchandise
significantly in advance of delivery, fluctuations in the value of currency, and
the  obligation  to pay  for  such  merchandise  at the  time it is  loaded  for
transport to designated  U.S.  destinations.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient  quantities on
terms  acceptable  to the  Company,  or that an  inability  to acquire  suitable
merchandise,  or the loss of one or more key  vendors,  will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Business Strategy -- National Operating Strategy."  

COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and animation art industries  are highly  fragmented and
competitive.  In addition to other  collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art
marketers,  the Company competes with  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  gift
stores,  card shops, TV shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print
stores. The Company's  animation art galleries  compete,  in certain cases, with
the owners of the licensed characters, including Disney and Warner Brothers, who
sell products through their own stores and other marketing channels. Many of the
Company's  competitors  are larger  and have  substantially  greater  financial,
marketing  and other  resources  than the  Company.  In  addition,  although the
primary points of

                                       12


<PAGE>

competition are service and availability of desired merchandise, there can be no
assurance that pricing  competition will not develop.  Other retailing companies
with  significantly  greater  capital and other  resources  than the Company may
enter or expand  their  operations  in the  collectibles  industry,  which could
change the competitive dynamics of the industry.  In addition,  as the Company's
animation  art licenses and rights  expire,  the Company will compete with other
marketers of animation art for the right to design,  produce and market artistic
creations  based on the  applicable  licensed  character.  Because  retailers of
collectibles  and marketers of animation  art products  generally do not own the
proprietary  rights to the  products  that they sell,  the  barriers to entry to
these industries are not significant.  Therefore, there can be no assurance that
additional  participants  will not enter the  market or that the  Company  could
compete effectively with such entrants. See "Business -- Competition."  

     In  addition,  it is  possible  that there will be  competition  to acquire
additional  businesses if the  collectibles or animation art industries  undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for such  companies.  The Company  believes  that its  decentralized  management
strategy and other operating  strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers and animation art  marketers.  However,  there can be no
assurance that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.

SEASONALITY; FLUCTUATION OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The  collectibles  industry,  and to a  lesser  extent  the  animation  art
industry,  can be subject to seasonal variations in demand. For example, most of
the Company's collectibles  operations experience the greatest demand during the
winter holiday shopping period.  Although the animation art industry experiences
less  seasonal  variations  in demand,  sales of  animation  art also  generally
increase during the winter holiday season. Consequently, certain of the Founding
Companies have  historically  been most profitable  during the fourth quarter of
the Company's fiscal year.  Quarterly results may also be materially affected by
the timing of acquisitions, the timing and magnitude of acquisition assimilation
costs, the costs of opening new stores, the timing of new product introductions,
the gain or loss of  significant  customers or product  lines and  variations in
merchandise  mix. The Company makes  decisions about purchases of inventory well
in  advance  of the  time at  which  such  products  are  intended  to be  sold.
Accordingly,  the Company's  performance  in any  particular  quarter may not be
indicative  of the results that can be expected for any other quarter or for the
entire year.  Significant  deviations  from  projected  demand for  collectibles
merchandise  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
condition  and  quarterly or annual  results of  operations.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

EFFECT OF FLUCTUATIONS IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY

     Demand for  collectibles  merchandise  and animation art is affected by the
general economic  conditions in the United States.  When economic conditions are
favorable and discretionary  income increases,  purchases of non-essential items
like  collectibles  merchandise  and  animation  art  generally  increase.  When
economic  conditions are less favorable,  sales of collectibles  merchandise and
animation art are generally lower. In addition,  the Company may experience more
competitive   pricing  pressure  during  economic  downturns.   Therefore,   any
significant  economic downturn or any future changes in consumer spending habits
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

CHANGES IN CUSTOMER TASTE

     The markets for the  Company's  products  are subject to changing  customer
tastes and the need to create and market new products.  Demand for  collectibles
and animation art products is  influenced by the  popularity of certain  themes,
cultural and  demographic  trends,  marketing and advertising  expenditures  and
general economic conditions.  Because these factors can change rapidly, customer
demand also can shift quickly.  Some collectibles appeal to customers for only a
limited  time.  The  success  of new  product  introductions  depends on various
factors, including product selection and quality, sales and marketing

                                       13


<PAGE>

efforts, timely production and delivery and consumer acceptance. The Company may
not always be able to respond  quickly  and  effectively  to changes in customer
taste and demand due to the amount of time and financial  resources  that may be
required to bring new  products to market.  If the  Company  were to  materially
misjudge the market,  certain  inventory of the Company may remain  unsold.  The
inability to respond  quickly to market  changes  could have a material  adverse
effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  See
"Business - Marketing."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MARKETING AND TELEMARKETING STRATEGY

     One of the Company's  significant  strategies for improved marketing is the
consolidation  of the  databases of the various  Founding  Companies  and of any
companies  acquired in the future for database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and
Internet marketing  efforts.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to integrate these databases successfully or that, once integrated, some of
the  databases  will not be discovered to contain  overlapping  information.  In
addition,  the Company  has not  previously  conducted  its  marketing  programs
according to practices  common to the database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and
Internet industries,  including practices such as the systematic  measurement of
the response rates generated from its databases or the categorization of entries
in the databases by past behavior.  The costs for a new  information  technology
system to effect such integration  could be substantial,  as could the amount of
time needed to acquire and implement  such a system.  The inability to integrate
the various  databases  successfully,  or in a timely and cost effective manner,
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results  of  operations.   In  addition,   while  the  Founding  Companies  have
historically  charged  customers the costs of overnight  and ground  delivery of
merchandise,  they have not charged,  and the Company does not intend to charge,
customers  for the costs of catalog  mailings and paper.  Material  increases in
paper or catalog  delivery  costs or the  inability to charge  customers for the
costs of  overnight  or ground  delivery  of  merchandise  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Marketing."  

SALES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     Various  states are  increasingly  seeking to impose  sales or use taxes on
inter-state mail order sales and are aggressively  auditing sales tax returns of
mail order  businesses.  Complex  legal issues  arise in these areas,  relating,
among other things, to the required nexus of a business with a particular state,
which may permit the state to require a business to collect such taxes. Although
the Company believes that each of the Founding Companies has adequately provided
for sales taxes on its mail order  sales,  there can be no  assurance  as to the
effect of actions  taken by state tax  authorities  on the  Company's  financial
condition or results of operations. Furthermore, prior to the Acquisitions, each
Founding  Company has collected sales taxes only on sales to customers in states
in which such  Founding  Company  conducts its  operations.  In the future,  the
Company may be required to collect  sales tax on sales made to  customers in all
of the states in which it conducts its operations. The imposition of sales taxes
on mail order sales  generally has a negative effect on mail order sales levels.
All of the factors cited above may  negatively  affect the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results of  operations  in the future.  Any such  impact  cannot
currently be quantified.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The Company's  operations are dependent on the continued  efforts of senior
management of the Founding  Companies.  Furthermore,  the Company will likely be
dependent  on the senior  management  of  companies  that may be acquired in the
future.  Although the Company has entered into employment agreements with senior
management  of the  Founding  Companies,  there  can be no  assurance  that  any
individual will continue in such capacity for any particular period of time. The
loss of key personnel,  or the inability to hire and retain qualified employees,
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of  operations.  The Company  does not intend to carry  key-person  life
insurance on any of its employees. See "Management."  

                                       14


<PAGE>

MISREPRESENTATIONS AND BREACHES BY THE SELLERS AND THE FOUNDING COMPANIES IN THE
ACQUISITIONS

     In  consummating  the  Acquisitions,  the Company is relying  upon  certain
representations,  warranties  and  indemnities  made by the former owners of the
Founding Companies and the Founding Companies themselves with respect to each of
the Acquisitions, as well as its own due diligence investigations.  There can be
no assurance that such  representations and warranties will be true and correct,
that the  Company's  due  diligence  will  uncover all  material  adverse  facts
relating to the  operations  and financial  condition of the Founding  Companies
that are acquired or that all of the conditions to the Company's  obligations to
consummate the Acquisitions will be satisfied.  Any material  misrepresentations
could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  financial  condition or
results of operations.

CONTROL BY EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS

     Following  the  completion  of  the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  the
Company's  officers and  directors,  various  sponsors of the  transaction,  and
former  stockholders  of the Founding  Companies,  and entities  affiliated with
them,  will  beneficially  own 52.7% of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock
(49.4% if the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is exercised in full). These
holders of Common Stock will control in the aggregate  47.5% of the votes of all
shares of Common  Stock and,  if acting in  concert,  generally  will be able to
exercise  control  over the  Company's  affairs,  to elect the  entire  Board of
Directors and to control the  disposition  of any matter  submitted to a vote of
stockholders. See "Principal Stockholders."

PROCEEDS OF OFFERING PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES

     Approximately $15.4 million, or approximately 65.4%, of the net proceeds of
the Offering will be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding  Companies (some
of whom will become officers, directors or key employees of the Company) or will
be used to repay certain  indebtedness of the Founding Companies.  Approximately
$2.3 million of the $4.5 million of indebtedness at June 1, 1997 to be repaid is
held by certain stockholders and affiliates of the Founding Companies.  Included
in the expenses of the Offering are  approximately  $1.0 million to pay required
cash  amounts in  connection  with the  conversion  of the Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock upon  consummation of the Offering and $1.3 million to repay the
principal amount outstanding under the CEFC Notes (as defined  hereinafter) upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  which  notes  are held by an  affiliate  of the
Company. The proceeds from the sale of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock
and the CEFC Notes were used by the Company to pay various expenses  incurred in
connection  with its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect  the
Offering.  Net proceeds  available for  acquisitions,  working capital and other
uses by the Company  will be  approximately  $8.2  million,  or 34.6% of the net
proceeds  of the  Offering  (approximately  $12.3  million,  or 44.4% of the net
proceeds  of  the  Offering,  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is
exercised in full). See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."

POTENTIAL  EFFECT OF SHARES  ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON THE PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK

     The 2,700,000  shares being sold in the Offering  will be freely  tradeable
unless  acquired by  affiliates  of the Company.  The market price of the Common
Stock of the Company  could be  adversely  affected  by the sale of  substantial
amounts of shares of Common Stock of the Company in the public market  following
the Offering.

     Simultaneously  with the closing of the Offering,  the  stockholders of the
Founding  Companies will receive,  in the aggregate,  2,246,996 shares of Common
Stock as a portion of the consideration  for their businesses.  These shares are
not being  offered by this  Prospectus  and have not been  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,  therefore,  may
not be sold unless  registered  under the  Securities Act or sold pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such  as the  exemption  provided  by  Rule  144
promulgated  under the Securities Act. The  stockholders  who will receive these
shares have certain piggyback  registration  rights with respect to these shares
and, upon certain future  registrations by the Company,  such restricted  shares
will be eligible for resale in the public market.  In addition,  existing Common
Stock stockholders of the Company as of the date hereof hold, in  

                                       15


<PAGE>

the  aggregate,  1,191,182  shares.  See "Certain  Transactions."  None of these
shares have been registered under the Securities Act and,  accordingly,  may not
be sold  unless  registered  under the  Securities  Act or sold  pursuant  to an
exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144.

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities  exercisable  for or  convertible  or
exchangeable into Common Stock (the "Securities") for a period of 180 days after
the date of this  Prospectus  (the "Lockup  Period")  without the prior  written
consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., except for the grant of employee stock
options by the Company  and except  that the Company may issue  shares of Common
Stock (i) in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Plan and the Directors' Plan and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock and the Restricted  Common Stock in
accordance with their respective terms. In addition,  the owners of the Founding
Companies   and  certain   stockholders   of  the  Company   designated  by  the
Representatives  who beneficially own an aggregate of 1,016,602 shares of Common
Stock  have  agreed,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,   not  to,  directly  or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities
for a period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. After such periods, all of such
shares will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act, subject to the volume,  holding period and other limitations
of Rule 144. See "Underwriting."

     The Company will issue in connection  with the Offering  under the Plan and
the  Directors'  Plan options to purchase up to an aggregate of shares of Common
Stock.  None of such options are  exercisable  until after the expiration of the
Lockup Period. The Company intends to register the shares issuable upon exercise
of  options  granted  under  the Plan and the  Directors'  Plan  and,  upon such
registration,  such shares will be eligible for resale in the public market. See
"Management  --  1997  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,"  and "--  1997  Non-Employee
Directors' Stock Plan."

     Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company has agreed to issue to the
Representatives  and  their  designees,  for  their own  accounts,  warrants  to
purchase an aggregate of 270,000 shares of Common Stock  exercisable  during the
five-year period commencing on the date of this Prospectus, at an exercise price
equal to 120% of the initial public  offering  price.  The Company has agreed to
grant  certain  registration  rights  to the  holders  of  these  warrants.  The
existence or exercise of these warrants could  materially  adversely  affect the
Company's  ability  to  raise  additional  financing  at a time  when  it may be
advantageous to do so. See "Underwriting."  

     The  Company  plans to  register up to an  additional  2,500,000  shares of
Common Stock with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after completion of the Offering
for use by the  Company as all or a portion of the  consideration  to be paid in
conjunction with future acquisitions. These shares may be freely tradeable after
their issuance, unless the sale of such shares is contractually restricted.  The
piggyback registration rights described above will not apply to the registration
statement to be filed with respect to these additional shares.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock. Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market.  However,  there  can  be no  assurance  that,  following  the
Offering,  a regular  trading  market  for the Common  Stock will  develop or be
sustained.  The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations
among the Company and the  Representatives  of the  Underwriters and may bear no
relationship  to the market  price of the Common Stock after the  Offering.  See
"Underwriting."  The  market  price of the  Common  Stock  could be  subject  to
significant  fluctuations  in  response to  variations  in  quarterly  operating
results and other  factors.  In  addition,  the stock market in recent years has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated
or disproportionate to the operating  performance of companies.  Factors such as
actual or anticipated  operating results,  growth rates, changes in estimates by
analysts,  market  conditions in the  industry,  announcements  by  competitors,
regulatory actions and

                                       16


<PAGE>

general economic  conditions will vary from period to period. As a result of the
foregoing,  the Company's  operating results and prospects from time to time may
be below the  expectations  of public market  analysts and  investors.  Any such
event  would  likely  result in a  material  adverse  effect on the price of the
Common Stock.

DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT

     The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  and  anticipates  that for the
foreseeable  future,  its  earnings  will  be  retained  for the  operation  and
expansion of its business  and for general  corporate  purposes and that it will
not pay cash dividends.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates  that any credit
facility  to which it becomes a party will limit the  payment of cash  dividends
without the lender's consent. See "Dividend Policy."

IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

     The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate  dilution in the net tangible  book value of their shares of $7.87 per
share. In the event the Company issues  additional shares of Common Stock in the
future,  including  shares  which  may  be  issued  in  connection  with  future
acquisitions,  purchasers  of the Common Stock in the  Offering  may  experience
further dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of the
Company. See "Dilution."  

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

     The Board of Directors of the Company is empowered to issue preferred stock
in one or  more  series  without  stockholder  action.  The  existence  of  this
"blank-check"   preferred   stock  provision  could  render  more  difficult  or
discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a tender
offer,  merger,  proxy contest or otherwise.  Certain provisions of the Delaware
General Corporation Law may also discourage takeover attempts that have not been
approved by the Board of Directors. See "Description of Capital Stock."


                                       17


<PAGE>

                                   THE COMPANY

     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise and marketer of animation art products.  Concurrently with, and as a
condition  to, the closing of the  Offering,  Collectibles  USA will acquire the
nine Founding  Companies.  A brief description of each of the Founding Companies
is set forth below.

COLLECTIBLES STORES

 
     Crystal  Galleria,  Inc. and Base,  Inc.  d/b/a Crystal  Galleria and d/b/a
Crystal Galaxy  ("Crystal  Galleria").  Crystal Galleria is a retailer of a wide
range of contemporary collectibles such as crystal,  porcelain figurines and art
glass from vendors, including Swarovski,  Baccarat,  Waterford,  Lalique, Lladro
and Giuseppe  Armani.  Crystal Galleria has been in operation since 1992 and has
three mall-based stores, of which two are located in the Forum Shops at Caesar's
and the Tower Shops at Stratosphere  in Las Vegas,  Nevada and one is located in
The Tysons Corner Center in McLean, Virginia. Crystal Galleria's stores carry an
average  of   approximately   3,200  stock  keeping  units   ("SKUs"),   average
approximately 1,800 square feet in size and, in Fiscal 1997,  generated sales of
$3.7 million.  Upon consummation of the Offering,  Vincent J. Browne, one of the
owners of the Crystal  Galleria  stores,  will remain the  President  of Crystal
Galleria and will serve as a director of the Company.

     Vincent J. Browne,  Inc. d/b/a Crystal  Palace,  Inc.  ("Crystal  Palace").
Crystal Palace is a retailer of a wide range of contemporary  collectibles  such
as  crystal,  plates,  figurines  and  Murano  glass  from  vendors,   including
Waterford,  Swarovski, Disney, Lladr-, Goebel U.S.A. (manufacturer of the Hummel
product line) and the Bradford  Exchange.  Crystal  Palace has been in operation
since  1985 and has two  mallbased  stores of which one is located in San Diego,
California and one is located in El Cajon,  California.  Crystal Palace's stores
carry an average of approximately 2,600 SKUs, average approximately 1,050 square
feet in size  and,  in  Fiscal  1997,  generated  sales  of $1.1  million.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  Vincent  J.  Browne,  the sole owner of Crystal
Palace, will remain the President of Crystal Palace and will serve as a director
and as the Executive Vice President -- Mall Operations of the Company.

     St.  George,  Inc.  d/b/a  Little  Elegance  and d/b/a Under the  Mistletoe
("Little Elegance").  Little Elegance is a retailer of contemporary collectibles
such  as  figurines   and  lighted   houses  from  vendors,   including   Enesco
(manufacturer  of the Precious  Moments and Cherished  Teddies  product  lines),
Department  56  (manufacturer  of The  Original  Snow  Village and The  Heirloom
Village  Collection  product lines),  Lladro and Swarovski.  Little Elegance has
been in  operation  since 1969 and has two  mall-based  stores,  of which one is
located in Wayne,  New Jersey and one is  located  in  Woodbridge,  New  Jersey.
Little Elegance's stores carry an average of approximately  10,000 SKUs, average
approximately 3,700 square feet in size and, in Fiscal 1997,  generated sales of
$2.6 million. Upon consummation of the Offering, Keith Holt, the general manager
of Little Elegance, will become the President of Little Elegance.

     DKG Enterprises,  Inc. d/b/a North Pole City Gifts & Collectibles and d/b/a
North Pole City ("North Pole City").  North Pole City is a retailer and marketer
of Christmas and other  contemporary  collectibles  such as  ornaments,  lighted
houses and figurines from vendors,  including  Department  56, Enesco,  Giuseppe
Armani and Disney.  North Pole City has been in operation since 1984. It has one
"superstore"  of  approximately  15,000  square  feet  of  retail  space  and  a
free-standing  retail outlet of approximately  1,500 square feet both located in
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  North Pole City carries approximately 13,900 SKUs and,
in Fiscal  1997,  generated  sales of $3.7  million.  Upon  consummation  of the
Offering, David K. Green, an owner of North Pole City, will remain the President
of North  Pole  City and will  serve as a  director  and as the  Executive  Vice
President -- Operations of the Company as well as the President --  Collectibles
Division.

     Elwell Stores,  Inc. d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop ("Reef  Hallmark").  Reef
Hallmark is a retailer  and  marketer of  contemporary  collectibles,  including
ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses,  lighted  houses and crystals from vendors,
including Enesco,  Swarovski,  Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. Reef Hallmark
has been in operation since 1959 and has one strip  mall-based  store located in
West Palm  Beach,  Florida.  Reef  Hallmark  carries  approximately  5,000  SKUs
(excluding greetings cards), is

                                       18


<PAGE>

approximately 4,000 square feet in size and, in Fiscal 1997,  generated sales of
$2.5 million.  In Fiscal 1997,  approximately  18% of Reef Hallmark's sales were
from Hallmark  products.  Upon consummation of the Offering,  Roy C. Elwell, the
sole owner of Reef Hallmark, will remain the President of Reef Hallmark and will
serve as a director and as the Executive Vice President -- Corporate Development
of the Company.  Reef Hallmark will continue to use the  "Hallmark"  designation
for the immediate future.

     Stone's Shops, Inc. ("Stone's Hallmark"). Stone's Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary collectibles,  ornaments, figurines, lighthouses and lighted houses
from vendors, including Enesco, Boyds, Cast Art, Disney, Department 56, Seraphim
Angels and Hallmark.  Stone's Hallmark has been in the contemporary collectibles
business  since  1979 and has stores  located  in  Rockford  (4),  Freeport  and
Rochelle,  Illinois.  Stone's Hallmark's stores carry approximately  10,000 SKUs
(excluding greeting cards), range from approximately 3,000 to 18,500 square feet
(15,750 of which is used as retail space) in size and, in Fiscal 1997, generated
sales of $5.0 million.  In Fiscal 1997,  approximately 34% of Stone's Hallmark's
sales were from Hallmark products.  Upon consummation of the Offering,  David J.
Stone, who together with his wife is the owner of Stone's Hallmark,  will remain
the  President of Stone's  Hallmark and will serve as a director of the Company.
Stone's  Hallmark  will  continue  to use  the  "Hallmark"  designation  for the
immediate future.  

ANIMATION ART GALLERIES

     American Royal Arts Corp. ("American Royal Arts"). American Royal Arts is a
retail  and  wholesale  marketer  specializing  in the  sale of  animation  art,
including limited editions,  production cels, sericels,  lithographs and vintage
animation.  American  Royal Arts produces  animation  art under various  license
arrangements, certain of which are exclusive to it. American Royal Arts has been
in operation since 1987 and has one gallery located in Westbury, New York, which
also  houses its  telemarketing  operations.  American  Royal  Arts'  gallery is
approximately 5,500 square feet in size,  includes its telemarketing  operations
and, in Fiscal 1997,  generated sales of $4.3 million.  Upon consummation of the
Offering,  Jerry  Gladstone,  sole owner of American Royal Arts, will remain the
President  of  American  Royal  Arts and  will  serve  as the  President  of the
Company's Animation Division and as a director of the Company.

     Animation U.S.A.,  Inc.  ("Animation  USA").  Animation USA is a retail and
wholesale  marketer of animation art such as vintage  original  production cels,
limited  edition cels and sericels.  Animation  USA has been in operation  since
1990 and has two  free-standing  galleries,  of which one is located in Seattle,
Washington  and one is located in San  Francisco,  California.  Animation  USA's
galleries average  approximately  1,200 square feet in size and, in Fiscal 1997,
generated sales of $1.7 million.  Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  David M.
Vice and Laine Ross,  the two owners of Animation USA, will remain the President
and Vice President, respectively, of Animation USA.

     Filmart  Productions Inc. d/b/a Cartoon World,  d/b/a Filmart Galleries and
d/b/a  Animation  Art  Resources  ("Filmart").  Filmart is a retail  marketer of
animation art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and
sericels.  Filmart has been in  operation  since 1991 and has two  free-standing
galleries,  of which one is located  in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and one is
located in Huntington, New York. Filmart's galleries average approximately 2,225
square feet in size and, in Fiscal 1997,  generated  sales of $1.4  million.  In
January 1996,  Filmart  acquired  Animation Art Resources,  previously  owned by
Susan M.  Spiegel  for a 50%  interest  in  Filmart.  Upon  consummation  of the
Offering,  Aron Laikin and Susan M.  Spiegel,  the two owners of  Filmart,  will
remain the Chief Operating Officer and President,  respectively,  of Filmart. In
addition, Susan M. Spiegel will serve as a director of the Company.

ACQUISITIONS CONSIDERATION

     The  aggregate  consideration  to  be  paid  by  Collectibles  USA  in  the
Acquisitions consists of approximately $9.2 million in cash and 2,246,996 shares
of Common  Stock.  The Company will also assume all of the  indebtedness  of the
Founding  Companies  (approximately  $4.5  million  as of June 1,  1997),  which
indebtedness  will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
In addition,  prior to the Acquisitions  certain of the Founding  Companies will
make S Corporation Distributions of

                                       19


<PAGE>

$1.7 million.  The consideration to be paid by Collectibles USA for the Founding
Companies  was  determined  by  negotiations   between   Collectibles   USA  and
representatives of the Founding Companies. See "Certain Transactions."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds  from the sale by the Company of the  2,700,000  shares of
Common Stock offered  hereby,  are estimated to be  approximately  $23.6 million
($27.8 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
based upon an assumed initial public  offering price of $11.00 per share,  after
deducting the estimated  underwriting  discount and offering expenses payable by
the  Company  including  (i)  $1.0  million  to pay  required  cash  amounts  in
connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock upon
consummation of the Offering and (ii) $1.3 million to repay the principal amount
of  indebtedness  outstanding  under the CEFC Notes.  The Company intends to use
approximately  $9.2  million of the net proceeds of the Offering to pay the cash
portion of the purchase price for the Founding  Companies,  all of which will be
paid to  former  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies.  Approximately  $1.7
million of the net proceeds will be used to repay indebtedness incurred by three
of the Founding  Companies to make the S  Corporation  Distributions  to certain
former  owners of the  Founding  Companies,  which S  Corporation  Distributions
represented S Corporation retained earnings previously taxed to such holders. An
additional  approximately  $4.5 million of the net proceeds of the Offering will
be used to  repay  estimated  other  outstanding  indebtedness  of the  Founding
Companies. The portion of this $4.5 million debt that was incurred during Fiscal
1997 was $2.4  million and the use of proceeds  for such debt was to finance the
opening of new stores and to provide working capital. Approximately $2.3 million
of the $4.5  million  has been  personally  guaranteed  by  stockholders  of the
Founding  Companies who will become officers,  directors or beneficial owners of
5% or more of the Company's Common Stock upon consummation of the Offering. Such
indebtedness  bore  interest at a weighted  average per annum  interest  rate of
10.0% in Fiscal  1997 and  matures at varying  dates  between  January  2003 and
February 2005. The remaining  indebtedness bore interest at a per annum interest
rate of 9.0% in Fiscal 1997 and matures at various  dates from May 2001  through
March 2004. See "Certain Transactions."

     The  approximately  $8.2 million of remaining net proceeds will be used for
working  capital  and for  general  corporate  purposes,  which are  expected to
include  future  acquisitions  of  companies  operating in the  collectibles  or
animation art industries.  The Company currently has no agreements to effect any
acquisitions.  Pending such uses, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds
of the Offering in short-term,  investment-grade,  interest-bearing instruments.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Combined."  

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  and  anticipates  that for the
foreseeable future its earnings will be retained for the operation and expansion
of its business and for general corporate purposes and that it will not pay cash
dividends.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates  that any credit  facility to
which it becomes a party will include restrictions on the ability of the Company
to pay dividends without the lender's consent.

     Prior to the  consummation  of the  Acquisitions,  certain of the  Founding
Companies intend to make S Corporation Distributions,  aggregating $1.7 million,
to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies.  The  Founding  Companies  will  incur
indebtedness of approximately $1.7 million to fund these distributions.

                                       20


<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the capitalization and current maturities of
long-term obligations and notes payable to stockholders at January 31, 1997: (i)
of the Founding Companies combined;  (ii) on a pro forma basis to give effect to
the Acquisitions;  and (iii) as adjusted to give effect to both the Acquisitions
and the Offering.  This table should be read in conjunction  with  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
the Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements of the Company and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                JANUARY 31, 1997
                                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                  COMBINED        COMBINED         AS ADJUSTED
                                                                  ----------   -----------------   ------------
                                                                            (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>                 <C>
Current maturities of long-term obligations and notes payable
 to stockholders(1)                                                 $ 3,048         $  3,411          $      -
                                                                     =======        ==========          =======
Long-term obligations and notes payable to stockholders, less
 current maturities(1)                                              $ 1,193         $  2,929 (2)      $      -
                                                                     -------        ----------          -------
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock: $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized;
  no shares issued and outstanding combined; 20,000 shares
  issued and outstanding, pro forma combined; and no shares
  issued and outstanding, as adjusted                                     -                -                 -
 Common Stock: $.01 par value, 31,200,000 shares authorized;
  3,438,178(3) shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
  combined; and 6,198,784 shares issued and outstanding, as
  adjusted(3)(4)                                                        288               34                62
 Treasury stock                                                        (145)               -                 -
 Additional paid-in capital                                           1,567           12,851            37,699
 Retained earnings                                                    2,832             (504)             (504)
                                                                     -------        ----------          --------
 Total stockholders' equity                                         $ 4,542         $ 12,381          $ 37,257
                                                                     -------        ----------          --------
  Total capitalization                                              $ 5,735         $ 15,310          $ 37,257
                                                                     =======        ==========          ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  For a description of the Company's outstanding  indebtedness,  see Notes to
     Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements  and the notes to the
     Founding Companies' Financial Statements.

(2)  Includes  $1.7  million  of  indebtedness   which  reflects  S  Corporation
     Distributions that will be funded through borrowings.

(3) Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the  Founding
    Companies and (ii) 1,016,602 shares of Restricted Common Stock.

(4)  Also includes 60,606 shares to be issued to holders of Series A Convertible
     Preferred  Stock upon  consummation  of the Offering.  Excludes  options to
     purchase  shares  which  will be granted in  connection  with the  Offering
     pursuant to the Plan and the Directors'  Plan at an exercise price equal to
     the initial public  offering price and 270,000 shares reserved for issuance
     upon exercise of the  Representatives'  Warrants.  See  "Management -- 1997
     Long-Term Incentive Plan," "-- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and
     "Underwriting."

                                       21


<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     The  deficit  in pro forma net  tangible  book  value of the  Company as of
January 31, 1997 was  approximately  $5.5 million,  or $1.57 per share of Common
Stock, after giving effect to the Acquisitions. The deficit in net tangible book
value per share  represents the amount of total  tangible  assets of the Company
reduced by the amount of total  liabilities  and divided by the number of shares
of Common Stock issued and outstanding  after giving effect to the  Acquisitions
and the  conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  Net tangible
book value dilution per share  represents the difference  between the amount per
share paid by  purchasers  of shares of Common Stock in the Offering and the pro
forma net  tangible  book  value per share of  Common  Stock  immediately  after
completion of the Offering.  After giving effect to the sale of 2,700,000 shares
of Common Stock by the Company and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom as described  under "Use of Proceeds," the pro forma net tangible book
value of the Company as of January 31, 1997 would have been approximately  $19.4
million,  or $3.13 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma
net  tangible  book  value  of  $4.70  per  share  as of  January  31,  1997  to
stockholders  and an immediate  dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of
$7.87 per share to new investors  purchasing  Common Stock in the Offering.  The
following table illustrates this dilution per share to new investors:  

  Assumed initial public offering price per share                        $11.00
  Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share at
    January 31, 1997 before the Offering                      $(1.57)
  Increase per share attributable to sale of Common Stock
    in the Offering                                             4.70
                                                             --------
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share
    after the Offering                                                     3.13
                                                                         -------
  Dilution per share to new investors                                     $7.87
                                                                         =======

     The following  table sets forth, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the
Acquisitions  and the S Corporation  Distributions,  the average price per share
paid by the existing  stockholders and the new investors adjusted to give effect
to the sale of  2,700,000  shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby at an assumed
initial  public  offering  price of $11.00 per share,  and before  deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TOTAL
                                 SHARES PURCHASED             CONSIDERATION PAID          
                              -----------------------   -------------------------------   AVERAGE PRICE 
                               NUMBER        PERCENT      AMOUNT             PERCENT       PER SHARE    
                              -----------   ---------   ----------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>
Existing stockholders(1)      3,498,784         56.4%     $  (6,500,829)       (28.0)%       $  (1.86)
New investors                 2,700,000         43.6         29,700,000        128.0            11.00
                              ----------     -------       -------------    ---------         
 Total                        6,198,784        100.0%        23,199,171        100.0%
                              ==========     =======       =============    =========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Total consideration paid by existing  stockholders  represents the combined
     stockholders'  equity  of  the  Founding  Companies  before  the  Offering,
     adjusted  to  reflect:  (i)  the  payment  of $9.2  million  in cash to the
     stockholders  of the Founding  Companies as partial  consideration  for the
     Acquisitions;  (ii) repayment of indebtedness  relating to the distribution
     of $1.7 million to the stockholders of the Founding Companies  representing
     S Corporation  earnings  previously taxed to such stockholders prior to the
     Acquisitions;  (iii) the  transfer of certain  non-operating  assets to the
     stockholders  of the Founding  Companies with an approximate  book value of
     $68,000 in connection with the Acquisitions; and (iv) the conversion of the
     Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. See "Certain Transactions."

     The  foregoing  computations  assume  no  exercise  of  stock options. Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering,  there  will be outstanding options to purchase
        shares  of  Common  Stock  at  the initial public offering price. To the
extent  the  holders  of  these  options  exercise  such  options, there will be
further dilution to new investors. See "Capitalization."


                                       22


<PAGE>

                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Collectibles USA will acquire the Founding  Companies  simultaneously  with
and as a condition to the consummation of the Offering.  For financial statement
presentation  purposes,  however,  American  Royal  Arts,  one of  the  Founding
Companies,  has been  identified  as the  "accounting  acquiror."  The following
selected  historical  financial data for American Royal Arts at October 31, 1995
and 1996, and January 31, 1997,  and for the years ended October 31, 1994,  1995
and 1996,  and January 31, 1997,  have been  derived from the audited  financial
statements of American  Royal Arts included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  The
following selected historical  financial data for American Royal Arts at October
31, 1992,  1993 and 1994, and for the years ended October 31, 1992 and 1993 have
been derived from unaudited  financial  statements of American Royal Arts, which
have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in
the opinion of American  Royal Arts,  reflect  all  adjustments,  consisting  of
normal recurring  adjustments,  necessary for a fair  presentation of such data.
The following  selected  unaudited pro forma financial data present certain data
for the Company, as adjusted for: (i) the effects of the Acquisitions;  (ii) the
effects of certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements;
and  (iii)  the  consummation  of the  Offering.  See the  Unaudited  Pro  Forma
Financial  Combined  Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,        YEAR ENDED
                                         -----------------------------------------  JANUARY 31,
                                           1992       1993       1994       1995      1997      
                                         --------   --------   --------   --------  ------------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Net sales                               $2,002     $2,840     $3,898     $4,051          $4,289
 Gross profit                             1,167      1,721      2,183      2,491           2,783
 Selling, general and administrative
  expenses                                1,044      1,288      1,588      1,760           1,778
 Income from operations                     123        433        595        731           1,005
 Interest income (expense), net               5          6          7         18              24
 Net income                              $  128     $  439     $  602     $  749          $1,029
                                         =======    =======    =======    =======         =======



PRO FORMA COMBINED(1):
<S>                                                                                       <C>       
 Net sales                                                                                $  25,532 
 Cost of sales                                                                               11,754 
 Gross profit                                                                                13,778 
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)                                             11,028 
 Goodwill amortization(3)                                                                       447 
 Operating income                                                                             2,304 
 Interest and other income (expense), net(4)(5)                                                 182 
 Net income before taxes                                                                      2,486 
 Net income                                                                               $     687 
                                                                                          ==========
 Income per share  .............................................................          $     .13 
                                                                                          ==========
 Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share(6)  ...................          5,288,100 
                                                                                          
</TABLE>



                                       23


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 OCTOBER 31,                             JANUARY 31, 1997              
                                     ------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
                                                                                       PROFORMA(7)             AS
                                     1992   1993   1994    1995    1996   ACTUAL       COMBINED           ADJUSTED(8)
                                     ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------- --------------------   ------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>                    <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Working capital(5)                  $117   $384   $297   $ 703   $ 567    $ 686   $  (4,732) (9)         $18,109
 Total assets                         516    860    875   1,430   1,439    1,482      34,742               43,121
 Long-term obligations
  net of current maturities
  and long-term notes
  payable to stockholders(5)            -      -    100       -       -        -       2,929                    -
 Stockholders' equity(5)              151    416    475     867     696      807      12,381               37,257
</TABLE>


- ----------
(1)  The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that the
     Acquisitions  and the Offering  were closed on February 1, 1996 and are not
     necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company would have obtained had
     these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.

(2)  The pro forma  combined  statement  of  operations  reflect an aggregate of
     approximately  $950,000 in pro forma  reductions  in salary and benefits to
     the  owners  of  the   Founding   Companies   to  which  they  have  agreed
     prospectively,  and  certain  other  adjustments,  including  the effect of
     revisions of certain lease agreements  between certain  stockholders of the
     Founding Companies and such Founding Companies. See "Certain Transactions."

(3)  Reflects  amortization  of the  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions  over a 40-year period and computed on the basis  described in
     the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

(4)  Includes the reduction of pro forma expense  attributed to the repayment of
     debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.

(5)  Several  of  the  Founding  Companies  are S  Corporations.  Prior  to  the
     Acquisitions,  these Founding  Companies will make  distributions  to their
     stockholders   totaling  $1.7  million,   representing  the  S  Corporation
     Distributions.  In  order  to  pay  the S  Corporation  Distributions,  the
     Founding  Companies will borrow $1.7 million from existing  sources,  which
     will be repaid from the net proceeds of the Offering.

(6)  Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding
     Companies,  (ii)  60,606  shares to be issued to  holders  of the  Series A
     Convertible  Preferred Stock and (iii) 1,956,876 of the 2,700,000 shares to
     be sold in the  Offering to pay the cash portion of the  consideration  for
     the  Acquisitions,   repay  indebtedness  relating  to  the  S  Corporation
     Distributions  and  pay  expenses  of the  Offering.  Excludes  options  to
     purchase  shares  which  will be granted in  connection  with the  Offering
     pursuant to the Plan and the Directors'  Plan at an exercise price equal to
     the initial public  offering price and 270,000 shares reserved for issuance
     upon exercise of the  Representatives'  Warrants.  See  "Management -- 1997
     Long-Term Incentive Plan," "-- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and
     "Underwriting."

(7)  The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions were
     closed on January 31, 1997. The pro forma  combined  balance sheet data are
     based  upon  preliminary  estimates,   available  information  and  certain
     assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read in
     conjunction with the other financial  statements and notes thereto included
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.

(8)  Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

(9)  Includes  $9.2  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies,
     representing the cash portion of the  consideration for the Acquisitions to
     be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

                                       24


<PAGE>

                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     The Company's net sales are derived primarily from the sale of collectibles
and animation art.  Costs of sales consist  primarily of the cost of merchandise
sold. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries
and  benefits,  advertising,  store,  office and warehouse  rent and  utilities,
communications and professional fees.

     The Founding  Companies have been managed  throughout the periods presented
as independent  private  companies,  and their results of operations reflect tax
structures (S corporations  and C corporations),  which have  influenced,  among
other things, their historical levels of owners' compensation.  Selling, general
and administrative  expenses for the periods presented are therefore affected by
the amount of  compensation  and  related  benefits  that the former  owners and
certain key employees  received from their  respective  businesses  during these
periods. These former owners and key employees have agreed to certain reductions
in salaries and benefits in connection with the acquisition of their  businesses
by the Company.  See the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined  Financial  Statements and
the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

     Collectibles  USA,  which has conducted no  operations to date,  intends to
integrate the Founding Companies,  their operations and administrative functions
over a period of time. This integration  process may present  opportunities  for
(i) enhanced vendor relationships  resulting in collective buying opportunities,
co-op advertising funds,  shipping allowances and exclusive merchandise and (ii)
obtaining additional sales through shared customer lists and expansion of direct
mail  programs,  advertising  campaigns,  in-store  artist  signing  events  and
Internet  promotions.  This  integration  may necessitate  additional  costs and
expenditures for corporate  management and  administration,  corporate  expenses
related to being a public company, systems integration and facilities expansion.
These various costs and potential cost savings may make comparison of historical
operating results not comparable to, or indicative of, future  performance.  The
Company believes that neither the anticipated  savings nor the anticipated costs
can be quantified  because the  Acquisitions  have not occurred,  and there have
been no combined  operating  results  upon which to base the  assumptions.  As a
result,  they  have not been  included  in the  unaudited  pro  forma  financial
information presented herein.  

Combined Founding Companies

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- COMBINED

     The Combined  Founding  Company  Statements of  Operations  data for Fiscal
1995,  Fiscal  1996 and  Fiscal  1997 do not  purport to  present  the  combined
Founding Companies in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,
but represent merely a summation of the net sales,  cost of sales,  gross profit
and selling, general and administrative expenses for the applicable fiscal years
of the individual  Founding  Companies on an historical  basis,  and exclude the
effects of pro forma  adjustments.  This data will not be  comparable to and may
not be  indicative  of the  Company's  post-combination  results  of  operations
because (i) the Founding  Companies  were not under common control or management
and had different tax structures (S corporations and C corporations)  during the
periods presented and (ii) the Company will use the purchase method to establish
a new basis of accounting to record the Acquisitions.

                                       25


<PAGE>

     The following  table sets forth certain  unaudited  combined  statements of
operations data and as a percentage of net sales of the Founding  Companies on a
historical  basis and  excludes  the  effects of pro forma  adjustments  for the
periods indicated (dollars in thousands):  


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FISCAL 1995            FISCAL 1996             FISCAL 1997
                                                   --------------------   --------------------   ----------------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Combined Founding Companies
 Statements of Operations Data (Unaudited):
  Net sales                                         $20,061      100.0%     $22,453     100.0%     $26,114      100.0%
  Gross profit                                        9,894       49.3%      11,156      49.7%      14,070       53.9%
  Selling, general and administrative expenses.       8,030       40.0%       9,053      40.3%      10,985       42.1%
</TABLE>

FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $26.1  million  for Fiscal  1997 as  compared to
$22.5 million for Fiscal 1996. The increase in sales of $3.7 million,  or 14.0%,
was primarily  due to (i) an increase in  contemporary  collectibles  sales as a
result of a remodeling  and expansion of one store,  a full year of operation of
one new store and a partial  year of  operation of another new store that opened
in  August  1996 and (ii) an  increase  in  animation  art  sales as a result of
in-store  artist signing events,  growth of the customer  database and continued
marketing efforts focused on telemarketing, direct mail advertising and Internet
marketing.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales increased to $12.0 million,  or 46.1%, of net
sales in Fiscal 1997 from $11.3 million,  or 50.3% of net sales, in Fiscal 1996.
The overall increase in this cost of $746,000, or 6.6%, was primarily due to the
higher level of  merchandise  sales.  Gross profit as a percentage  of net sales
increased to 53.9% in Fiscal 1997 from 49.7% in Fiscal 1996  primarily due to an
increase  in  animation  art sales that have  higher  product  margins,  such as
vintage  production cels, art sold through licenses and retail sales as compared
to wholesale sales.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in Fiscal  1997 were  $11.0  million,  or 42.1% of net
sales,  as compared to $9.1 million,  or 40.3% of net sales,  in Fiscal 1996, an
increase of $1.9  million,  or 21.3%.  The increase was  primarily due to a full
year of expense for a new collectibles store and a partial year of expense for a
new  collectibles  store  that  opened in  August  1996 and to the fact that new
stores  incur  expenses  that are  disproportionate  to the net sales  generated
compared  to an  established  store.  The  increase  was  also  attributable  to
increased  salaries for management and additional  personnel.  Management of the
Founding Companies have agreed to certain reductions in salaries and benefits in
connection with the acquisition of their businesses by the Company.

FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $22.5  million  for Fiscal  1996 as  compared to
$20.1 million for Fiscal 1995. The increase in sales of $2.4 million,  or 11.9%,
was primarily due to an increase in contemporary  collectibles sales as a result
of an opening of one store in November  1995, the remodeling and expansion of an
existing  store and a full year operation of a new store that opened in November
1995.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $11.3 million,  or 50.3% of net
sales,  in Fiscal 1996,  from $10.2  million,  or 50.7% of net sales,  in Fiscal
1995. The overall increase in this cost of $1.1 million,  or 9.0%, was primarily
due to the higher level of merchandise  sales. The increase in gross profit as a
percentage of net sales was due to sales of collectibles  and animation art with
higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses in Fiscal 1996 were $9.1 million, or 40.3% of net sales,
as compared to $8.0 million,  or 40.0% of net sales, in Fiscal 1995, an increase
of $1.0 million,  or 12.7%,  primarily due to an increase in expenses  resulting
from the opening of a new collectibles store in November 1995 and remodeling and
expansion  of an existing  collectibles  store. 


                                       26


<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES - COMBINED

     On a combined basis, the Founding Companies generated $1.1 million and $1.5
million of net cash from  operating  activities  during  Fiscal  1997 and Fiscal
1996,  respectively.  Net cash  used in  investing  activities  by the  Founding
Companies on a combined  basis was $626,000 and $785,000  during Fiscal 1997 and
Fiscal 1996, respectively.  Most of the cash used in investing activities during
these periods was used for purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in
financing  activities by the Founding Companies on a combined basis was $731,000
during  Fiscal  1997,  whereas net cash  provided by  financing  activities  was
$33,000 in Fiscal  1996.  Most of the cash used in financing  activities  during
these periods was used for net payments on long-term debt and  distributions  to
stockholders.  The combined cash of the Founding Companies decreased by $236,000
from $1.4 million in Fiscal 1996 to $1.2 million in Fiscal 1997.

     The Company  anticipates  that its cash flow from  operations  will provide
cash in excess of the  Company's  normal  working  capital  needs,  debt service
requirements and planned capital  expenditures for property and equipment.  On a
combined basis, the Founding Companies made capital expenditures of $696,000 and
$802,000 in Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996,  respectively.  The Company anticipates
making capital  expenditures of  approximately  $1.6 million in Fiscal 1998. The
Company intends to continue pursuing acquisition opportunities. The timing, size
or success of any  acquisition  efforts  and the  associated  potential  capital
commitments are unpredictable.  The Company expects to fund future  acquisitions
primarily  through a  combination  of  borrowings  and  issuances of  additional
equity.  The Company  intends to seek a $15.0 million credit facility to be used
for  acquisitions,  working capital and other general  corporate  purposes.  See
"Risk Factors."

     Assuming the Company  obtains the $15.0 million credit  facility it intends
to seek, the Company  believes that funds  generated from  operations,  together
with the net  proceeds  from the  Offering,  will be  sufficient  to finance its
current  operations,  planned  acquisitions and planned capital  expenditures at
least  through the second  quarter of Fiscal 1999. In the event the Company does
not obtain a credit facility and does not otherwise obtain an acceptable line of
credit or additional  financing,  the Company's  liquidity and capital resources
could be adversely affected.

American Royal Arts

     American  Royal Arts has been  identified  as the  accounting  acquiror for
financial statement presentation purposes. American Royal Arts has an October 31
year end. To coincide  with the  Company's  adoption of a 52/53 week fiscal year
ending on the last Sunday in January,  American Royal Arts has been presented on
a fiscal year ended on January  31,  1997 in addition to the fiscal  years ended
October 31, 1994 and 1995. Therefore, the statement of operations data presented
herein excludes the period from November 1, 1995 to January 31, 1996.

     American Royal Arts is a retail and wholesale marketer of animation art.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data and as
a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands) :


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,          FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                  -------------------------------------------      JANUARY 31,
                                                         1994                   1995                   1997
                                                  -------------------   ---------------------   ------------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Net sales                                         $3,898        100.0%   $ 4,051       100.0%   $4,289      100.0%
Cost of sales                                      1,715         44.0      1,560        38.5     1,506       35.1
                                                  -------     -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
Gross profit                                       2,183         56.0      2,491        61.5     2,783       64.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses       1,588         40.7      1,760        43.4     1,778       41.5
                                                  -------     -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
Income from operations                               595         15.3        731        18.1     1,005       23.4
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                                      -            -         (5)       (0.1)        -          -
 Interest income                                       7          0.2         23         0.5        24        0.6
                                                  -------     -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
Net income                                         $ 602         15.5%     $ 749        18.5%   $1,029       24.0%
                                                  =======     =======     =======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                       27


<PAGE>

FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.3 million for Fiscal 1997 as compared to $4.1
million for Fiscal  1996,  an increase of  $238,000,  or 5.9%.  The increase was
principally due to an increase in telemarketing  sales as a result of the growth
of the customer database and, to a lesser extent,  due to an increase in special
event sales, such as in-store artist signing events.  The increase was partially
offset by a decrease  in  wholesale  sales,  which was a result of a  management
decision to place less  emphasis on wholesale  sales and more emphasis on retail
sales which carry a higher gross margin.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased to $1.5  million,  or 35.1% of net
sales, for Fiscal 1997 from $1.6 million, or 38.5% of net sales, in Fiscal 1996.
Gross  profit as a  percentage  of net sales  increased to 64.9% for Fiscal 1997
from 61.5% in Fiscal 1996,  due to increased  sales of animation art with higher
product margins,  such as vintage production cels, art sold through licenses and
a higher proportion of retail sales as compared to wholesale sales.  

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses remained consistent at $1.8 million, but decreased as a
percentage  of net sales to 41.5% in  Fiscal  1997  from  43.4% in Fiscal  1996,
primarily due to economies of scale associated with increased sales.

FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.1  million in Fiscal 1996 as compared to $3.9
million in Fiscal 1995,  an increase of  $153,000,  or 3.9%.  This  increase was
principally  due to an increase in wholesale  sales  resulting  from the license
obtained in Fiscal 1995 for animation art featuring Garfield.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased to $1.6  million,  or 38.5% of net
sales, in Fiscal 1996 from $1.7 million,  or 44.0% of net sales, in Fiscal 1995.
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 61.5% in Fiscal 1996 from
56.0% in Fiscal 1995,  primarily  due to increased  sales of animation  art with
higher product  margins,  such as vintage  production  cels and art sold through
licenses.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses in Fiscal 1996 were $1.8 million, or 43.4% of net sales,
as compared to $1.6 million,  or 40.7% of net sales, in Fiscal 1995, an increase
of  $172,000,  or  10.8%,  principally  due  to  an  increase  in  salaries  and
commissions  resulting  from  the  addition  of  sales  representatives  to  the
telemarketing  department and, to a lesser extent,  to warehousing  costs from a
storage facility leased in February 1995.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     American Royal Arts had working capital of $686,000 and $703,000 at January
31, 1997 and October 31, 1995, respectively.  The primary source of this working
capital was cash flow from  operations,  which was $1.3  million,  $893,000  and
$433,000  for Fiscal  1997,  Fiscal  1996 and Fiscal  1995,  respectively.  Cash
provided by operating  activities  was used primarily to finance the purchase of
merchandise  inventories,  reduce accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities and
fund distributions to stockholders.  

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was  $22,000,  $8,000 and $20,000 for
Fiscal  1997,  Fiscal  1996 and  Fiscal  1995,  respectively.  These  activities
represent purchases of property and equipment.

Individual Founding Companies

     The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below
for the fiscal years of the individual  Founding Companies  (excluding  American
Royal Arts,  which is presented  above) is derived from the  respective  audited
financial  statements of the individual  Founding  Companies  included elsewhere
herein. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Summary
Individual  Founding Company  Financial Data" and the separate company financial
statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Stone's Hallmark

     Stone's Hallmark is a retailer of contemporary collectibles, Hallmark cards
and gifts, and operates five contemporary  specialty collectibles stores and one
outlet store.

                                       28


<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- STONE'S HALLMARK

     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data and as
a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                                                                    FEBRUARY 29,       FEBRUARY 28,
                                            1994                1995                1996                1996              1997
                                     ------------------- ------------------- --------------------  ----------------- --------------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    
Net sales                             $ 3,489      100.0% $ 4,281      100.0% $ 4,986      100.0%  $ 1,675  100.0%  $ 1,845   100.0%
Cost of sales                           1,800       51.6    2,269       53.0    2,497       50.1       909   54.3       947    51.3
                                       -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------ ------    ------ -------
Gross profit                            1,689       48.4    2,012       47.0    2,489       49.9       766   45.7       898    48.7
Selling, general and administrative                                                                                                
 expenses                               1,431       41.0    1,787       41.7    2,117       42.4       519   31.0       442    23.9
                                       -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------ ------    ------ -------
Income from operations                    258        7.4      225        5.3      372        7.5       247   14.7       456    24.8
Other income (expense):                                                                                                            
 Interest expense                          (4)      (0.1)     (11)      (0.3)      (3)      (0.1)      (.5)     -      (0.4)      -
                                       -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------ ------    ------ -------
Income before income taxes                254        7.3      214        5.0      369        7.4       246   14.7       456    24.8
Provision for income taxes                146        4.2      128        3.0      194        3.9       129    7.7       170     9.2
                                       -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------ ------    ------ -------
Net income                            $   108        3.1% $    86        2.0% $   175        3.5%  $   117    7.0%   $  286    15.6%
                                       =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======    ====== ======    ====== =======
</TABLE>


UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.8 million for the three months ended February
28, 1997 as compared to $1.7  million for the three  months  ended  February 29,
1996.  The  increase  in sales of  $171,000,  or 10.2%,  was  largely  due to an
increased  demand for  certain  contemporary  collectible  products in the three
months ended February 28, 1997.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $947,000,  or 51.3% of net sales,
in the three  months  ended  February  28, 1997 from  $909,000,  or 54.3% of net
sales,  in the three  months ended  February  29, 1996.  The increase in cost of
sales of $38,000, or 4.2%, was due to a higher level of merchandise sales. Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased due to an increase in contemporary
collectibles sales that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $442,000,  or 23.9% of net  sales,  in the three
months ended  February 28, 1997 as compared to $519,000,  or 31.0% of net sales,
in the three  months ended  February 29, 1996, a decrease of $77,000,  or 14.9%,
primarily attributable to a decrease in management salaries.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED  NOVEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED  NOVEMBER 30,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended  November
30,  1996 as compared to $4.3  million  for the fiscal year ended  November  30,
1995.  The  increase in sales of  $705,000,  or 16.5%,  was  primarily  due to a
remodeling of a store and, to a lesser  extent,  to an increase in the number of
in-store artist signing events in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.5  million,  or 50.1% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996 from $2.3 million, or 53.0% of
net sales,  in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1995. The overall  increase in
cost of sales of $228,000,  or 10.0%, was due to the higher level of merchandise
sales. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased due to an increase in
contemporary collectibles sales that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $2.1 million, or 42.5% of net sales, in the fiscal
year ended November 30, 1996 as compared to $1.8 million, or 41.8% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1995, an increase of $330,000,  or 18.4%,
primarily due to an increase in owners compensation.

                                       29


<PAGE>

FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1994

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.3 million for the fiscal year ended  November
30,  1995 as compared to $3.5  million  for the fiscal year ended  November  30,
1994.  The increase in sales of $792,000,  or 22.7%,  was  primarily  due to the
opening of a new store in November  1994 and a full year of operation of another
store which was remodeled and significantly expanded in February 1994.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.3  million,  or 53.0% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1995 from $1.8 million, or 51.6% of
net sales,  in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1994. The overall  increase in
this cost of  $469,000,  or 26.1%,  was due to the higher  level of  merchandise
sales.  The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales was due to the
product mix.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the fiscal year ended  November  30, 1995 were $1.8
million,  or 41.8% of net sales,  as compared to $1.4  million,  or 41.0% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1994, an increase of $357,000,  or
24.9%,  primarily due to the addition of employees  associated  with a new store
opening in November  1994,  and the  expansion of another store in February 1994
and, to a lesser extent, due to an increase in retail facilities leased.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $10,000 in the fiscal year
ended  November 30, 1995 from $4,000 in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1994.
The increase was attributable to additional  funding required to finance the new
store and the store expansion.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- STONE'S HALLMARK

     Stone's  Hallmark  had  working  capital  of $1.6  million,  $1.3  million,
$946,000 and $765,000 at February 28, 1997 and November 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  The primary  source of this  working  capital was cash flows from
operations and debt and equity financing.

     Cash provided by operating activities was $169,000,  $89,000,  $152,000 and
$43,000 in the three months  ended  February 28, 1997 and the fiscal years ended
November  30,  1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  The  increases in cash each
period were due to higher net income before  depreciation and amortization.  The
working capital  increases were primarily related to the cash from the growth in
sales.

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was  $29,000,  $86,000,  $113,000 and
$93,000 for the three months ended  February 28, 1997 and the fiscal years ended
November 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively,  and were principally related to
purchases of property and equipment.

Crystal Galleria

     Crystal Galleria is a retailer of contemporary collectibles operating three
stores, two located in Las Vegas, Nevada and one in McLean, Virginia.

                                       30


<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- CRYSTAL GALLERIA

     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data and as
a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                             1994                1995                1996                 1996             1997
                                      ------------------- ------------------- --------------------  ----------------- --------------
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
Net sales                             $  2,503    100.0%  $  2,794    100.0%  $  3,727    100.0%    $ 778     100.0%  $ 999   100.0%
Cost of sales                            1,188     47.5      1,333     47.7      1,785     47.9       381      49.0     469    46.9 
                                       -------  -------    -------  -------    -------  -------      ----   -------    ----   ----- 
Gross profit                             1,315     52.5      1,461     52.3      1,942     52.1       397      51.0     530    53.1 
Selling, general and administrative                                                                                               
 expenses                                  731     29.2        875     31.3      1,564     42.0       338      43.4     424    42.4 
                                       -------  -------    -------  -------    -------  -------      ----   -------    ----   ----- 
Income from operations                     584     23.3        586     21.0        378     10.1        59       7.6     106    10.6 
Other income (expense):                                                                                                           
 Interest expense                          (38)    (1.5)       (58)    (2.1)      (112)    (3.0)      (12)     (1.5)    (37)   (3.7)
 Other, net                                  -        -          -        -        (12)    (0.3)      (12)     (1.5)      -       - 
                                       -------  -------    -------  -------    -------  -------      ----   -------    ----   ----- 
Net income                            $    546     21.8%  $    528     18.9%  $    254      6.8%    $  35       4.6%  $  69     6.9%
                                       =======  =======    =======  =======    =======  =======      ====   =======    ====   ===== 
</TABLE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $999,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $778,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase in sales of $221,000,  or 28.4%,  was primarily a result of a new store
which opened in August 1996, and, to a lesser extent,  to the growth in sales of
another new store which opened in November 1995.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $469,000,  or 46.9% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1997 from $381,000,  or 49.0% of net sales,
for the three months ended March 31, 1996. The overall  increase in this cost of
$88,000,  or 23.2%,  was due to the higher  level of  merchandise  sales.  Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased due to an increase in contemporary
collectibles sales that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1997 were $424,000,
or 42.4% of net sales,  as compared to $338,000,  or 43.4% of net sales,  in the
three  months  ended  March 31,  1996,  an  increase  of $86,000 or 25.4%.  This
increase is primarily  due to a new store which  opened in August 1996,  with an
offsetting decrease in advertising expense in another store.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $2.8  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995. The increase in sales of $933,000,  or 33.4%,  was primarily a result of a
full year of  operations  of a new store which opened in November 1995 and, to a
lesser extent, to a partial year of operations of another new store which opened
in August 1996.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.8  million,  or 47.9% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $1.3 million, or 47.7% of
net sales,  in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. The overall  increase in
this cost of  $452,000,  or 33.9%,  was due to the higher  level of  merchandise
sales.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1996 were $1.6
million, or 42.0% of net sales, as compared to $875,000,  or 31.3% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, an increase of $689,000,  or 78.7%.
This  increase was  primarily  due to a full year of  operations  of a new store
which opened in November 1995 and, to a lesser extent, to the opening of another
new store in August 1996.

     Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $111,000 in the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 from $58,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
The increase was attributable to increased  borrowings to finance the opening of
a new store in August  1996 and a full year of  operations  of another new store
that opened in November 1995.  

                                       31


<PAGE>

FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1994

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.8 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1995 as compared to $2.5  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1994. The increase in sales of $291,000,  or 11.6%,  was due to the opening of a
new store in November 1995.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.3  million,  or 47.7% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 from $1.2 million, or 47.5% of
net sales,  in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994. The overall  increase in
this cost of  $145,000,  or 12.2%,  was due to the higher  level of  merchandise
sales.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1995  were
$875,000, or 31.3% of net sales, as compared to $731,000, or 29.2% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994, an increase of $144,000,  or 19.7%,
due to opening of a new store in  November  1995 and to the fact that new stores
incur expenses that are  disproportionate to the net sales generated compared to
an established store.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $58,000 in the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1995 from $39,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.
The increase was attributable to increased  borrowings to finance the opening of
the new store in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- CRYSTAL GALLERIA

     Crystal  Galleria had a working capital deficit of $335,000 and $383,000 at
March 31, 1997 and at December 31, 1996,  respectively,  and working  capital of
$69,000 at December 31, 1995. The primary reason for the working capital deficit
at March 31, 1997 was cash used in operating activities of $10,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and $90,000 of additional  borrowings on payables to
stockholders. The primary reason for the working capital deficit at December 31,
1996 was cash used in  operating  activities,  which was $191,000 for the fiscal
year ended  December  31,  1996.  The primary  source of the working  capital at
December 31, 1995 was cash flow from operations, which was $663,000 and $353,000
in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The decrease
in  operating  cash  flows for the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996 was
primarily due to a decrease in net income before  depreciation and amortization,
combined with an increase in year-end merchandise  inventories and a decrease in
year-end  accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities.  The increase in operating
cash flows for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995 was  primarily  due to a
significant increase in year-end accounts payable and accrued liabilities, which
was partially offset by an increase in year-end merchandise inventories.

     Cash used for investing  activities  was $315,000,  $282,000 and $9,000 for
the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  These
activities represent purchases of property and equipment.

North Pole City

     North Pole City is a retailer of  Christmas  merchandise  and  contemporary
collectibles.

                                       32


<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- NORTH POLE CITY

     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data and as
a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1995                    1996                     1997
                                                ---------------------   ---------------------   ----------------------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales                                        $ 2,562       100.0%    $ 2,865       100.0%    $ 3,726        100.0%
Cost of sales                                      1,371        53.5       1,492        52.1       1,733         46.5
                                                  -------    -------      -------    -------      -------     -------
Gross profit                                       1,191        46.5       1,373        47.9       1,993         53.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses         990        38.6       1,077        37.6       1,522         40.8
                                                  -------    -------      -------    -------      -------     -------
Income from operations                               201         7.9         296        10.3         471         12.7
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                                    (41)       (1.6)        (58)       (2.0)        (82)        (2.2)
 Other, net                                            8         0.3          10         0.4          38          1.0
                                                  -------    -------      -------    -------      -------     -------
Income before income taxes                           168         6.6         248         8.7         427         11.5
Provision for income taxes                            66         2.6          96         3.4         168          4.5
                                                  -------    -------      -------    -------      -------     -------
Net income                                       $   102         4.0%    $   152         5.3%    $   259          7.0%
                                                  =======    =======      =======    =======      =======     =======
</TABLE>

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase  in sales  of  $861,000,  or  30.1%,  was  primarily  due to  continued
marketing efforts focused on telemarketing, advertising in national publications
and Internet marketing of collectibles  merchandise.  This increase was also due
to a lesser extent, by the remodeling and expansion of the store.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.7  million,  or 46.5% of net
sales,  for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 from $1.5 million,  or 52.1% of
net  sales,  for the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1996.  Gross  profit as a
percentage  of  net  sales  increased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectibles with higher margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1997 were $1.5
million,  or 40.1% of net sales,  as compared to $1.1  million,  or 37.6% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996,  an increase of  $444,000,  or
41.2%,  primarily due to increased  advertising  and an increase in salaries for
additional personnel.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $82,000 in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997 from $58,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase  was  attributable  to  additional  borrowings  used to  finance  store
expansion and to purchase inventory.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1996 as compared to $2.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1995.  The
increase in sales of  $303,000,  or 11.8%,  was  primarily a result of increased
marketing   efforts  focused  on   telemarketing,   advertisements  in  national
publications and Internet marketing of collectibles merchandise.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.5  million,  or 52.1% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 from $1.4  million,  or 53.5% of
net sales, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. The overall increase in this
cost of $121,000,  or 8.8%,  was due to the higher level of  merchandise  sales.
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased due to the change in product
mix to collectibles with higher margins.  

                                       33


<PAGE>

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1996 were $1.1
million, or 37.6% of net sales, as compared to $990,000,  or 38.6% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  March 31,  1995,  an  increase  of  $88,000,  or 8.9%,
primarily due to an increase in salaries for additional personnel.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $58,000 in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1996 from $41,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1995.  The
increase was  attributable  to increased  borrowings to finance  remodeling  and
expansion of the store.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- NORTH POLE CITY

     North Pole City had working  capital of $1.0  million and $950,000 at March
31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The primary source of this working capital in
the fiscal year ended March 31,  1997 was cash flow from  operations,  which was
$167,000.  The primary source of working  capital in the fiscal year ended March
31,  1996 was  cash  borrowed  on the line of  credit.  Cash  used in  operating
activities was $234,000 and $92,000 in the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and
1995,  respectively.  Cash used in operating activities was primarily related to
the  purchase of  merchandise  inventories,  payments  on  accounts  payable and
accrued liabilities, and a decrease in customer deposits.

     Cash used for investing  activities  was $143,000,  $67,000 and $79,000 for
the fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  These
activities represent purchases of property and equipment.

Reef Hallmark

     Reef Hallmark is a retailer of  contemporary  collectibles,  Hallmark cards
and gifts, located in West Palm Beach, Florida.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- REEF HALLMARK

     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data and as
a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                     --------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
                                            1995                1996               1996               1997
                                     ------------------- ------------------- ----------------- -------------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>
Net sales                             $ 1,839     100.0%  $ 2,493     100.0%   $ 558    100.0%  $ 581      100.0%
Cost of sales                           1,102      59.9     1,301      52.2      284     51.0     323       55.5
                                       -------  -------    -------  -------     ----  -------   ------  ---------
Gross profit                              737      40.1     1,192      47.8      274     49.0     258       44.5
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses                                 629      34.2       935      37.5      204     36.6     262       45.1
                                       -------  -------    -------  -------     ----  -------   ------  ---------
Income from operations                    108       5.9       257      10.3       70     12.4      (4)       (.6)
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                         (41)     (2.2)      (49)     (2.0)     (12)    (2.1)    (11)      (1.9)
 Other, net                                 -         -       (12)     (0.5)       -        -       -          -
                                       -------  -------    -------  -------     ----  -------   ------  ---------
Net income                            $    67       3.7%  $   196       7.8%   $  58     10.3%  $ (15)      (2.5)%
                                       =======  =======    =======  =======     ====  =======   ======  =========
</TABLE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $581,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $558,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase  in sales of  $23,000,  or 4.2%,  was  primarily a result of the Easter
holiday  occurring  in the first  quarter of 1997,  whereas  the Easter  holiday
occurred in the second quarter of 1996.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $323,000,  or 55.5% of net sales,
in the three months ended March 31, 1997 from  $284,000,  or 51.0% of net sales,
in the three months ended March 31, 1996.  The overall  increase in this cost of
$38,000,  or 13.5%,  was due to the higher  level of  merchandise  sales.  Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales  decreased due to a change in product mix to
collectibles with lower margins.  

                                       34


<PAGE>

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1997 were $262,000,
or 45.1% of net sales,  as compared to $204,000,  or 36.6% of net sales,  in the
three months ended March 31, 1996, an increase of $58,000,  or 28.4%,  primarily
due to an increase in advertising expenditures and, to a lesser extent, salaries
for additional sales personnel.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.5 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $1.8  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase in sales of $654,000,  or 35.6%,  was  primarily a result of
increased  telemarketing and direct mail advertising and, to a lesser extent, to
increased in-store artist signing events.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.3  million,  or 52.2% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $1.1 million, or 59.9% of
net sales,  in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. The overall  increase in
this cost of  $199,000,  or 18.1%,  was due to the higher  level of  merchandise
sales.  Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased due to the change in
product mix of collectible items with higher margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996  were
$935,000, or 37.5% of net sales, as compared to $629,000, or 34.2% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, an increase of $306,000,  or 48.7%,
primarily due to an increase in advertising  expenditures and lease expenditures
in connection  with the  significant  expansion of retail square footage in July
1995 and, to a lesser extent, due to salaries for additional sales personnel.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- REEF HALLMARK

     Reef Hallmark had working capital of $74,000, $171,000 and $94,000 at March
31, 1997 and December  31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The primary  source of
this  working  capital was cash flow from  operations,  which was  $135,000  and
$102,000  for the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.
The  decrease  in  working  capital  at March  31,  1997 was due to cash used in
operating  activities,  which was $37,000 for the three  months  ended March 31,
1997.  The  increases in cash in each period was due to higher net income before
depreciation and  amortization,  which was partially offset by the cash used for
working capital.  The working capital increases were principally  related to the
purchase of merchandise inventories.

     Cash used for investing  activities was $29,000 and $105,000 for the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. These activities represent
the purchase of property  and  equipment  as well as  expenditures  necessary to
support  growth in Reef  Hallmark's  sales.  During the  period  January 1, 1995
through  December  31,  1996,  Reef  Hallmark's  capital   expenditures  totaled
$184,000.

Filmart

     Filmart is a retail  marketer of  animation  art with a gallery  located in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and a gallery located in Huntington, New York.

                                       35


<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FILMART

     The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data and as
a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                ------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
                                                       1995               1996              1996              1997
                                                ------------------ ------------------ ---------------- -------------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>
Net sales                                        $ 1,053    100.0%  $ 1,446    100.0%  $263     100.0%   $ 232     100.0%
Cost of sales                                        511     48.5       498     34.4    102      38.8      114      49.1
                                                  ------  -------    ------  -------   -----  -------     ----   -------
Gross profit                                         542     51.5       948     65.6    161      61.2      118      50.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses         493     46.8       539     37.3    104      39.5      163      70.7
                                                  ------  -------    ------  -------   -----  -------     ----   -------
Income from operations                                49      4.7       409     28.3     57      21.7      (45)    (19.8)
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                                     (4)    (0.4)       (1)    (0.1)     -         -        -         -
 Other, net                                           74      7.0       279     19.3     56      21.3       56      24.3
                                                  ------  -------    ------  -------   -----  -------     ----   -------
Net income                                       $   119     11.3%  $   687     47.5%  $113      43.0%   $  11       4.6%
                                                  ======  =======    ======  =======   =====  =======     ====   =======
</TABLE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $232,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $263,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,  1996.  The
decrease in sales of $32,000,  or 12.1%, was primarily the result of fewer sales
personnel in the first  quarter of 1997.  Filmart is a member of several  barter
companies,  within which Filmart  trades  artwork for various goods and services
from other barter company members.  Filmart  recognized $56,000 of sales through
such barter companies in each of the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

     Costs of  Sales.  Costs of sales  increased  to  $114,000,  or 49.1% of net
sales, for the three months ended March 31, 1997 from $102,000,  or 38.7% of net
sales for the three months ended March 31, 1996.  The overall  decrease in gross
profit as a percentage  of net sales was  primarily  due to  increased  sales of
consigned merchandise which has a lower gross profit margin.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 1997 were $164,000,
or 70.7% of net sales, as compared to $104,000,  or 39.7% of net sales,  for the
three months ended March 31, 1996, an increase of $60,000,  or 57.7%,  primarily
due to an increase in advertising and in-store artist signing events.

     Other Income. Consulting fees recorded as other income remained constant at
$56,000 for the three  months  ended March 31, 1997 and the three  months  ended
March 31, 1996.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.4 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $1.1  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase in sales of $393,000,  or 37.3%,  was  primarily a result of
increased  special events such as in-store artist signing events,  growth of the
customer  database,  increased  advertising  and,  to a  lesser  extent,  to the
addition of sales  representatives  with  enhanced  product  knowledge.  Filmart
recognized  $248,000 and $32,000 of sales through barter companies in the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $498,000,  or 34.4% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $511,000, or 48.5% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. The overall increase in gross profit
as a  percentage  of net sales was  primarily  a result  of  increased  sales of
animation art with higher margins, primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996  were
$539,000, or 37.3% of net sales, as compared to $493,000, or 46.8% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1995,  an increase of $46,000,  or 9.5%,
primarily  due to an increase  in  commissions.  The  decrease in this cost as a
percentage of net sales was primarily due to economies of scale  associated with
increased sales.  

                                       36


<PAGE>

     Other Income.  Other income  increased to $279,000 in the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 from $74,000 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995.  The
increase of $205,000 is a result of increased  consulting fees and proceeds from
an insurance claim reimbursement.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- FILMART

     Filmart had working  capital of $990,000 and $976,000 at March 31, 1997 and
December 31, 1996, respectively. The primary sources of working capital at March
31, 1997 were prepayments made for advertising and advances to shareholders. The
increase  in working  capital at  December  31, 1996 was the result of cash flow
from  operations,  as well as prepayments  made for  advertising and advances to
shareholders.

     Cash used for operating  activities  was $63,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1997. Cash provided by operating  activities was $131,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1996.

ANIMATION USA

     Animation USA is a retail  marketer of animation art with a gallery located
in Seattle, Washington and a gallery located in San Francisco, California.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- ANIMATION USA

     The  following  table  sets  forth  selected  financial  data and data as a
percentage of net sales for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                        1996                   1997
                                                 -------------------   --------------------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Net sales                                         $ 449       100.0%    $ 341        100.0%
Cost of sales                                       205        45.7       137         40.1
                                                   -----    -------      -----     -------
Gross profit                                        244        54.3       204         59.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses        202        44.9       187         55.0
                                                   -----    -------      -----     -------
Income from operations                               42         9.4        17          4.9
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                                    (2)       (0.4)       (3)        (0.8)
 Other, net                                           -           -         -            -
                                                   -----    -------      -----     -------
Income before taxes                                  40         9.0        14          4.1
Income tax expense (benefit)                        (1)        (.2)        5          1.5
                                                   -----    -------      -----     -------
Net income                                        $  41         9.2%    $   9          2.6%
                                                   =====    =======      =====     =======
</TABLE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $341,000  for the three  months ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $449,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,  1996.  The
decrease  in sales of  $108,000,  or  24.1%,  was  primarily  attributable  to a
decrease in the number of in-store artist signing events in the first quarter of
1997.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $137,000,  or 40.1% of net sales,
in the three months ended March 31, 1997 from $205,000, or 45.7% of net sales in
the three months ended March 31, 1996. The decrease in cost of sales of $69,000,
or 33.5%,  was  primarily  attributable  to the  decrease in sales for the three
months  ended March 31, 1997.  The decrease in cost of sales as a percentage  of
net sales was due to a  management  decision to place more  emphasis on sales in
the first quarter of 1997 which carry a higher gross margin.

                                       37


<PAGE>

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the three months ended March 31, 1997 were $188,000,
or 55.0% of net sales,  as compared to $202,000,  or 44.9% of net sales,  in the
three months ended March 31, 1996, a decrease of $14,000, or 7.0%. This decrease
was largely due to a decrease in advertising  expense related to the decrease in
the number of in-store  artist  signing  events and,  to a lesser  extent,  to a
decrease in sales commissions and office supplies.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- ANIMATION USA

     Animation  USA had a working  capital  deficit of $21,000 and  $30,000,  at
March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996,  respectively.  The primary reason for the
working  capital deficit at March 31, 1997 was an increase of $15,000 in amounts
outstanding under the line of credit. The primary reason for the working capital
deficit at December 31, 1996 was cash used in operating  activities  of $71,000.
The  decrease  in cash  for the  periods  was due to  lower  net  income  before
depreciation,  and the decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, the
purchase of merchandise inventories, and a decrease in customer deposits.

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was $29,000 for the fiscal year ended
December  31,1996.  These  activities  represent  the  purchase of property  and
equipment.  No cash was used for investing activities for the three months ended
March 31, 1997.

SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS

     Historically, the fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year has accounted
for a greater  portion of the Company's  operating  income than have each of the
first three  quarters of the  Company's  fiscal year.  This is primarily  due to
increased activity as a result of the holiday season. In the future, the Company
expects that it will  experience  quarterly  variations  in  operating  results,
principally as a result of the seasonal nature of the industry. Numerous factors
may  cause  significant  fluctuations  in the  Company's  quarterly  net  sales,
including  the  timing of new  product  introductions,  the amount and timing of
sales  contributed by new stores,  the timing of in-store  artist signing events
held at the store locations, and general economic conditions. Additional factors
may cause  fluctuations  in expenses  including  the costs  associated  with the
opening of new stores, the integration of acquired stores into the operations of
the Company and corporate expenses to support the Company's expansion strategy.

INFLATION

     Due to the relatively low levels of inflation experienced in 1995, 1996 and
1997,  inflation did not have a significant  effect on the operating  results of
the combined Founding Companies in those fiscal years.

                                       38


<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire six  retailers  of  contemporary  collectibles  and three
marketers of animation art simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. Upon
the consummation of these  Acquisitions,  the Company believes that it will be a
leading  retailer  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  a  leading  marketer  of
animation art in the United States. The Company sells its collectibles  products
through two superstores,  one  free-standing  retail location,  seven mall-based
stores and six upscale strip-mall  stores. The Company's 16 collectibles  stores
are located in California  (2),  Florida,  Illinois (6),  Nevada (2), New Jersey
(2),  Oklahoma (2) and Virginia.  In addition,  certain stores sell collectibles
through database direct mail, inbound and outbound telemarketing  operations and
over the Internet.  The Company sells animation art primarily  through  database
direct  mail,  telemarketing  and the  Internet  to both  retail  and  wholesale
customers, and operates five animation art galleries located in California,  New
York (2), Pennsylvania and Washington.

     The Company's  collectibles  merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures
made from  porcelain,  ceramic and resin,  and a wide selection of crystal items
including functional and decorative products. The Company also sells collectible
cottages and villages, collectible prints and lithographs, collectible Christmas
ornaments and other holiday collectibles.  The Company's merchandise is produced
by leading vendors such as Lladr-,  Department 56  (manufacturer of The Original
Snow  Village and The  Heirloom  Village  Collection  product  lines),  Giuseppe
Armani,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product  line),  Waterford,
Baccarat,  Laliqu-,  Swarovski,  Disney and Enesco (manufacturer of the Precious
Moments and  Cherished  Teddies  product  lines).  The  Company's  animation art
galleries  carry  a full  spectrum  of  animation  artwork,  including  original
production cels, limited editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings.
In addition, the Company has licenses or rights, some of which are exclusive, to
design,  produce and market animation art featuring a wide variety of well known
characters, including Garfield\R, The Simpsons\R and Anastasia\R, and is also an
authorized  dealer of limited editions and sericels created by Disney and Warner
Brothers.

     The Company's  target  retail  customer is between 45 and 64 years old, and
encompasses  a broad  range of income  levels.  The  Company  believes  that the
typical  collector makes more than one  collectibles  purchase per year, and the
typical  collecting  household  maintains  more than one  collection.  Moreover,
collectibles  also are purchased as gifts and as decorative items. The Company's
animation art galleries  also target a wide range of customers  from entry level
collectors with relatively small collections to high-end, experienced collectors
of vintage pieces.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     According to Unity  Marketing's The Collectibles  Industry Report 1995, the
collectibles industry grew approximately 13% in 1995, generating over $8 billion
in primary sales (i.e.,  sales of new merchandise),  of which  approximately 76%
were  generated by retail sales  (including TV shopping) and  approximately  24%
were  generated by direct  response  marketing.  The  contemporary  collectibles
industry is serviced by approximately 9,500 specialty retail collectibles stores
nationwide. Collectibles are also sold by mid-to-upscale department stores, home
furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores,  gift stores,  card shops, TV
shopping,  collectors  clubs and other  gallery and print  stores.  The industry
includes sales of a wide variety of manufactured  collectible  items,  including
figurines  and  sculptures,   dolls,   crystal,   collector  plates,   cottages,
lighthouses,  Christmas ornaments and other holiday collectibles and art such as
lithographs and prints.  According to Unity  Marketing,  an estimated 22 million
Americans identify themselves as collectors.


     The animation art industry  includes sales of vintage  original  production
cels,  limited  editions  produced by studios,  sericels and original  animation
produced by  licensees  such as the Company  bearing the  likenesses  of popular
animated  characters  through art galleries,  gift shops and auction houses,  as
well  as  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  the  Internet.   Although
statistical  information  on the animation art industry is limited and marketing
tools such as "collectors clubs" are not yet common in the industry,  

                                       39


<PAGE>


the  Company  believes  that the  industry  is growing.  In  recognition  of the
industry's  emerging  importance  and  profitability,  auction  houses  such  as
Sotheby's and Christie's are active in the secondary market of animation through
their public auctions.

     The Company's  target consumer base represents a growing part of the United
States  population.  According to the U.S.  Department of Commerce Bureau of the
Census,  the 45 to 64 year old population  reached  approximately  45 million in
1996 and is expected  to grow to  approximately  66 million  during the next ten
years, representing a projected growth rate of close to three times the rate for
the  overall  population.  The  Company  believes  that  collecting  will become
increasingly  important to consumers  ages 45 to 64 because this  generation  of
collectors  has  high  levels  of  discretionary  income  and  has  demonstrated
nostalgic characteristics.

     The Company believes that the highly  fragmented nature of the collectibles
and animation art industries creates  significant  consolidation  opportunities.
The retail  collectibles  market is highly  fragmented  with over  9,500  retail
stores, most of which have less than a 1% market share. In addition, most of the
participants  in these  industries  lack the  capital to expand or a viable exit
strategy.  The  Company  believes  that the  favorable  growth  outlook  for the
collectibles and animation art industries resulting from the growing demographic
base, coupled with the fragmented nature of these industries,  will make it well
positioned to pursue its growth strategies. The Company estimates that there are
over 200 collectibles  retailers in the United States with sales in excess of $2
million annually.  

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The  Company's  goal is to become  the  leading  retailer  of  contemporary
collectibles and the leading marketer of animation art in the United States. The
Company  will  seek  to  achieve  this  goal  by   emphasizing   growth  through
acquisitions  and  implementing  a national  operating  strategy  that  enhances
internal revenue growth and profitability.

GROWTH STRATEGY

   Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:

       Grow through  Acquisitions.  The Company  intends to acquire  profitable,
   well-managed  collectibles  retailers and  animation art marketers  that have
   good reputations with vendors and customers and, where possible,  provide new
   categories of  merchandise  that may be cross-sold to the Company's  existing
   customer base. The Company believes that it will be an attractive acquiror of
   other  retailers and  marketers  due to its strategy of retaining  owners and
   management  of acquired  companies,  its access to capital and its ability to
   offer sellers cash for their  business as well as an ongoing  equity stake in
   the Company. The Company has built an extensive database of businesses within
   the  collectibles  and animation art  industries and believes it will be well
   positioned  to implement  its  acquisition  program  promptly  following  the
   Offering.  Within the past  several  months,  the Company has  contacted  the
   owners of a number of  collectibles  retailers and  animation art  marketers,
   several of whom have expressed  interest in having their businesses  acquired
   by the Company. The Company currently has no binding agreements to effect any
   acquisition  and is not  now  engaged  in any  negotiations  to  acquire  any
   company. The Company,  however,  expects that its future acquisitions will be
   based on criteria such as anticipated return on capital,  and the acquisition
   candidate's  opportunities  for  growth and  ability to meet other  strategic
   objectives.  Although the Company will consider  opportunities to make larger
   acquisitions,  the Company's  target candidate for acquisition is expected to
   have $2 to $5 million in annual sales, demonstrated profitability, and one to
   four retail locations.  The Company's  research indicates that there are more
   collectibles  retailers  meeting its criteria  than there are  animation  art
   marketers.  To help it identify prospective targets, the Company has retained
   a consultant with knowledge of the collectibles and animation art industries.
   In addition,  the Company plans to hire an additional  senior  executive with
   acquisition experience after the Offering. There can be no assurance that the
   Company's  acquisition  program will be  successful,  and the Company  cannot
   predict when, if ever, it will make its first acquisition after the Offering.

                                       40


<PAGE>

       As  consideration  for future  acquisitions,  the Company  intends to use
   various  combinations  of  Common  Stock  and cash or,  possibly,  notes.  To
   facilitate  its  acquisition  strategy,   the  Company  intends  to  register
   2,500,000  additional  shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act within
   90 days after the closing of this  Offering.  These  shares will be available
   for use by the Company as consideration for future acquisitions.

       Open New Stores.  Although  the  Company  intends to focus  initially  on
   acquiring other retailers of collectibles and marketers of animation art, the
   Company expects to complement its acquisition growth with new store openings.
   Over the next 12 months,  the Company  plans to develop two  prototype  store
   formats: a "superstore" format of approximately  18,000 square feet, designed
   for either free-standing or strip mall locations, and a mall-based format, of
   approximately 1,500 square feet. Other than the anticipated opening of one or
   two prototype  locations,  the Company  currently does not intend to open new
   stores over the next 12 months.

NATIONAL OPERATING STRATEGY

   Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:

       Strengthen and Expand Vendor  Relationships.  Vendors in the collectibles
   industry  often  recognize  retailers  based on  certain  volume  levels  and
   reputation.  Many of the Founding  Companies have achieved  preferred gallery
   status  with key  vendors  which  entitles  them to volume  discounts,  co-op
   advertising  funds,  shipping  allowances  and other  benefits.  The  Company
   believes that as a leading retailer of collectibles merchandise and a leading
   marketer of animation  art in the United  States,  it will have a competitive
   advantage in leveraging its vendor relationships. In addition, as an industry
   leader,  the Company  believes  that it will be able to  establish  exclusive
   relationships  with  vendors for  certain  product  lines and items.  Certain
   vendors  already  have  expressed  a  willingness  to develop  products on an
   exclusive basis for the Company. As a result of the Acquisitions, the Company
   believes that certain of the Founding  Companies will be able to benefit from
   the vendor  relationships  that the other Founding Companies have established
   with each of their individual vendors.

       To ensure that the Company maximizes its relationships with vendors,  the
   Company intends to create a position for a general  merchandising  manager to
   oversee  and  coordinate  merchandising  and  vendor  relationships.   It  is
   anticipated  that a  general  merchandising  manager  will be able to use the
   Company's  reputation in the  collectibles  and  animation art  industries to
   leverage its vendor relationships.

       Expand and Improve  Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing  and  Internet
   Marketing   Programs.   The  Founding  Companies  have  developed   databases
   aggregating approximately 205,000 customers. These databases often detail the
   buying  patterns  and  merchandise  preferences  of  existing  and  potential
   customers  and enable the  Founding  Companies to conduct  targeted  database
   direct mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing  programs.  In order to
   develop a comprehensive  marketing  program for use on a Company-wide  basis,
   the Company intends to combine and enhance the existing customer databases of
   its Founding Companies and to introduce  database direct mail,  telemarketing
   and Internet marketing programs at Founding Companies and future companies to
   be acquired which are not utilizing such  programs.  The Company  anticipates
   that  such a program  will be  developed  by  mid-1998.  All of the  Founding
   Companies which market  animation art generate a majority of their sales from
   database direct mail and  telemarketing  efforts.  The Company believes there
   are  significant  opportunities  to  expand  the  database  direct  mail  and
   telemarketing  expertise  developed  by the  animation  art  galleries to its
   collectibles   business.   The  Company  also  plans  to   incorporate  on  a
   Company-wide  basis  the  use  of  certain  marketing  programs,  advertising
   campaigns,  artist  signing  events and other  promotions,  which have proved
   successful at individual Founding Companies.

       Improve Operating  Procedures.  Initially the Company intends to focus on
   developing a  centralized  system to monitor the  operations  of the Founding
   Companies by auditing sales receipts,  accounts payables,  payroll, purchases
   and inventory levels and by implementing centralized cash

                                       41


<PAGE>

   management   operations.   The  Company  also  will   evaluate   implementing
   appropriate  systems,  such as  Company-wide  point-of-sale  systems,  at its
   stores.  The Company further intends to enhance operations at the store level
   by  implementing   improved  training  programs  and  incentive  systems  for
   experienced managers and by creating a corporate-level merchandising function
   to more effectively  manage the Company's  merchandising  decisions,  product
   displays  and  product  assortment.  Although  in the near  term the  Company
   expects to incur higher operating  expenses,  the Company anticipates that in
   the  future  it will  achieve  long-term  economies  of  scale  and  enhanced
   store-level  performance  as a result  of these  efforts.  The  Company  also
   expects to  experience  benefits of  consolidation  with  respect to improved
   training practices, its ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and
   customer service.

       Capitalize  on Local  Strengths.  Notwithstanding  the  strengths  that a
   national  organization  can provide,  the Company  believes that an important
   factor for success in the collectibles  industry is local  relationships.  By
   maintaining  significant  operating  autonomy at the local level, the Company
   intends to capitalize on local strengths, such as name recognition,  customer
   loyalty and service. In addition, the Company anticipates that certain of the
   principals  of the  Founding  Companies  will assist it in  establishing  and
   refining practices for Company-wide operations.

COLLECTIBLES STORES

     The Company sells  collectibles  merchandise  through two superstores,  two
free-standing  retail  locations,   nine  mall-based  stores  and  five  upscale
strip-mall  stores which are located in seven  states.  The stores range in size
from  approximately  1,000 to 15,000  square feet of retail space and carry from
1,500 to 13,800 SKUs.  Additionally,  the Company utilizes database direct mail,
telemarketing  and  the  Internet  to sell  its  collectibles  merchandise.  The
Company's  porcelain  figurines and  sculptures  are produced by vendors such as
Lladr-,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel  product line) and Giuseppe
Armani.  The resin  figurines  which the Company sells are obtained from vendors
such as Enesco  (manufacturer  of the  Precious  Moments and  Cherished  Teddies
product lines).  The Company's  collectibles  stores also sell crystal figurines
and  functional  items,  such as crystal  vases,  produced  by  vendors  such as
Swarovski,  Waterford,  Baccarat,  and Laliqu-.  In addition,  the Company sells
collectible cottages and villages produced by Department 56 (manufacturer of The
Original Snow Village and The Heirloom Village Collections product lines).

     Merchandising.  Each of the Company's collectibles stores carries a product
assortment  that is merchandised by product line and vendor and that is selected
to provide items that are distinctive and  specifically  suited to the tastes of
its customers.  The stores  generally carry  different but overlapping  lines of
collectibles merchandise because each store selects merchandise which appeals to
the preferences of customers within its area. Although the general categories of
the collectibles merchandise stay the same from store to store, individual items
within each general product group change to respond to the interests and demands
of  customers  of each  store.  Consequently,  stores such as the Forum Shops at
Caesar's that are  frequented by customers with more  disposable  income tend to
carry  products which retail for prices higher than those carried by stores that
serve customers with less disposable income.

     While the price of collectibles ranges from $5 to $25,000,  Unity Marketing
reports that the average collector household spends $500 annually.  Customers in
higher income  brackets tend to purchase the  Company's  higher-end  items which
range in price from $1,500 to $4,000. Stores that target middle income customers
carry merchandise which ranges in price from $50 to $250.

     In selecting a product, the Company considers customer demand for the lines
and, in the case of new lines,  quality,  dependability  of  delivery  and cost.
Currently,  each Founding  Company  individually  determines  which  products to
purchase.  Such  purchasing  decisions  primarily  are made by  attending  shows
sponsored by manufacturers,  communicating with representatives of manufacturers
and  participating  in  test  sales  of  collectibles  merchandise.  Some of the
collectibles  stores  vary  their  inventory  on a  seasonal  basis  in order to
generate  more sales  related to Christmas  and other  holidays  and  occasions.
Manufacturers  seeking to  increase  consumer  interest  occasionally  expand or
retire certain  collectibles within their product lines and produce event pieces
such as bridal and Easter pieces, which are

                                       42


<PAGE>

occasionally  marketed in connection with artist signings to generate excitement
about  their  introduction  to the market.  Two of the  Founding  Companies  are
affiliated  with  Hallmark and sell  greeting  cards and  Hallmark  novelties in
addition to collectibles merchandise.

     To ensure that the Company  maximizes its relationships  with vendors,  the
Company  intends to create a  position  for a general  merchandising  manager to
oversee and coordinate  merchandising and vendor relationships.  Certain vendors
have expressed a willingness to develop exclusive products for the Company.

     Most of the Company's contemporary collectibles merchandise is manufactured
overseas;   however,   it  is  purchased   directly   from  the   manufacturer's
representatives  in  the  United  States.  The  Company  purchases  collectibles
merchandise from over 70 vendors,  including Hallmark,  sales of which accounted
for  approximately  11% of the  Company's  pro forma  net sales in Fiscal  1997.
Several of the  Founding  Companies  have  achieved  standards  of  quality  and
reputation  which qualify them for the preferred  gallery  status  recognized by
their important vendors.  Such status typically confers benefits such as greater
co-op advertising contributions, preferred access to specialized merchandise and
increased access to artists for signings and other in-store and off-site special
events. The Company makes decisions about purchases of inventory well in advance
of the  time at  which  such  products  are  intended  to be  sold.  Significant
deviations  from  projected  demand for  collectibles  merchandise  could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations. Higher priced collectibles generally are sold on a consignment basis
which  permits  the  Company  to expand  its array of  collectibles  merchandise
without encumbering working capital.

     In order to attract and retain the loyalty of collectibles customers and to
position its stores as  destination  retail  locations,  certain of the Founding
Companies utilize innovative  merchandising and display  techniques.  One of the
stores has built a reputation based on entertaining in-store displays which have
included a model  train,  a grind organ and unique  displays  which  highlight a
particular vendor's merchandise. Other of the Company's collectibles stores have
gained recognition based on their promotional practices, including producing and
distributing  videotapes of the store's business  operations and employing games
of chance with prizes corresponding to a vendor's particular collectibles theme.

     Marketing.  Currently,  the Founding Companies  advertise  independently of
each other,  primarily  through  print  advertising  and direct  mail  contacts.
Several of the Founding  Companies  advertise their merchandise in catalogs that
are produced by a national  collectibles  catalog  publishing  syndicate such as
Parade of Gifts and Gift  Creations  Concepts.  Such catalog  consortiums  allow
members to use the published  catalog for individual sales purposes.  Membership
in such catalog consortiums entitles the Company to exclusive pieces produced by
Enesco and  Department  56. The  Company  plans to  evaluate  its use of catalog
consortiums in the future,  including  opportunities for preparing such catalogs
itself.

     The Company also participates in loyalty-based  marketing  programs such as
"collector  clubs"  which  reward  members  with  privileges  such as  access to
exclusive member pieces,  detailed information about collections and invitations
to special events.

     The Company's  collectibles stores' databases contain approximately 140,000
customers,  often detailing the buying patterns and merchandising preferences of
current and potential customers.  This extensive database assists the Company in
database  direct  mail  and  telemarketing  programs.  Three  of  the  Company's
collectibles  stores have home pages on the  Internet  which they use to educate
consumers,  display samples of their collectibles merchandise,  inform customers
of upcoming product availability dates and special events and allow customers to
place orders. Sales over the Internet have not constituted a significant portion
of the Company's sales to date.

     Following  the  Offering,   the  Company  intends  to  increase  its  print
advertising efforts,  including advertising in specialty  collectibles magazines
and inserting promotional and seasonal sales circulars in local newspapers,  and
increase its efforts in other media, including radio and television. The Company
also intends to initiate  programs  utilizing its customer database to stimulate
additional  sales  around  birthdays  and  anniversaries,  and such  holidays as
Mother's Day. In addition,  the Company also plans to expand  promotional events
such as artist signings and sponsored charitable  activities,  which have proven
successful at individual Founding Companies.

                                       43


<PAGE>

     Customer  Service.  The Company's goal is to provide  exceptional  customer
service.  The Company generally ships orders within 24 to 72 hours. In addition,
the Company places special orders on behalf of its customers with  manufacturers
for  hard-to-find  items and  notifies  its  customers  in advance of  receiving
limited edition pieces in advance of their  availability in stores.  The Company
generally  accepts returns on its merchandise  within 14 to 30 days of sale. All
of the Company's  stores are open 7 days a week. In  recognition of the Founding
Companies'  dedication  to  customer  service  and  from  their  commitment  and
experience in merchandising a particular vendor's collectibles merchandise,  the
Founding  Companies have received  numerous titles of distinction  such as Boyds
Bears Gold Paw,  Cherished  Teddies Adoption Center (2),  Department 56 Gold Key
Dealer (4), Fenton Glass Showcase Dealer, Giuseppe Armani Art Headquarter Store,
Giuseppe Armani  Preferred  Dealer,  Hallmark Gold Crown (2), Lladro  Millennium
Dealer,  Lladr- Vanguard  Dealer,  Roman Premiere  Dealer,  Swarovski  Preferred
Dealer and Disney Preferred  Gallery.  Three of the Founding Companies are among
the  approximately 40 stores  nationwide  designated as Precious Moments Century
Circle  Dealers by Enesco,  which  entitles them to exclusive  Precious  Moments
collectibles pieces.

ANIMATION ART GALLERIES

     The  Company's  five  animation  art  galleries are each located in or near
suburbs of metropolitan  areas.  These galleries are located in California,  New
York  (2),  Pennsylvania  and  Washington.  The  Company  generates  most of its
animation art sales through database direct mail and telemarketing operations.

     Merchandising.   The  Company's   animation  art  galleries  carry  a  wide
assortment of animation  artwork,  including  original  production cels, limited
editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings. A "cel" is a painting of
a character  or object on a  transparent  acetate  sheet.  An  original  vintage
production cel, which is created by an original drawing,  is hand painted and is
the final result of the artistic  process  that  creates  animation  used in the
actual film  production,  whereas limited  edition cels although  created in the
same manner, generally recreate animation scenes from popular animated films for
which original  production  cels are no longer  available.  Sericels are limited
editions  that are created by hand  painting an image onto a master cel and then
produced in large  quantities  through a printing  process.  Model  sheets are a
group of original pencil  drawings of animated  characters in a variety of poses
and  expressions.  Prices  for  animation  art are  typically  higher  than  for
contemporary  collectibles,  beginning at  approximately  $100 and ranging up to
$100,000,  with an average sale price of approximately $750. Animation art sales
generally are less seasonal than sales of collectibles.

     The Company designs and  manufactures  limited  editions and sericels under
license from the owners of popular characters, and purchases original production
cels from the studio that created the art, another dealer or a private collector
for  sale  to  both  retail  and  wholesale  customers.  The  Company  sells  on
consignment limited edition animation cels created by Virgil Ross, under license
from Warner Brothers, featuring classic Warner Brothers' characters such as Bugs
Bunny\R,  Elmer Fudd\R,  Yosemite  Sam\R,  and Tweety and Sylvester\R in classic
scenes.  The  Company  also  holds  licenses  or rights to design,  produce  and
distribute  animation art bearing the likeness of The  Simpsons\R,  Anastasia\R,
and  Garfield\R,  both  alone  and with  certain  Norman  Rockwell  images.  The
Company's  designs for art  featuring  such  licensed  characters  are generally
subject to prior approval by the licensor.  The Company also distributes limited
edition comic strip art from Jeff MacNelly (Shoe),  Johnny Hart (B.C. and Wizard
of Id), Chris Browne (Hagar the  Horrible),  Bryant Parker (Wizard of Id), Roger
Bollen (Animal Crackers),  Myron Woldman (Popeye and Betty Boop),  Sidney Harris
and David Orielo  (Felix the Cat\R)  pursuant to oral  understandings  with such
individuals.  There  are no  written  agreements  governing  these  distribution
arrangements and, therefore, there can be no assurance that one or more of these
distributor  arrangements will not be terminated.  One of the Founding Companies
has been granted an exclusive license by HBO\R Animation to manufacture and sell
artwork  using  material  from the first  season of Spawn  and Spicy  City.  The
Company    is   an    authorized    dealer   of   art    produced    by   Warner
Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney and artist Chuck Jones. The Company's authorized
dealer agreements can generally be terminated by the other party with or without
cause on short  notice.  Certain of the  authorized  dealer  agreements  require
consents  to  the   Acquisitions.   Although  the  Company  will  seek  consents
authorizing  the  Acquisitions  where  required by the terms of such  authorized
dealer  agreements,  there  can be no  assurance  that  such  consents  will  be
obtained.  

                                       44


<PAGE>

     The  animation  art sold by the Company is  produced  by the Company  under
certain  licenses or rights with a majority of the art being  obtained  from the
studios  or  artists   that  create  the  art,   including   Disney  and  Warner
Brothers/Hanna-Barbera. The art is either bought from the artist or studio or is
sold by the Company on a consignment basis.  

     The Company  generates its design ideas by closely  collaborating  with the
studio that licenses the  character to be included in the artwork.  It generally
takes an average of six weeks to create a new piece of original  animation  art.
During this period, the Company's artists,  working as independent  contractors,
generate a  prototype  design  which is  thereafter  submitted  to the artist or
animation studio for its approval.

     Marketing.  A significant  portion of the Company's animation art marketing
efforts is conducted  through database direct mail,  telemarketing  and Internet
marketing programs,  which utilize databases  aggregating  approximately  65,000
customers.   These   databases   detail  the  buying  patterns  and  merchandise
preferences of current and potential customers and enable the Founding Companies
to conduct targeted database direct mail,  telemarketing and Internet  marketing
programs. The Company's animation art marketing efforts also include advertising
in newspapers and animation art magazines.  While each of the Founding Companies
will continue to advertise locally,  the Company will evaluate  opportunities to
consolidate its advertising  functions on a national basis. Two of the Company's
animation  art  marketers  have home  pages on the  Internet  which  they use to
educate  customers about their animation art and special events.  Sales over the
Internet have not  constituted a significant  portion of the Company's  sales to
date.  

     All of the  Founding  Companies  which  market  animation  art  generate  a
majority of their sales from database direct mail and telemarketing efforts. One
of  the  Company's   significant   strategies  for  improved  marketing  is  the
consolidation   of  the  databases  of  the  various   Founding   Companies  for
comprehensive  database direct mail and  telemarketing  efforts along lines that
have proved successful at the Founding Companies where these operations generate
significant  amounts  of sales.  The  Company  believes  one of the  significant
opportunities  presented by the  consolidation of the Founding  Companies is the
cross-marketing possibilities to the combined customer databases of the Founding
Companies.

     One of the  Founding  Companies  has an  agreement  with a third  party  to
provide  consulting  services in exchange for advertising and,  pursuant to such
agreement, had prepaid advertising expenses of $285,000 at December 31, 1996.

     Customer Service. The Company's animation art customer orders generally are
shipped within two to four weeks. Once an order is received, the gallery frames,
mats  and,  in some  cases,  arranges  for the  artist  to  personally  sign the
purchased art. The Company's animation art galleries generally are open six days
a week and by  appointment.  Outbound  telemarketing  efforts and inbound  calls
generally occur during store hours.  

TRAINING PROGRAMS

     The Company's goal is to provide exceptional  customer service.  The owners
of the Founding  Companies  either serve as store or gallery managers or seek to
hire  entrepreneurial  managers who are  energetic and  knowledgeable  about the
collectibles  and animation art industries.  Each of the Founding  Companies has
developed  varying levels of training  programs.  Some of the training  programs
involve video  presentations,  utilize material prepared by vendors,  consist of
vendor-sponsored  training conducted by representatives or consist of one-on-one
training conducted by managers. As part of its emphasis on customer service, the
Company plans to evaluate each Founding Company's training program and develop a
Company-wide training program for new hires.  

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS

     The Founding  Companies  currently have a variety of accounting,  inventory
and financial  reporting systems at varying degrees of  sophistication,  none of
which have  previously  operated on a combined  basis.  The  Company  intends to
centralize   its   accounting   and  financial   reporting   activities  at  its
headquarters; however, basic accounting activities will continue to be conducted
at the regional and local

                                       45


<PAGE>

level.The Company will need to coordinate and integrate the information  systems
hardware  and software  currently  in place at the Founding  Companies to ensure
that the  Company's  financial  and other  information  reporting  functions are
conducted satisfactorily.  Failure to successfully develop a consolidated system
for  reporting  such  information  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.

     In order to improve operating procedures,  the Company initially will focus
on  developing a  centralized  system to monitor the  operations of the Founding
Companies by auditing sales receipts,  accounts payables, payroll, purchases and
inventory levels and by implementing centralized cash management operations. The
Company  also  will  evaluate   implementing   appropriate   systems,   such  as
Company-wide  point-of-sale  systems, at its stores. The Company further intends
to enhance  operations  at the store  level by  implementing  improved  training
programs  and  incentive  systems  for  experienced  managers  and by creating a
corporate-level  merchandising function to more effectively manage the Company's
merchandising  decisions,  product  displays and product  assortment.  See "Risk
Factors  --  Absence of  Combined  Operating  History,"  and "--  Management  of
Growth."


COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and animation art industries  are highly  fragmented and
competitive.  In addition to other  collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art
marketers,  the Company competes with  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  home
furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores,  gift stores,  card shops, TV
shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print  stores.  The Company's
animation  art  galleries  compete,  in  certain  cases,  with the owners of the
licensed  characters,  including Disney and Warner  Brothers,  who sell products
through their own stores and other marketing channels.  Management believes that
its  stores  and  galleries  compete  on the  basis  of  depth  and  breadth  of
merchandise  assortment and customer service in addition to name recognition and
established vendor relationships.  In order to maintain the goodwill inherent in
the names and  reputations of each of the Founding  Companies,  the Company does
not expect to rename the existing stores and galleries.

     Many of the Company's competitors are larger and have substantially greater
financial, marketing and other resources than the Company. In addition, although
the  primary  points of  competition  are service  and  availability  of desired
merchandise,  there  can be no  assurance  that  pricing  competition  will  not
develop.  Other retailing companies with significantly greater capital and other
resources  than  the  Company  may  enter  or  expand  their  operations  in the
collectibles  industry,  which  could  change the  competitive  dynamics  of the
industry.  In  addition,  as the  Company's  animation  art  licenses and rights
expire,  it will compete with other  marketers of animation art for the right to
design,  produce and market artistic creations based on the applicable  licensed
character.  Because  retailers of  collectibles  and  marketers of animation art
products  generally do not own the proprietary  rights to the products that they
sell, the barriers to entry to these industries are not significant.  Therefore,
there can be no assurance that additional participants will not enter the market
or that the Company will be able to compete effectively with such entrants.  

     In  addition,  it is  possible  that there will be  competition  to acquire
additional  businesses if the  collectibles or animation art industries  undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for such  companies.  The Company  believes  that its  decentralized  management
strategy and other operating  strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers and animation art marketers.  There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.

LICENSES

     The Company  produces  some of its  animation  art under  agreements  which
generally  permit the Company to market original  production  animation cels and
original canvas acrylic paintings, and to manufacture and market limited edition
cels,  lithographs and sericels  featuring  characters  such as Garfield\R,  The
Simpsons\R  and  Anastasia\R.  The  Company's  designs  for art  featuring  such
licensed characters are generally subject to prior approval by the licensor.

                                       46


<PAGE>

     The   Company's   license   arrangements   often  require  the  payment  of
non-refundable  advances  and  guaranteed  minimum  royalties.  Royalties to the
Company's  licensors  typically  range from 30% to 50% of the price at which the
art is sold. Minimum guaranteed  payments under the Company's license agreements
currently  aggregate  approximately  $623,000  through  1999.  As  a  result  of
increased competition for licenses,  the Company may, in the future, be required
to pay licensors  higher  royalties and higher  minimum  guaranteed  payments in
order to obtain  attractive  properties for the  development of existing and new
product lines.

     The  Company's  licensing  arrangements  are limited in scope and duration,
authorizing  the sale of specified  licensed  products  for a defined  period of
time,  generally two to four years.  In connection  with the  Acquisitions,  the
Company has extended  the term of certain of its licenses  such that they expire
between  March  1998  and  September  1999.  Pursuant  to  most  of the  license
agreements,  the licensor has agreed to negotiate renewal of the license 90 days
before  expiration,  provided the Company is in compliance with the terms of the
license.  The license  agreements  provide that they may be terminated  prior to
their  expiration  date under  certain  circumstances,  including  the Company's
failure  to  comply  with the  product  approval  provisions.  The  termination,
cancellation or inability to renew any existing licensing  arrangement,  coupled
with the inability to develop and enter into new licensing  arrangements,  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations.  The Company believes that it maintains  excellent  relationships
with its licensors.

     The Company's  authorized  dealer agreements can generally be terminated by
the other party with or without cause or on short notice.  Termination of any of
the Company's  authorized dealer agreements could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial  condition and results of operations.  Certain of the
authorized dealer agreements  require consent to the Acquisitions.  Although the
Company will seek consents  authorizing the  Acquisitions  where required by the
terms of its authorized dealer  agreements,  there can be no assurance that such
consents will be obtained. The Company believes it maintains excellent relations
with the companies with which it has authorized dealer agreements.

FACILITIES

     The Company  maintains  27  facilities  consisting  of 21 retail  locations
(which in some cases also  contain  offices) and six  warehouse or  distribution
facilities  (which in some cases also  contain  offices).  All of the  Company's
facilities  are leased.  The  facilities  range in size from  approximately  400
square feet to 20,000  square  feet and are  located in ten states.  The Company
believes that its facilities are adequate to meet its needs for the  foreseeable
future. The Company's corporate  headquarters are located in approximately 1,000
square feet of a leased office space in New York City, New York.

     The Company  maintains a  significant  amount of  inventory  in order to be
assured a  sufficient  supply  of  products  to its  customers.  Certain  of the
Founding  Companies  currently  operate  their  own  warehouses  at or near  the
location of its store or stores to warehouse overflow  merchandise.  The largest
off-site storage facility is approximately  10,500 square feet. As the Company's
sales reach  certain  levels,  it may consider  combining  its off-site  storage
facilities into a single facility.

EMPLOYEES

     At April 30, 1997,  the Company  employed  235  persons,  of which two were
full-time employees at the Company's headquarters,  121 were part-time employees
in its retail stores and distribution  centers, and 107 were full-time employees
in the stores, offices and distribution centers. Of the Company's employees,  25
are dedicated to database direct mail and telemarketing  operations.  Many other
employees  are  partially  engaged in  database  direct  mail and  telemarketing
activities.  During the  Company's  peak  holiday  selling  season,  the Company
typically hires additional part-time employees. The employees of the Company are
not covered by any collective  bargaining  agreement.  The Company considers its
relationship with its employees to be good.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is not a party to any legal  proceeding  which  could  have a
material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

                                       47


<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    The  following  table  sets  forth  information   concerning  the  Company's
directors and executive  officer and those persons who will become directors and
officers upon consummation of the Offering:

           NAME          AGE                    POSITION
- -----------------------  ---  --------------------------------------------------
Ronald P. Rafaloff       49   Chairman  of  the  Board;   President   and  Chief
                              Executive Officer
Michael A. Baker(1)(2)   51   Director(3)
Vincent J. Browne        60   Executive  Vice   President  -  Mall   Operations;
                              President - Crystal  Galleria and Crystal  Palace;
                              Director(3)
Roy C. Elwell            41   Executive Vice President - Corporate Development;
                              President - Reef Hallmark; Director(3)
Jerry Gladstone          37   Executive Vice President - Marketing;  President -
                              Animation  Division;  President  - American  Royal
                              Arts; Director(3)
David K. Green           39   Executive Vice President - Operations; President -
                              Collectibles  Division;  President  -  North  Pole
                              City; Director(3)
Paul T. Shirley(1)(2)    56   Director(3)
Susan M. Spiegel         41   President - Filmart; Director(3)
David J. Stone           64   President - Stone's Hallmark; Director(3)

- ----------
(1)  Member of audit committee.

(2)  Member of compensation committee.

(3)  Director  nominees;  will become directors of the Company upon consummation
     of the Offering.

     Ronald P.  Rafaloff has served as the Chairman of the Board since June 1996
and as President and Chief Executive Officer since June 1997. Ronald P. Rafaloff
has been the Chief  Executive  Officer  and a principal  owner of RGR  Financial
Corp.,  a  securities  broker-dealer  providing  investment  services to retail,
corporate and pension plan clients,  since its inception in March 1996. Prior to
forming RGR Financial  Corp.,  Ronald P. Rafaloff was a senior vice president at
Smith Barney, Inc., a leading investment bank, from October 1992 to June 1996.

     Michael  A.  Baker  will become a director of the Company upon consummation
of  the  Offering.  Mr.  Baker  was a founder of Allwaste, Inc., a Houston based
industrial  services company and has served as director since November 1984. Mr.
Baker  was  a founder and director of American Medical Response, Inc. ("AMR"), a
Boston  based  company  engaged in the provision of a national ambulance service
network  from  February  1992  until  February 1997. He served from June 1989 to
October  1991  as  an  officer  and  director of Sanifill, Inc., a Houston based
landfill  development  company  founded  by  Mr.  Baker  and  others.  Mr. Baker
currently serves as an outside consultant to various private companies.

     Vincent  J.  Browne  will  become  the  Executive  Vice  President  -  Mall
Operations and a director of the Company upon  consummation of the Offering.  He
is the  President  and a  director  of Crystal  Galleria  and has served in such
capacities  since its  incorporation in 1992. He is the President and a director
of Crystal Palace and has served in such capacities  since its  incorporation in
1988.

     Roy  C.  Elwell  will  become  the  Executive  Vice  President  - Corporate
Development  and a director of the Company upon consummation of the Offering. He
is  the  President  and  a  director  of  Reef  Hallmark  and has served in such
capacities  since  its incorporation in 1984. He currently serves on the Florida
District  Advisory Board for Hallmark Cards Incorporated. Mr. Elwell served as a
member  of  the  Enesco  Corporation  Retail Advisory Board from January 1990 to
December 1990.

                                       48


<PAGE>

     Jerry  Gladstone will become the Executive Vice President - Marketing,  the
President of the Company's Animation Division and a director of the Company upon
consummation  of the  Offering.  He has served in the  capacity of  President of
American  Royal Arts since 1984 and is  currently a director  of American  Royal
Arts.  He  recently  has been  selected  by  Disney  to be a member of its first
Preferred Gallery Advisory Board.

     David K. Green will  become the  Executive  Vice  President  -  Operations,
President  -   Collectibles   Division  and  a  director  of  the  Company  upon
consummation  of the Offering.  He is the President and a director of North Pole
City and has served in such capacities since its incorporation in 1984. He was a
member of the advisory board of Gift Creations Concepts,  a collectibles catalog
publisher, in 1995.

     Paul T. Shirley will become a director of the Company upon  consummation of
the Offering. He has served as Chief Executive Officer and President of American
Medical Response,  Inc. ("AMR") since August 1995 and has been a director of AMR
since August 1992.  From May 1993 to August 1995,  he served as Chief  Operating
Officer of AMR. He also served as  Executive  Vice  President of AMR from August
1992 to August 1995 and as Chief Executive  Officer of American Medical Response
West from March 1989 until August 1992.  From June 1963 until March 1989, he was
President of Santa Cruz Ambulance Service.

     Susan  M.  Spiegel  will become a director of the Company upon consummation
of  the  Offering. She is the President and a director of Filmart and has served
in  such  capacities  since 1996. Ms. Spiegel founded Animation Art Resources, a
private  gallery dealing in high-end vintage animation artworks. She served as a
member  of  the Board of Directors of The Philadelphia Art Alliance from 1989 to
1995.  Ms.  Spiegel  served  on  Disney's  Preferred Gallery Council for the Art
Editions Division during 1995.

     David J. Stone will become a director of the Company upon  consummation  of
the  Offering.  He is the  President of Stone's  Hallmark and has served in that
capacity  since its  incorporation  in 1981 and serves as a director  of Stone's
Hallmark.

     Directors are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders.  All officers
serve at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors,  subject to terms of their
employment  agreements,  if any.  See "-  Employment  Agreements."  The  Company
anticipates  hiring  a chief  financial  officer  prior to  consummation  of the
Offering.

Directors' Compensation

     Directors  who are  employees  of the  Company  do not  receive  additional
compensation  for serving as directors.  Each director who is not an employee of
the Company  receives a fee of $2,000 for  attendance at each Board of Directors
meeting and $1,000 for each committee  meeting (unless held on the same day as a
Board of  Directors  meeting).  Directors  of the  Company  are  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors
or committees  thereof,  and for other  expenses  incurred in their  capacity as
directors  of the  Company.  Each  non-employee  director  receives an option to
purchase  40,000  shares of Common Stock upon election to the Board of Directors
and an annual grant of an to option to purchase  5,000  shares of Common  Stock.
See "Management - 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Collectibles  USA was  incorporated  in  January  1996  and,  prior  to the
Offering,  did not conduct any operations  other than activities  related to the
Acquisitions  and the Offering.  Collectibles  USA did not pay any  compensation
prior to January 1997.  Collectibles USA's officers received  compensation in an
aggregate amount of $2,903 in Fiscal 1997.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     The Company has entered into  employment  agreements with 13 key executives
and  employees  of the  Founding  Companies  which will  become  effective  upon
consummation  of the Offering.  The initial term of each agreement  commences on
the date of the  consummation  of the  Offering  and ends on either the third or
fifth  anniversary  thereof.  With respect to each such agreement,  in the event
that either party does

                                       49


<PAGE>

not notify the other of his, her or its intention  not to renew such  agreement,
the agreement will automatically be extended  thereafter for successive one year
periods.  In addition to the base  salaries  ranging from $25,000 to $50,000 per
annum, the employment agreements provide that it is the intention of the Company
to allow participation of the executives in a to-be-established  incentive bonus
plan,  pursuant to which it is contemplated that officers and key employees will
be eligible to receive annual bonus amounts,  in the discretion of the Board, in
amounts up to a maximum of one hundred percent of the respective employee's base
salary.

     The  employment  agreements  provide  that  the  executives  are  generally
prohibited,  during  the term of their  employment  with the  Company  and for a
period  of two years  thereafter,  from (i)  engaging  in  activities  which are
competitive with the Company or its subsidiaries,  (ii) soliciting  employees of
the Company or its  subsidiaries  away from their  employment,  (iii) soliciting
customers of the Company or its  subsidiaries  and (iv)  soliciting  acquisition
candidates of the Company on behalf of the executive or any  competitor  for the
purpose of acquiring such entity.

     The employment agreements may be terminated by the Company by reason of the
death or permanent  disability of the  executive,  for good cause upon ten days'
notice,  or without cause upon 30 days' notice.  Good cause is generally defined
as the executive's (i) willful and material breach of the employment  agreement,
(ii) gross neglect of material duties,  (iii) willful  dishonesty or fraud, (iv)
conviction  of a felony or (v) chronic  alcohol or illegal  drug  abuse.  In the
event of a termination  for good cause or in the event of executive's  voluntary
resignation  without cause,  no severance  will be payable.  In the event of the
Company's  termination  of an  executive's  employment  without  cause  (i) such
executive will be entitled to receive a lump-sum  severance payment equal to (a)
in the event termination occurs during the initial employment term, $100,000 per
year for the greater of the time period  remaining under the initial term of the
agreement (not to exceed two years) or one year or (b) $100,000 in the event the
termination  occurs after the initial  employment term, and (ii) the time period
during which such  executive is restricted  from competing with the Company will
be shortened to one year.

     In the event of a pending  "Change in  Control"  of the Company (as defined
each such  employment  agreement),  and either (i) the Company and the executive
have not  received  written  notice at least five days prior to the  anticipated
closing  date of the  transaction  giving rise to the Change in Control from the
successor  that such  successor is willing to assume the  Company's  obligations
under  the  employment  agreement,  or (ii)  the  employee,  at his or her  sole
discretion,  elects to  terminate  the  employment  agreement at least five days
prior to the anticipated closing of such transaction, then the Change in Control
will be deemed to be a termination  of the  employment  agreement by the Company
without cause, except that (x) if such termination has been effectuated pursuant
to clause (i) above,  the amount of severance due to the employee would be three
times the amount that otherwise would be calculated under such circumstances (as
described above), and the restrictive covenants in the employment agreement will
not apply, or (y) if such  termination has been  effectuated  pursuant to clause
(ii) above,  the amount of the employee's  severance  payment would be two times
the amount otherwise calculated, and the restrictive covenants of the employment
agreement  will all apply for a period of two years from the  effective  date of
termination.  Each employment agreement contains a tax gross-up provision,  such
that the  employee  will be  reimbursed  by the Company or its  successor in the
event that the  employee  incurs  any excise  taxes  under  Section  4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code as a result of the Change in Control.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     Ronald  P.  Rafaloff,  the  Company's  Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief  Executive Officer, participated in deliberations concerning the Company's
executive compensation policy during Fiscal 1997.

1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

     As of May  1997,  the Board of  Directors  and the  Company's  stockholders
approved the Company's 1997 Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the "Plan").  The maximum
number of shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant  to the Plan may
not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common 

                                       50


<PAGE>

Stock  outstanding at the time of  determination  (which maximum will be 929,817
shares  upon  consummation  of the  Offering).  Awards  may be  settled in cash,
shares,  other  awards or other  property,  as  determined  by the  compensation
committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  number  of  shares  reserved  or
deliverable  under  the  Plan  (as  well  as the  annual  per-participant  limit
discussed  below) is subject to adjustment  in the event of stock splits,  stock
dividends and other extraordinary corporate events.

     The  purpose  of the  Plan  is to  provide  executive  officers  (including
directors who also serve as executive officers), key employees,  consultants and
other service  providers with  additional  incentive by enabling such persons to
acquire or increase their ownership interest in the Company, thereby promoting a
closer   identity  of  interests   between   such  persons  and  the   Company's
stockholders.  Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of one or more
of: (i) either incentive stock options  ("ISOs") or non-qualified  stock options
("NQSOs"); (ii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"); (iii) restricted or deferred
stock; (iv) dividend equivalents; (v) bonus shares and awards in lieu of Company
obligations to pay cash  compensation;  and (vi) other awards the value of which
is based in whole or in part upon the value of the Common  Stock.  Upon a change
of control of the  Company  (as  defined in the Plan),  certain  conditions  and
restrictions  relating  to an  award  with  respect  to  the  exercisability  or
settlement of such award will lapse.

     The  compensation  committee has the authority under the Plan,  among other
things,  to: (i) select the officers  and other key  employees  and  consultants
entitled to receive awards under the Plan; (ii) determine the form of awards, or
combinations  thereof,  and whether such awards are to operate on a tandem basis
or in  conjunction  with other awards;  (iii)  determine the number of shares of
Common  Stock or units or rights  covered by an award;  and (iv)  determine  the
terms and  conditions  of any  awards  granted  under the  Plan,  including  any
restrictions  or  limitations  on  transfer,   any  vesting   schedules  or  the
acceleration  thereof,  any  forfeiture or  termination  provisions  (or waivers
thereof),  and the  exercise  price at  which  shares  of  Common  Stock  may be
purchased  pursuant  to the  grant of  stock  options  under  the  Plan,  in its
discretion,  which discretion includes the ability to set an exercise price that
is below the fair  market  value of the shares of Common  Stock  covered by such
grant at the time of  grant.  In  addition,  unless  otherwise  provided  by the
compensation  committee,  all restrictions relating to the continued performance
of services  and/or the achievement of performance  objectives will  immediately
lapse upon a "change in control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan).

     The number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered upon exercise of
ISOs is limited to 300,000.  Shares subject to ISOs will not be deemed delivered
if such ISOs are forfeited,  expire or otherwise  terminate  without delivery of
the Common Stock to the Plan participant. In addition, no individual may receive
awards in any one calendar year  relating to more than 150,000  shares of Common
Stock.  

     The grant of an option or SAR (including a stock-based  award in the nature
of a purchase  right)  will  create no tax  consequences  for the grantee or the
Company.  A grantee will not have taxable income upon  exercising an ISO (except
that the  alternative  minimum  tax may apply) and the Company  will  receive no
deduction at that time. Upon exercising an option other than an ISO (including a
stock-based  award in the  nature of a purchase  right),  the  participant  must
generally recognize ordinary income equal to the difference between the exercise
price and fair market value of the freely transferable and nonforfeitable  stock
received. In each case, the Company will be entitled to a deduction equal to the
amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant.


     A  participant's  disposition  of shares  acquired  upon the exercise of an
option,  SAR or  other  stock-based  award in the  nature  of a  purchase  right
generally  will  result  in  short-term  capital  gain or loss  measured  by the
difference between the sale price and the participant's tax basis in such shares
(or the exercise price of the option in the case of shares  acquired by exercise
of an ISO and held for the applicable  ISO holding  periods).  Generally,  there
will be no tax  consequences  to the Company in connection with a disposition of
shares acquired under an option or other award,  except that the Company will be
entitled to a deduction (and the  participant  will recognize  ordinary  taxable
income) if shares  acquired  upon  exercise of an ISO are disposed of before the
applicable ISO holding periods have been satisfied.

                                       51


<PAGE>

     With respect to awards granted under the Plan that may be settled either in
cash  or in  stock  or  other  property  that is  either  not  restricted  as to
transferability  or  not  subject  to a  substantial  risk  of  forfeiture,  the
participant  must generally  recognize  ordinary income equal to the cash or the
fair market  value of stock or other  property  received.  The  Company  will be
entitled to a deduction  for the same amount.  With respect to awards  involving
stock or other property that is restricted as to transferability  and subject to
a substantial  risk of forfeiture,  the  participant  must  generally  recognize
ordinary  income equal to the fair market value of the shares or other  property
received at the first time the shares or other property  become  transferable or
not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The Company will be entitled to
a  deduction  in an  amount  equal  to the  ordinary  income  recognized  by the
participant. A participant may elect under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue
Code to be taxed at the time of receipt of shares or other property  rather than
upon  lapse  of  restrictions  on  transferability  or the  substantial  risk of
forfeiture, but if the participant subsequently forfeits such shares or property
he would not be entitled to any tax deduction, including a capital loss, for the
value of the shares or property on which he previously paid tax.

     Section 162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code  generally  disallows a public
company's tax deduction for compensation to the chief executive  officer and the
four other most highly  compensated  executive officers in excess of $1 million.
Compensation that qualifies as "performance-based compensation" is excluded from
the $1 million  deductibility cap, and therefore remains fully deductible by the
corporation  that pays it. The Company  intends  that  options  granted  with an
exercise  price  equal to at least 100% of fair market  value of the  underlying
stock  at the  date of  grant,  and  other  awards  the  settlement  of which is
conditioned  upon  achieving  certain  performance  goals (based on  performance
criteria   described   above),   will   qualify   as   such   "performance-based
compensation," although other awards under the Plan may not so qualify.

     The Plan will remain in effect until  terminated by the Board of Directors.
The Plan may be amended by the Board of  Directors  without  the  consent of the
stockholders of the Company, except that any amendment,  although effective when
made,  will be subject to  stockholder  approval  if  required by any Federal or
state  law or  regulation  or by the rules of any stock  exchange  or  automated
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted.

1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK PLAN

     The Company's  1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Stock Plan (the  "Directors'
Plan"),  which  was  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  and  approved  by the
Company's  stockholders as of May 1997,  provides for an automatic grant to each
non-employee  director of an initial option to purchase  40,000 shares of Common
Stock upon  commencement  of the Offering or such  person's  subsequent  initial
election to the Board of Directors.  In addition,  the Directors'  Plan provides
for an  automatic  annual  grant,  after each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders
following the Offering,  to each non-employee  director of an option to purchase
5,000 shares of Common Stock;  provided,  however,  that a non-employee director
will not be granted an annual option if he or she was granted an initial  option
during the preceding three months.

     The number of shares to be subject to initial or annual option grants after
the first annual meeting of  stockholders  following the Offering may be changed
by the  Board of  Directors.  A total of  250,000  shares  of  Common  Stock are
reserved for issuance under the Directors'  Plan. The number of shares reserved,
as well as the number to be subject to automatically  granted  options,  will be
adjusted in the event of stock splits,  stock dividends and other  extraordinary
corporate events.  

     Options  granted under the Directors'  Plan will have an exercise price per
share  equal to the fair market  value of a share at the date of grant.  Options
will  expire at the  earlier  of ten  years  after the date of grant or one year
after termination of service as a director.  Options will become exercisable one
year after the date of grant, subject to acceleration by the Board of Directors,
and will be  forfeited  upon  termination  of service as a director  for reasons
other than death or disability unless the director served for at least 11 months
after the date of grant or the option was otherwise  exercisable  at the date of
termination.  In addition, the Directors' Plan permits non-employee directors to
elect  to  receive,   in  lieu  of  cash  directors'  fees,  shares  or  credits
representing "deferred shares" to be settled at future dates, as

                                       52


<PAGE>

elected by the director.  The number of shares or deferred  shares received will
be equal to the number of shares which,  at the date the fees would otherwise be
payable,  will have an  aggregate  fair market value equal to the amount of such
fees.  Each  "deferred  share"  will be settled by delivery of a share of Common
Stock at such time may have been elected by the director  prior to the deferral.
In addition,  unless otherwise provided by the Board, all restrictions  relating
to the continued performance of services of the directors will immediately lapse
upon a (i) "change in control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan),  or (ii)
with respect to any particular  director,  the death or permanent  disability of
such director.

     The  grant  of  options  under  the  Director's  Plan  will  create  no tax
consequences  for the director or the Company.  Upon exercising the option,  the
director  must  generally  recognize  ordinary  income  equal to the  difference
between the exercise price and the fair market value of the freely  transferable
and nonforfeitable  stock received.  The Company will be entitled to a deduction
equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the director.  A director's
disposition  of shares  acquired upon the exercise of an option  generally  will
result in capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the sale price
and the director's tax basis in such shares,  and there generally will be no tax
consequences  to the  Company in  connection  with such  disposition  of shares.
Deferred fees received in the form of the freely  transferable  shares of Common
Stock under the Director's  Plan will generally  result in taxable income to the
director  in the year or years in which they are paid to the  director  based on
the fair  market  value of the  shares in the year they are  paid.  The  Company
generally  will be  entitled  to a tax  deduction  at the  same  time and in the
corresponding amount.

                                       53


<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     Collectibles  USA was initially  capitalized  in June 1996 by RGR Financial
Group LLC ("RGR"),  which  subscribed for 711,622 shares,  Michael A. Baker, who
subscribed for 152,490 shares,  and Capstone  Partners LLC  ("Capstone"),  which
subscribed for 152,490 shares.  Each paid consideration of $.10 per share (prior
to the Stock  Split).  Ronald P.  Rafaloff,  Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of the  Company,  is a  partner  and a
principal owner of RGR.

     In August 1996, Collectibles USA issued a $300,000 5% note due December 31,
1997 (the "CEFC Note-1") to Collectibles  Enterprises  Funding Corp., a Delaware
corporation ("CEFC"),  which is owned by RGR and Capstone.  Upon consummation of
the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-1  will  become due and
payable immediately.  No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-1 in the event the
Offering is  consummated.  The  Company  intends to repay the CEFC Note-1 with a
portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In  August  1996,  Collectibles  USA  also  issued a  $555,000  5% note due
December  31,  1997  (the  "CEFC  Note-2")  to CEFC.  Upon  consummation  of the
Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC Note-2 will become due and payable
immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2 in the event the Offering
is  consummated.  The Company intends to repay the CEFC Note-2 with a portion of
the proceeds of the Offering.

     In June 1997,  Collectibles  USA issued a $400,000 5% note due December 31,
1997 (the "CEFC Note-3" and,  together with the CEFC Note-1 and the CEFC Note-2,
the "CEFC Notes") to CEFC.  Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  the principal
amount of the CEFC Note-3 will become due and payable  immediately.  No interest
is payable on the CEFC  Note-3 in the event the  Offering  is  consummated.  The
Company  intends to repay the CEFC Note-3 with a portion of the  proceeds of the
Offering.

     The proceeds of the CEFC Notes were used by Collectibles USA to pay various
expenses  incurred in connection  with its efforts to complete the  Acquisitions
and effect the Offering.

     In May  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  20,000  shares  of its  Series  A
Convertible  Preferred Stock,  liquidation value $50 per share, for an aggregate
consideration of $1.0 million, the proceeds of which were used by the Company to
pay various  expenses  incurred in  connection  with its efforts to complete the
Acquisitions  and effect  the  Offering.  Pursuant  to the terms of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, upon the consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  automatically  convert  either (i) into that
number of shares of Common  Stock,  determined  by (X) dividing the  liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public  offering price or, at
the option of the holder of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, (ii) into
that number of shares of Common Stock determined by (X) dividing the liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial  public  offering  price and
cash in an amount  equal to the  liquidation  value.  All of the  holders of the
Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock have elected conversion option (ii) in the
preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  convert into $1.0 million in cash and 60,606
shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash amounts in
connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock with
a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.  See  "Description of Capital Stock -
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."

     In June 1997,  the Company issued and sold 711,622  shares,  152,490 shares
and  152,490  shares of  Restricted  Common  Stock to RGR,  Michael A. Baker and
Capstone,  respectively, in exchange for an identical number of shares of Common
Stock.  See  "Description of Capital Stock - Common Stock and Restricted  Common
Stock."

     Simultaneously  with the  closing of the  Offering,  Collectibles  USA will
acquire by merger all the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Founding
Companies,  at which  time each  Founding  Company  will  become a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of the Company.  The  aggregate  consideration  that will be paid by
Collectibles USA to acquire the Founding  Companies  consists of $9.2 million in
cash and  2,246,996  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The  Company  intends  to repay
approximately $4.5 million of the estimated outstanding  indebtedness as of June
1, 1997 of the Founding Companies at the closing of the Offering, which has been
either personally guaranteed by, or is owed directly to, certain stockholders of
the  

                                       54


<PAGE>

Founding Companies or their affiliates.  In addition,  prior to the Acquisitions
certain of the Founding Companies will make S Corporation  Distributions of $1.7
million. In order to pay the S Corporation Distributions, the Founding Companies
will borrow $1.7 million from  existing  sources,  which will be repaid from the
net proceeds of the Offering.

     The following table sets forth the approximate  consideration to be paid to
the  stockholders  of the Founding  Companies (i) in cash,  (ii) in repayment of
debt and (iii) in shares of Common  Stock,  in each case subject to  adjustments
through  the date of the  consummation  of the  Acquisition  for  changes in the
amount of debt outstanding and the amount of S Corporation  earnings  previously
taxed to  stockholders  of the Founding  Companies  which will be distributed to
such stockholders.  


                               CASH       DEBT       SHARES
                               --------   --------   ----------
                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Collectibles Stores
- --------------------
 Crystal Galleria               $1,000     $1,616      277,272
 Crystal Palace                    175        362       62,000
 Little Elegance                   400        843       85,000
 North Pole City                 1,800        785      359,090
 Reef Hallmark                   1,000        649      168,181
 Stone's Hallmark                1,350         66      350,000

Animation Art Galleries
- -----------------------
 American Royal Arts             2,814          -      563,636
 Animation USA                     600        126      145,454
 Filmart                           100         25      236,363
                                -------    -------   ----------
  TOTAL                         $9,239     $4,472    2,246,996
                                =======    =======   ==========


     In addition,  prior to consummation of the Acquisitions,  Crystal Galleria,
American  Royal  Arts and  Filmart  will  make  distributions  of  approximately
$250,000,  $486,000 and  $1,000,000,  respectively,  representing  S Corporation
earnings  previously  taxed  to  their  respective  stockholders.  The  Founding
Companies  will  also  distribute  approximately  $68,000  in net book  value of
certain  non-operating  assets less related obligations prior to consummation of
the Acquisitions.  

     The  consummation of each  Acquisition is subject to customary  conditions.
These conditions include,  among others, the accuracy on the closing date of the
Acquisitions of the  representations  and warranties of the Founding  Companies,
their stockholders and of the Company and the performance by each of the parties
of their respective covenants.

     The agreements relating to the Acquisitions may be terminated under certain
circumstances  prior to the  consummation  of the  Offering.  Specifically,  the
agreements may be terminated (i) by the mutual consent of the Board of Directors
of the  Company  and  each  Founding  Company;  (ii)  if the  Offering  and  the
Acquisitions  are not  consummated  by October 31, 1997;  or (iii) if a material
breach or default under the agreements shall exist and is not cured or waived.

     Pursuant to the agreements  relating to the Acquisitions,  all stockholders
of each of the  Founding  Companies  have agreed not to compete with the Company
for a  period  of  three  years  commencing  on  the  date  of  closing  of  the
Acquisitions.

     Four of the Founding  Companies have incurred  indebtedness  which has been
personally guaranteed by its stockholders. At June 1, 1997, the aggregate amount
of  indebtedness  of these  Founding  Companies  that was  subject  to  personal
guarantees was approximately  $2.3 million.  The Company intends to repay all of
such indebtedness upon the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

                                       55


<PAGE>

     In connection with the Acquisitions,  individuals who will become directors
of the Company together with their spouses, will receive consideration for their
interests in the Founding Companies,  subject to adjustments as described above,
as follows:


                                                    SHARES OF
                                      CASH          COMMON STOCK
                                  ---------------   -------------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
      Vincent J. Browne                $   425       131,318
      Roy C. Elwell                      1,000       168,181
      David K. Green                     1,800       359,090
      Jerry Gladstone                    2,814       563,636
      Susan M. Spiegel                      50       118,182
      David J. Stone                     1,350       350,000


TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS

     The Company has entered  into a consulting  agreement  with RGR whereby RGR
will act as a merger and acquisition  advisory  consultant to assist the Company
in implementing its strategy to acquire additional retailers of collectibles and
marketers of animation art and other related  consulting  services for a term of
one year.  The  consideration  to be paid to RGR upon  consummation  of a future
acquisition will be 3.2% of the acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax net income for
its most recent fiscal year. RGR is a stockholder of the Company and will, after
the Offering,  beneficially own 11.5% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.
In addition, Mr. Ronald P. Rafaloff, who is Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  is a partner and a principal owner of
RGR.

     In connection with the  Acquisitions,  four of the Founding  Companies will
renegotiate  leases currently in place with former  stockholders of the Founding
Companies and/or their affiliates. North Pole City leases both of its facilities
from David K. Green,  the current owner of North Pole City. The combined current
monthly rent under such leases is approximately  $13,500.  Prior to consummation
of the Offering, the Company anticipates entering into new leases covering these
facilities at a combined monthly rent of $8,300 for a term of five years.  Three
other  facilities of the Company will be leased from former  stockholders of the
Founding Companies and/or their affiliates at monthly rates ranging from $500 to
$1,200.  The Company believes that the monthly rental amounts represent the fair
market value of the leases.
 

COMPANY POLICY

     In the future,  any  transactions  with directors,  officers,  employees or
affiliates of the Company are  anticipated  to be minimal and will, in any case,
be  approved by a majority  of the Board of  Directors,  including a majority of
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

                                       56


<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect to  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of June 12,  1997,  and after giving  effect to
the Acquisitions and the Offering, by (i) all persons known to the Company to be
the beneficial  owner of 5% or more thereof,  (ii) each director and nominee for
director,  (iii) each  executive  officer and (iv) all  officers,  directors and
director nominees as a group. All persons listed have sole voting and investment
power with respect to their shares unless otherwise indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                    OWNED           SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED 
                                               BEFORE OFFERING            AFTER OFFERING      
                                            ---------------------   --------------------------
            NAME & ADDRESS                  NUMBER      PERCENT        NUMBER         PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------   ---------   ---------   ---------------   --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>               <C>
Michael A. Baker                            152,490     12.8%            152,490          2.5%
 3322 Albans
 Houston, TX 77005
Vincent J. Browne                                 -       -              131,318          2.1%
 7878 Sea Horn Court
 Las Vegas, NV 89117
Capstone Partners LLC                       152,490     12.8%            152,490          2.5%
 9 East 53rd Street, 3rd Floor
 New York, NY 10019
Roy C. Elwell                                     -       -              168,181          2.7%
 1694 South Congress Avenue
 Palm Springs, FL 33461
Jerry Gladstone                                   -       -              563,636          9.1%
 473 Old Country Road
 Westbury, NY 11590
David K. Green                                    -       -              359,090          5.8%
 4201 South I-44
 Oklahoma City, OK 73119
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1)                       711,622     59.7%            641,624         11.5%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
RGR Financial Group LLC                     711,622     59.7%            641,624         11.5%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
Paul T. Shirley                                   -       -                7,575(2)       0.1%
 2821 S. Parker Road
 Aurora, CO 80014
Susan M. Spiegel                                  -       -              118,182          1.9%
 118 North Third Street
 Philadelphia, PA 19106
David J. Stone                                    -       -              350,000          5.6%
 2508 South Alpine Road
 Rockford, IL 61108
David L. Yankey                             174,580     14.7%            174,580          2.8%
 13500 Country Way
 Los Altos Hills, CA 94022
All officers and directors and director     864,112     72.5%           2,492,096        40.2%
 nominees as a group (9 persons)
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Represents  711,622  shares owned by RGR.  Mr.  Rafaloff is a partner and a
     principal owner of RGR.

(2)  To be received upon conversion of subordinated  debt issued by an affiliate
     of the Company that is convertible into previously issued Common Stock.

                                       57


<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 31,200,000  shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 1,200,000 shares are designated
as Restricted  Common Stock,  par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock").  As of the
date of this Prospectus, 174,580 shares of Common Stock are outstanding and held
of  record  by one  person,  1,016,602  shares of  Restricted  Common  Stock are
outstanding  and held of record by three  persons and 20,000  shares of Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock are  outstanding and held of record by 22 persons.
After  giving  effect  to the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  there  will be
5,182,182 shares of Common Stock and 1,016,602 shares of Restricted Common Stock
outstanding.  The following summary of the terms and provisions of the Company's
capital  stock does not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the Company's Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation
(the "Charter") and By-laws,  which have been filed as exhibits to the Company's
registration  statement, of which this Prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK

     The holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon by  stockholders,  including  the election of directors.  The
holders of  Restricted  Common Stock are entitled to  four-tenths  of a vote for
each share held on all other matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote.
Any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed at any time, with
cause,  by a majority of the aggregate  number of votes which may be cast by the
holders  of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock and  Restricted  Common  Stock
entitled  to vote for the  election of  directors.  Subject to the rights of any
then  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock,  the holders of Common Stock and
Restricted Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be declared in the
discretion of the Board of Directors out of funds  legally  available  therefor.
See "Dividend  Policy." Holders of Common Stock and holders of Restricted Common
Stock are  entitled  to share  ratably  in the net  assets of the  Company  upon
liquidation  after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential
liquidation  rights of any  Preferred  Stock then  outstanding.  The  holders of
Common Stock and holders of Restricted Common Stock have no preemptive rights to
purchase  shares of capital  stock of the  Company.  Shares of Common  Stock and
Restricted Common Stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and are not
convertible into any other securities of the Company,  except as provided in the
following paragraph.  

     Each share of Restricted Common Stock will automatically  convert to Common
Stock on a share-for-share basis (i) in the event of a disposition of such share
of  Restricted  Common Stock by the holder  thereof  (other than a  distribution
which is a distribution by a holder to its partners or beneficial  owners,  or a
transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined in Sections 267, 707, 318
and/or 4946 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986)), (ii) in the event any person
acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock of the  Company,  (iii) in the event any person  offers to acquire  15% or
more of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the Company or (iv) earlier,
upon the affirmative  vote of a majority of the aggregate  number of votes which
may be cast by the holders of outstanding  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Common  Stock.  After July 1, 1998,  the Board of Directors may elect to convert
any outstanding shares of Restricted Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in
the event 80% or more of the originally  outstanding shares of Restricted Common
Stock  have  been  previously   converted  into  shares  of  Common  Stock.  All
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock and  Restricted  Common  Stock are, and the
shares of Common  Stock to be issued upon  consummation  of the Offering and the
Acquisitions will be upon payment therefor, fully paid and non-assessable.

     The Company has applied  for  quotation  of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "COUS." The Restricted Common Stock will not be
quoted on the Nasdaq National Market.  

                                       58


<PAGE>

PREFERRED STOCK

     The  Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time by the  Board  of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series.  Subject to the provisions
of the  Company's  Charter  and  limitations  prescribed  by law,  the  Board of
Directors is expressly  authorized to adopt  resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change  the  number of shares  constituting  any
series,  and  to  provide  for  or  change  the  voting  powers,   designations,
preferences  and  relative,  participating,  optional or other  special  rights,
qualifications,  limitations or restrictions thereof,  including dividend rights
(including   whether  dividends  are  cumulative),   dividend  rates,  terms  of
redemption  (including sinking fund provisions),  redemption prices,  conversion
rights  and  liquidation  preferences  of the shares  constituting  any class or
series of the Preferred  Stock,  in each case without any further action or vote
by the  stockholders.  Except  for its  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
described below, the Company has not issued,  and has no current plans to issue,
any shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series.

     One of the  effects of  undesignated  Preferred  Stock may be to enable the
Board of  Directors  to render more  difficult  or to  discourage  an attempt to
obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest,  merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock  pursuant to the Board of  Directors'
authority  described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of the
Common Stock. For example,  Preferred Stock issued by the Company may rank prior
to the Common Stock as to dividend rights,  liquidation  preference or both, may
have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible  into shares of Common
Stock.  Accordingly,  the issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock may  discourage
bids for the Common  Stock at a premium or may  otherwise  adversely  affect the
market price of the Common Stock.

SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In May 1997,  the Company  sold 20,000  shares of its Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, liquidation value $50 per share, for aggregate consideration of
$1.0  million,  the  proceeds  of which were used by the  Company to pay various
expenses  incurred in connection  with its efforts to complete the  Acquisitions
and  effect the  Offering.  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, upon the consummation of the Offering, the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock will automatically convert either (i) into that number of shares
of Common  Stock,  determined  by (X) dividing the  liquidation  value by (Y) an
amount equal to 60% of the initial  public  offering  price or, at the option of
the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into that number of
shares of Common Stock  determined by (X) dividing the liquidation  value by (Y)
an amount  equal to 150% of the  initial  public  offering  price and cash in an
amount  equal to the  liquidation  value.  All of the  holders  of the  Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock have elected conversion option (ii) in the preceding
sentence.  As a  result,  upon  consummation  of  the  Offering,  the  Series  A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  convert into $1.0 million in cash and 60,606
shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash amounts in
connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock with
a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.  

STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION

     The Company is subject to the  provisions  of Section  203 of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law ("Section  203").  Section 203 provides,  with certain
exceptions,  that a Delaware  corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of business  combinations  with a person or an  affiliate,  or associate of such
person, who is an "interested  stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date  that  such  person  became  an  interested  stockholder  unless:  (i)  the
transaction  resulting in a person  becoming an interested  stockholder,  or the
business  combination,  is approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation
before  the  person  becomes  an  interested  stockholder,  (ii) the  interested
stockholder  acquired  85%  or  more  of the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the
corporation  in the same  transaction  that  makes  such  person  an  interested
stockholder  (excluding  shares  owned  by  persons  who are both  officers  and
directors  of the  corporation,  and  shares  held  by  certain  employee  stock
ownership plans), or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an interested
stockholder,  the business combination is approved by the corporation's Board of
Directors  and by the holders of at least 66% of the  corporation's  outstanding
voting  stock at an annual or special  meeting,  excluding  shares  owned by the
interested  stockholder.  Under  Section  203,

                                       59


<PAGE>

an "interested stockholder" is defined as any person who is (i) the owner of 15%
or more of the outstanding  voting stock of the corporation or (ii) an affiliate
or  associate  of the  corporation  and who was the  owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding  voting stock of the  corporation  at any time within the three-year
period  immediately  prior to the date on which it is  sought  to be  determined
whether such person is an interested stockholder.

     A  corporation  may, at its  option,  exclude  itself from the  coverage of
Section 203 by  including  in its  certificate  of  incorporation  or by-laws by
action of its  stockholders to exempt itself from coverage.  The Company has not
adopted such an amendment to the Charter or By-laws.

LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Pursuant to the Charter and under  Delaware  law,  directors of the Company
are not liable to the  Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for
breach of fiduciary  duty,  except for liability in connection  with a breach of
the duty of loyalty,  for acts or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, for dividend payments or
stock  repurchases  illegal  under  Delaware law or any  transaction  in which a
director has derived an improper personal benefit.  The Company intends to enter
into  indemnification  agreements  with  each  of its  directors  and  executive
officers which will indemnify such person to the fullest extent permitted by the
Charter,  its By-laws and the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company also
intends to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  Transfer  Agent  and Registrar for the Common Stock is The Bank of New
York.


                                       60


<PAGE>

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     The market  price of the Common  Stock could be  adversely  affected by the
sale  of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock  in the  public  market.  Upon
consummation  of the Offering,  6,198,784  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Common Stock will be issued and outstanding. All of the 2,700,000 shares sold in
the Offering,  except for shares acquired by affiliates of the Company,  will be
freely  tradeable.  None of the  remaining  3,498,784  shares  were  issued in a
transaction  registered under the Securities Act, and, accordingly,  such shares
may not be sold except in  transactions  registered  under the Securities Act or
pursuant to an exemption from registration, including the exemption contained in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  

     In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed
since the later of the date of the  acquisition  of restricted  shares of Common
Stock from the Company or from any  affiliate  of the  Company,  the acquiror or
subsequent holder thereof may sell, within any three-month  period commencing as
of the date of this  Prospectus,  a number of shares  that does not  exceed  the
greater of 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  or the average
weekly trading volume of Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market during the
four calendar  weeks  preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is
sent to the Commission.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner
of sale provisions,  notice  requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company.  If two years have elapsed since the later of the
date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company or
any  affiliate  of the  Company,  a person  who is not  deemed  to have  been an
affiliate  of the  Company  at any time for 90 days  preceding  a sale  would be
entitled  to sell such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to the  volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities  exercisable  for or  convertible  or
exchangeable into Common Stock (the "Securities") for a period of 180 days after
the date of this  Prospectus  (the "Lockup  Period")  without the prior  written
consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., except for the grant of employee stock
options by the Company  and except  that the Company may issue  shares of Common
Stock (i) in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Plan and the Directors' Plan and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock and the Restricted  Common Stock in
accordance  with their terms.  In addition the owners of the Founding  Companies
and certain  stockholders of the Company designated by the  Representatives  who
beneficially  own an aggregate of 1,016,602  shares of Common Stock have agreed,
subject to certain  exceptions,  not to,  directly or indirectly,  offer,  sell,
contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities for a period of 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Ladenburg
Thalmann & Co. Inc. After such periods,  all of such shares will be eligible for
sale in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated  under the Securities Act,  subject
to  the  volume,  holding  period  and  other  limitations  of  Rule  144."  See
"Underwriting."

     The  Company  has  authorized  the  issuance  of shares of Common  Stock in
accordance  with the  terms of the Plan and the  Directors'  Plan.  The  maximum
number of shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant  to the Plan may
not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding at
the  time  of   determination   (which  maximum  will  be  929,817  shares  upon
consummation of the Offering).  Options to purchase shares will be granted under
the Plan and the Directors'  Plan in connection  with the Offering.  The Company
intends to file a  registration  statement on Form S-8 under the  Securities Act
registering  the issuance of shares upon  exercise of options  granted under the
Plan and the  Directors'  Plan.  As a result,  such shares will be eligible  for
resale in the public market.

     The  Company  has reserved 270,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon
exercise  of  the Representatives' Warrants. The holders of the Representatives'
Warrants have certain registration rights. See "Underwriting."

     The Company  currently  intends to file a registration  statement  covering
2,500,000 additional shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act for its use
in connection with future  acquisitions.  These shares  generally will be freely
tradeable after their issuance by persons not affiliated with the Company unless
the Company contractually restricts their resale.

                                       61


<PAGE>

     The former  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  who will hold in the
aggregate 2,246,996 shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the Offering are
entitled to certain rights with respect to the  registration  of their shares of
Common  Stock  under the  Securities  Act.  None of such  persons  has rights to
include shares of Common Stock for sale in the Offering. If the Company proposes
to register any of its securities  under the Securities  Act, such  stockholders
are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include,  at the
Company's expense, all or a portion of their shares therein,  subject to certain
conditions  and  subject to the right of any  managing  underwriter  of any such
offering  to  include  some  or all of the  shares  for  marketing  reasons.  In
addition,  certain of such stockholders have certain limited demand registration
rights to require  the Company to register  shares  held by them  following  the
second anniversary of the Offering.

     Prior to the Offering,  there has been no  established  trading  market for
Common  Stock,  and no  predictions  can be made as to the effect  that sales of
Common Stock under Rule 144, pursuant to a registration statement, or otherwise,
or the  availability of shares of Common Stock for sale, will have on the market
price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock
in the public  market,  or the  perception  that such sales could  occur,  could
depress the prevailing  market price. Such sales may also make it more difficult
for the Company to issue or sell equity securities or equity-related  securities
in the future at a time and price that it deems appropriate. See "Risk Factors -
Potential  Effect of Shares  Eligible for Future Sale on the Price of the Common
Stock."


                                       62


<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement,  a copy
of which has been  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  of which
this  Prospectus is a part, the  Underwriters  named below (the  "Underwriters")
have, severally and not jointly,  agreed,  through Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
and ,  the  Representatives  of the  Underwriters  (the  "Representatives"),  to
purchase  from  the  Company,  and  the  Company  has  agreed  to  sell  to  the
Underwriters,  the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite
their respective names:  


                                              NUMBER
NAME OF UNDERWRITERS                          OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------   ----------
      Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.  ......




         Total  ...........................   2,700,000
                                              ==========


     The  Underwriters  are  committed  to take and pay for all of the shares of
Common Stock  offered  hereby  (other than those  covered by the  over-allotment
option described below), if any are purchased.

     The Underwriters have advised the Company that they propose to offer all or
part of the Common Stock offered hereby directly to the public  initially at the
price to the public set forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus,  that they
may offer shares to certain dealers at a price which  represents a concession of
not more than $ per share,  and the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow,  a concession  of not more than $ per share to certain  other  dealers.
After  the  commencement  of this  offering,  the  price to the  public  and the
concessions may be changed.

     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option,  exercisable  within
30 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to an  additional
405,000  shares of  Common  Stock at the same  price  per  share as the  initial
2,700,000  shares to be  purchased by the  Underwriters.  The  Underwriters  may
exercise  this option only to cover  over-allotments,  if any. To the extent the
Underwriters  exercise this option,  each of the  Underwriters  will have a firm
commitment,  subject to certain  conditions,  to  purchase  the same  percentage
thereof as the  percentage  of the initial  2,700,000  shares to be purchased by
that Underwriter.

     The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  including  certain  liabilities  under the Securities  Act, and to
contribute  to  payments  the  Underwriters  may be  required to make in respect
thereof.

     The Company has agreed to issue to the Representatives and their designees,
for their own accounts,  warrants to purchase an aggregate of 270,000  shares of
Common Stock,  exercisable during the five-year period commencing on the date of
this Prospectus,  at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price, subject
to adjustment in certain events. The  Representatives'  Warrants contain certain
registration rights relating to the shares issuable thereunder.  For the life of
the Representatives'  Warrants, the Representatives will have the opportunity to
profit from a rise in the market price for the Common Stock.

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock or any securities  exercisable for or convertible into or
exchangeable  into  Common  Stock (the  "Securities"),  for a period of 180 days
after  the date of this  Prospectus  (the  "Lockup  Period")  without  the prior
written  consent  of  Ladenburg  Thalmann  & Co.  Inc.,  except for the grant of
employee  stock  options by the  Company  and except  that the Company may issue
shares of Common Stock (i) in connection with acquisitions, (ii) pursuant to the
exercise of

                                       63


<PAGE>

options granted under the Plan and the Directors' Plan and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock and the Restricted  Common Stock in
accordance with their  respective  terms. In addition the owners of the Founding
Companies   and  certain   stockholders   of  the  Company   designated  by  the
Representatives  who beneficially own an aggregate of 1,016,602 shares of Common
Stock  have  agreed,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,   not  to,  directly  or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities
for a period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. After such periods, all of such
shares will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act, subject to the volume,  holding period and other limitations
of Rule 144.

     Prior to this  offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  The  proposed  initial  public  offering  price has been  determined  by
negotiations between the Company and the  Representatives.  Among the factors to
be considered in such  negotiations are the Company's  results of operations and
financial condition, prospects for the Company and for the industry in which the
Company  operates,  the Company's capital structure and the general condition of
the securities  market.  The estimated  offering price set forth on the cover of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market  conditions and other
factors.  See "Risk  Factors - No Prior Public  Market;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock Price."

     The  Company  has  granted  Ladenburg  Thalmann & Co. Inc. a right of first
refusal,  expiring  on the second anniversary of the date of this Prospectus, to
act  as  a  manager  in  any  future  public  offering  of  the Company's equity
securities.

     The Representatives  have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
expect  sales to  discretionary  accounts  to exceed  5% of the total  number of
shares offered hereby and that the  Underwriters  do not intend to confirm sales
of shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

     The Underwriters may engage in  over-allotment,  stabilizing  transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Over-allotment  involves  syndicate
sales of Common Stock in excess of the offering size,  which creates a syndicate
short  position.  Stabilizing  transactions  permit bids to purchase  the Common
Stock  so long  as the  stabilizing  bids do not  exceed  a  specified  maximum.
Syndicate  covering  transactions  involve purchases of Common Stock in the open
market after the  distribution  has been  completed in order to cover  syndicate
short  positions.  Penalty  bids  permit the  Underwriters  to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the Common Stock originally sold by such
syndicate  member are  purchased in a syndicate  covering  transaction  to cover
syndicate short positions.  Such stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate  covering
transactions  and  penalty  bids may cause the price of the  Common  Stock to be
higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of such  transactions.  None of
the  transactions  described in this  paragraph  is  required,  and, if they are
undertaken, they may be discontinued at any time.  


                                       64


<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the Common Stock being offered
hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius  LLP, New
York, New York.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the  Underwriters
by Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P., New York, New York.

                                     EXPERTS

     The audited  financial  statements  included in this  Prospectus  have been
audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants,  as indicated in
their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration  Statement on Form
S-1  (together  with  all  amendments,   schedules  and  exhibits   thereto  the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus,  which  is  included  as  part of the
Registration  Statement,  does not contain all the information  contained in the
Registration  Statement,   certain  portions  of  which  have  been  omitted  in
accordance  with the  rules  and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For  further
information  with  respect to the Company and the Common Stock  offered  hereby,
reference is made to the  Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto.  Statements  made in the Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement or other document are not necessarily  complete;  with respect to each
such  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement,  reference  is made to the exhibit for a more  complete
description  of the matter  involved,  and each such  statement  shall be deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference.  The Registration Statement and the
exhibits  thereto may be  inspected,  without  charge,  at the public  reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices
at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Room 1400, Chicago, IL 60661, and 7
World  Trade  Center,  Suite  1300,  New York,  NY 10048 or on the  Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov. Copies of such material also can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.

     The  Company  intends  to  furnish  to  its  stockholders   annual  reports
containing audited consolidated  financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants,  and quarterly reports containing unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements for each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.  


                                       65


<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Collectibles USA, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
  Basis of Presentation   ................................................   F-3
  Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet (unaudited) ...........................   F-4
  Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations
    (unaudited)  .........................................................   F-5
  Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements  ............   F-6

Collectibles USA, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants  ..............................  F-10
  Balance Sheets .........................................................  F-11
  Statements of Operations   .............................................  F-12
  Statements of Stockholders' Deficit ....................................  F-13
  Statements of Cash Flows   .............................................  F-14
  Notes to Financial Statements ..........................................  F-15

Founding Companies
 American Royal Arts Corp.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants  ..............................  F-19
  Balance Sheets .........................................................  F-20
  Statements of Operations   .............................................  F-21
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity  ....................................  F-22
  Statements of Cash Flows   .............................................  F-23
  Notes to Financial Statements ..........................................  F-24

 Stone's Shops, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants  ..............................  F-28
  Balance Sheet  .........................................................  F-29
  Statement of Operations ................................................  F-30
  Statement of Stockholders' Equity   ....................................  F-31
  Statement of Cash Flows ................................................  F-32
  Notes to Financial Statements ..........................................  F-33

 Crystal Galleria, Inc. and Base, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants  ..............................  F-38
  Combined Balance Sheets ................................................  F-39
  Combined Statements of Operations   ....................................  F-40
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity  ...........................  F-41
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows   ....................................  F-42
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   ...........................  F-43

 DKG Enterprises, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants  ..............................  F-47
  Balance Sheets .........................................................  F-48
  Statements of Operations   .............................................  F-49
  Statements of Shareholders' Equity  ....................................  F-50
  Statements of Cash Flows   .............................................  F-51
  Notes to Financial Statements ..........................................  F-52

                                      F-1


<PAGE>

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           -----
 Elwell Stores, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants...............................   F-57
  Balance Sheets  .......................................................   F-58
  Statements of Operations ..............................................   F-59
  Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity  .........................   F-60
  Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................   F-61
  Notes to Financial Statements  ........................................   F-62

 Animation USA, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants...............................   F-66
  Balance Sheet   .......................................................   F-67
  Statement of Operations  ..............................................   F-68
  Statement of Stockholders' Equity .....................................   F-69
  Statement of Cash Flows  ..............................................   F-70
  Notes to Financial Statements  ........................................   F-71

 Filmart Productions, Inc.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants   ............................   F-75
  Balance Sheets  .......................................................   F-76
  Statements of Operations ..............................................   F-77
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity   ..................................   F-78
  Statements of Cash Flows ..............................................   F-79
  Notes to Financial Statements  ........................................   F-80


                                      F-2


<PAGE>

                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The  following  unaudited pro forma combined financial statements give effect to
the   acquisitions   by  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (Collectibles  USA),  of  the
outstanding  capital  stock  of American Royal Arts Corp. (American Royal Arts),
Stone's Shops,  Inc.  (Stone's Hallmark),  Crystal Galleria, Inc. and Base, Inc.
(Crystal Galleria),  DKG Enterprises,  Inc.  (North Pole City), St. George, Inc.
(Little Elegance),  Elwell Stores,  Inc. (Reef Hallmark), Animation U.S.A., Inc.
(Animation  USA),  Filmart  Productions, Inc. (Filmart), Vincent J. Browne, Inc.
(Crystal Palace)  (together,  the  Founding  Companies).  Collectibles  and  the
Founding   Companies   are   hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  Company.  These
acquisitions  (the  Acquisitions)  will occur simultaneously with the closing of
Collectibles  USA's initial public offering (the Offering) and will be accounted
for  using  the  purchase  method of accounting. American Royal Arts, one of the
Founding   Companies,  has  been  identified  as  the  accounting  acquiror  for
financial statement presentation purposes.

To the extent the owners of the Founding Companies have agreed  prospectively to
reductions in salary and benefits,  these  reductions have been reflected in the
unaudited pro forma  combined  statements of  operations.  With respect to other
potential  cost  savings,  Collectibles  USA has not and cannot  quantify  these
savings until  completion of the acquisitions of the Founding  Companies.  It is
anticipated   that  these  savings  will  be  offset  by  additional  costs  and
expenditures for corporate  management and  administration,  corporate  expenses
related to being a public company, systems integration and facilities expansion.
However  because these costs cannot be accurately  quantified at this time, they
have not been included in the pro forma  financial  information of  Collectibles
USA.

The unaudited pro forma combined  balance sheet gives effect to the Acquisitions
and the Offering as if they had occurred on January 31, 1997.  The unaudited pro
forma combined statements of operations gives effect to these transactions as if
they had occurred on February 1, 1996.

The  pro  forma  adjustments  are  based  on  preliminary  estimates,  available
information and certain assumptions and may be revised as additional information
becomes available. The pro forma financial data do not purport to represent what
the Company's  financial  position or results of operations  would actually have
been if such  transactions  in fact  had  occurred  on those  dates  and are not
necessarily  representative  of the Company's  financial  position or results of
operations  for any future period.  Since the Founding  Companies were not under
common control or management,  historical combined results may not be comparable
to, or indicative  of,  future  performance.  The  unaudited pro forma  combined
financial  statements  should be read in  conjunction  with the other  financial
statements and notes thereto included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  See "Risk
Factors" included elsewhere herein.

                                      F-3


<PAGE>
                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

              PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET - JANUARY 31, 1997

                                  (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    COLLECTIBLES     AMERICAN       STONE'S      CRYSTAL       NORTH
                                                         USA        ROYAL ARTS     HALLMARK     GALLERIA     POLE CITY
                                                    -------------- -------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
                        ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                             $    425,681   $   609,523   $   82,610   $  165,745   $   31,789
Accounts receivable                                        100,000        33,712            -       33,204       14,467
Merchandise inventories                                          -       611,943    2,673,712    1,195,904    2,033,217
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                    7,500       105,914       86,681      121,710       59,436
                                                       -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total current assets                                      533,181     1,361,092    2,843,003    1,516,563    2,138,909
Property and equipment, net                                      -        38,173      286,837      655,857      220,990
Other assets, net                                          894,096        82,885            -            -        3,225
Goodwill, net                                                    -             -            -            -            -
                                                       -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total assets                                         $  1,427,277   $ 1,482,150   $3,129,840   $2,172,420   $2,363,124
                                                       ===========    ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
         LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities              $    586,198   $   341,254   $1,499,985   $  431,186   $  348,276
Customer deposits                                                -       334,131       25,946       11,645      126,661
Federal income taxes payable                                     -             -            -            -      279,724
Pro forma cash consideration
due to Founding Companies                                        -             -            -            -            -
Line of credit                                                   -             -            -            -      231,000
Notes payable to related party                             855,000             -       30,000      983,168            -
Current maturities of long-term obligations                      -             -       14,400      473,101       34,665
                                                       -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total current liabilities                               1,441,198       675,385    1,570,331    1,899,100    1,020,326
Deferred income taxes                                            -             -      500,455            -       11,987
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities                 -             -       28,800      117,190      353,939
Notes payable to stockholders                                    -             -            -            -            -
                                                       -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total liabilities                                       1,441,198       675,385    2,099,586    2,016,290    1,386,252
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock                                                  -             -            -            -            -
Common stock                                                11,912         1,584        1,000        8,000          500
Treasury stock                                                   -      (145,000)           -            -            -
Additional paid-in capital                               1,428,473             -       39,000            -            -
Retained (deficit) earnings                             (1,454,306)      950,181      990,254      148,130      976,372
                                                       -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity                      (13,921)      806,765    1,030,254      156,130      976,872
                                                       -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $  1,427,277   $ 1,482,150   $3,129,840   $2,172,420   $2,363,124
                                                       ===========    ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       LITTLE          REEF        ANIMATION                  CRYSTAL
                                                      ELEGANCE       HALLMARK         USA      FILMART        PALACE
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>
                         ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                            $   45,121    $   113,084    $    4,824  $   76,758    $  33,709
Accounts receivable                                      30,069              -             -     389,768       20,003
Merchandise inventories                               1,311,610        853,733       321,653     375,258      415,283
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                30,809          2,064        32,313     322,153            -
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
 Total current assets                                 1,417,609        968,881       358,790   1,163,937      468,995
Property and equipment, net                             229,987        122,756        72,176      36,521       30,458
Other assets, net                                       109,000          5,375             -       7,172            -
Goodwill, net                                                 -              -             -           -
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
 Total assets                                        $1,756,596    $ 1,097,012    $  430,966  $1,207,630    $ 499,453
                                                     ===========    ===========    =========  ===========    =========
        LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities             $  696,039    $   634,367    $  231,714  $  129,747    $ 154,542
Customer deposits                                         6,000         10,021        13,775      32,778
Federal income taxes payable                                  -              -        32,835           -            -
Pro forma cash consideration
due to Founding Companies                                     -              -             -           -            -
Line of credit                                                -              -        72,494           -       40,000
Notes payable to related party                          439,646              -             -      25,444            -
Current maturities of long-term obligations               1,171        153,303        38,454           -            -
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
 Total current liabilities                            1,142,856        797,691       389,272     187,969      194,542
Deferred income taxes                                         -              -             -           -            -
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities          3,000        368,333             -           -            -
Notes payable to stockholders                                 -              -             -           -      321,696
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
 Total liabilities                                    1,145,856      1,166,024       389,272     187,969      516,238
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock                                               -              -             -           -            -
Common stock                                             27,000            500       192,700           -       45,000
Treasury stock                                                -              -             -           -            -
Additional paid-in capital                                    -         99,275             -           -            -
Retained (deficit) earnings                             583,740       (168,787)     (151,006)  1,019,661      (61,785)
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity                   610,740        (69,012)       41,694   1,019,661      (16,785)
                                                     -----------    -----------    ---------  -----------    ---------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity          $1,756,596    $ 1,097,012    $  430,966  $1,207,630    $ 499,453
                                                     ===========    ===========    =========  ===========    =========
</TABLE>
                                      F-4
                                  (continued)

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PRO FORMA       PRO FORMA       POST ACQUISITIONS
                                                          TOTAL        ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED           ADJUSTMENTS
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     ------------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
                         ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                             $  1,588,844    $  1,400,000   $  2,988,844      $   9,273,655
Accounts receivable                                        621,223               -        621,223                  -
Merchandise inventories                                  9,792,313               -      9,792,313                  -
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                  768,580          17,172        785,752                  -
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     -------------
 Total current assets                                   12,770,960       1,417,172     14,188,132          9,273,655
Property and equipment, net                              1,693,755        (106,074)     1,587,681                  -
Other assets, net                                        1,101,753               -      1,101,753           (894,096)
Goodwill, net                                                    -      17,864,221     17,864,221                  -
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     -------------
 Total assets                                         $ 15,566,468    $ 19,175,319   $ 34,741,787      $   8,379,559
                                                       ============    ===========    ============     =============
        LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities              $  5,053,308    $          -   $  5,053,308      $    (574,484)
Customer deposits                                          560,957               -        560,957                  -
Federal income taxes payable                               312,559               -        312,559                  -
Pro forma cash consideration
due to Founding Companies                                        -       9,238,920      9,238,920         (9,238,920)
Line of credit                                             343,494               -        343,494           (343,494)
Notes payable to related party                           2,333,258               -      2,333,258         (2,333,258)
Current maturities of long-term obligations                715,094         362,153      1,077,247         (1,077,247)
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     -------------
 Total current liabilities                               9,318,670       9,601,073     18,919,743        (13,567,403)
Deferred income taxes                                      512,442               -        512,442                  -
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities           871,262       1,736,080      2,607,342         (2,607,342)
Notes payable to stockholders                              321,696               -        321,696           (321,696)
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     -------------
 Total liabilities                                      11,024,070      11,337,153     22,361,223        (16,496,441)
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock                                                  -             200            200               (200)
Common stock                                               288,196        (253,814)        34,382             27,606
Treasury stock                                            (145,000)        145,000              -                  -
Additional paid-in capital                               1,566,748      11,283,359     12,850,107         24,848,594
Retained (deficit) earnings                              2,832,454      (3,336,579)      (504,125)                 -
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     -------------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity                    4,542,398       7,838,166     12,380,564         24,876,000
                                                       ------------    -----------    ------------     -------------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $ 15,566,468    $ 19,175,319   $ 34,741,787      $   8,379,559
                                                       ============    ===========    ============     =============
</TABLE>
                                      F-4
                                  (continued)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                           AS
                                                        ADJUSTED
                                                    -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>
                         ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                             $ 12,262,499
Accounts receivable                                        621,223
Merchandise inventories                                  9,792,313
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                  785,752
                                                       ------------
 Total current assets                                   23,461,787
Property and equipment, net                              1,587,681
Other assets, net                                          207,657
Goodwill, net                                           17,864,221
                                                       ------------
 Total assets                                         $ 43,121,346
                                                       ============
        LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities              $  4,478,824
Customer deposits                                          560,957
Federal income taxes payable                               312,559
Pro forma cash consideration
due to Founding Companies                                        -
Line of credit                                                   -
Notes payable to related party                                   -
Current maturities of long-term obligations                      -
                                                       ------------
 Total current liabilities                               5,352,340
Deferred income taxes                                      512,442
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities                 -
Notes payable to stockholders                                    -
                                                       ------------
 Total liabilities                                       5,864,782
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock                                                  -
Common stock                                                61,988
Treasury stock                                                   -
Additional paid-in capital                              37,698,701
Retained (deficit) earnings                               (504,125)
                                                       ------------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity                   37,256,564
                                                       ------------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $ 43,121,346
                                                       ============
</TABLE>



  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
                                  (continued)

<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                  PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AMERICAN
                                          COLLECTIBLES       ROYAL       STONE'S      CRYSTAL        NORTH         LITTLE    
                                               USA           ARTS       HALLMARK     GALLERIA      POLE CITY      ELEGANCE   
                                          -------------- ------------- ------------ ------------  ------------- -------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          
Net sales  ..............................  $          -    $ 4,288,612 $4,985,549   $3,727,285     $ 3,144,908   $ 2,598,270 
Cost of sales ...........................             -      1,505,784  2,496,574    1,784,916       1,443,314     1,346,661 
                                           -------------    ---------- -----------  -----------     -----------   -----------
Gross profit  ...........................             -      2,782,828  2,488,975    1,942,369       1,701,594     1,251,609 
Selling, general and administrative                                                                                          
expenses   ..............................     1,442,492      1,778,138  2,117,010    1,564,229       1,074,470     1,229,978 
Goodwill amortization  ..................             -              -          -            -               -             - 
Income from operations ..................    (1,442,492)     1,004,690    371,965      378,140         627,124        21,631 
Other (income) expense:                                                                                                      
Interest expense ........................        11,814        (24,027)     2,891      111,389          63,424        76,371 
Other, net ..............................             -              -          -       12,284         (36,962)         (400)
                                           -------------    ---------- -----------  -----------     -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes  ......  $ (1,454,306)     1,028,717    369,074      254,467         600,662       (54,340)
Provision for income taxes   ............             -              -    193,941            -         233,083           150 
                                           -------------    ---------- -----------  -----------     -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)   .....................  $ (1,454,306)   $ 1,028,717 $  175,133   $  254,467     $   367,579   $   (54,490)
                                           =============    ========== ===========  ===========     ===========   ===========
Net income per share   ..................                                                          
Shares used in computing net income per
share (1)  ..............................


<CAPTION>
                                              REEF      ANIMATION                 CRYSTAL                  PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                            HALLMARK       USA         FILMART    PALACE        TOTAL      ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                           ----------- -----------   ---------- -----------  ------------  -----------  ----------- 
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>          
Net sales  ..............................  $2,492,809  $1,716,410   $ 1,445,848 $1,132,782  $ 25,532,473             -   25,532,473 
Cost of sales ...........................   1,301,468     840,283       497,920    537,265    11,754,185             -   11,754,185 
                                           ----------- -----------   ---------- -----------  ------------  -----------  ----------- 
Gross profit  ...........................   1,191,341     876,127       947,928    595,517    13,778,288             -   13,778,288 
Selling, general and administrative                                                                                                 
expenses   ..............................     934,764     845,100       539,178    455,299    11,980,658      (952,785)  11,027,873 
Goodwill amortization  ..................           -           -             -          -             -       446,606      446,606 
Income from operations ..................     256,577      31,027       408,750    140,218     1,797,630       506,179    2,303,809 
Other (income) expense:                                                                                                             
Interest expense ........................      48,826       9,349         1,056     29,500       330,593      (220,322)     110,271 
Other, net ..............................      11,520           -      (278,866)         -      (292,424)            -     (292,424)
                                           ----------- -----------   ---------- -----------  ------------  -----------  ----------- 
Income (loss) before income taxes  ......     196,231      21,678       686,560    110,718     1,759,461       726,501    2,485,962 
Provision for income taxes   ............           -       8,944             -          -       436,118     1,363,295    1,799,413 
                                           ----------- -----------   ---------- -----------  ------------  -----------  ----------- 
Net income (loss)   .....................  $  196,231  $   12,734   $   686,560 $  110,718  $  1,323,343   $  (636,794) $   686,549 
                                           =========== ===========   ========== ===========  ============   ==========   ===========
Net income per share   ..................                                                                               $       .13 
Shares used in computing net income per                                                                                  ===========
share (1)  ..............................                                                                                           
                                                                                                                          5,288,100 
                                                                                                                         ===========
</TABLE>

  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

- ----------
(1)  Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding
     Companies,  (ii)  60,606  shares to be issued to  holders  of the  Series A
     Convertible  Preferred Stock and (iii) 1,956,876 of the 2,700,000 shares to
     be  sold  in the  Offering  to pay  the  cash  portion  of the  Acquisition
     consideration,   the  S  Corporation  Distributions  and  expenses  of  the
     Offering.

                                      F-5


<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                  (UNAUDITED)

1. GENERAL:

Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (Collectibles  USA) was  founded  to create a national
retailer  of   contemporary   collectibles   and  marketer  of  animation   art.
Collectibles  USA has  conducted  no  operations  to date and will  acquire  the
Founding  Companies  concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of this
Offering. The historical financial statements reflect the financial position and
results of  operations  of the  Founding  Companies  and were  derived  from the
respective  Founding  Companies'  financial  statements  where  indicated.   All
Founding  Companies  have a December  31 year-end  or have been  converted  to a
December 31 year-end  with the  exception  of American  Royal Arts,  which has a
January 31, 1997,  year-end and Stone's Hallmark,  which has a November 30, 1996
year-end. The audited historical financial statements included elsewhere in this
Prospectus  have been  included  in  accordance  with  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 80.

2. ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES:

Concurrently  and as a condition with the closing of the Offering,  Collectibles
USA will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of the Founding Companies.
The  Acquisitions  will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
with American Royal Arts being treated as the accounting acquiror. The following
table sets forth the  consideration  to be paid (a) in cash and (b) in shares of
Common Stock to the stockholders of each of the Founding Companies. For purposes
of computing the estimated purchase price for accounting purposes,  the value of
the shares is determined using an estimated fair value of $8.25 per share, which
represents a discount of  twenty-five  percent from the assumed  initial  public
offering price due to restrictions on the sale and transferability of the shares
issued.  The  estimated  purchase  price  for the  acquisitions  is  based  upon
preliminary  estimates and is subject to certain  purchase price  adjustments at
and following closing.  The table does not reflect  distributions  totaling $1.7
million constituting  substantially all of the Founding Companies  undistributed
earnings previously taxed to their stockholders ("S Corporation Distributions").

                                                           SHARES OF
                                           CASH           COMMON STOCK
                                      ----------------   -------------
                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
        American Royal Arts                  $2,814            563,636
        Stone's Hallmark                      1,350            350,000
        Crystal Galleria                      1,000            277,272
        North Pole City                       1,800            359,090
        Little Elegance                         400             85,000
        Reef Hallmark                         1,000            168,181
        Animation USA                           600            145,454
        Filmart                                 100            236,363
        Crystal Palace                          175             62,000
                                            -------          ----------
          Total                              $9,239          2,246,996
                                            =======          ==========

                                      F-6

<PAGE>

             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES NOTES TO
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:

(a) Records the S Corporation Distributions.

(b) Records  the  distribution  of certain  assets and  related  obligations  to
    certain stockholders of the Founding Companies.

(c) Records  the  purchase  of  the  Founding  Companies,   including  the  cash
    consideration  due to the Founding  Companies and Common Stock  portions and
    the related deferred income tax assets.

(d) Records  proceeds  from issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and
    Collectibles Enterprise Funding Corp. (CEFC) Notes.

(e) Records the cash  proceeds of $29.7  million  from the issuance of shares of
    Collectibles  USA  Common  Stock net of  estimated  offerings  costs of $6.1
    million (based upon an estimated initial public offering price of $11.00 per
    share and  includes  the  payment of  deferred  offering  costs of  $894,000
    incurred  through  January 31, 1997).  Offering  costs consist  primarily of
    underwriting commissions, accounting fees, legal fees and printing expenses.

(f) Reflects the repayment of debt with proceeds from the Offering.

(g) Records the cash portion of the consideration to be paid to the stockholders
    of the Founding Companies in connection with the Acquisitions.

The  following  tables  summarize  unaudited  pro forma  combined  balance sheet
adjustments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           ADJUSTMENT                              
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------    PRO FORMA
                                                     (a)               (b)             (c)              (d)        ADJUSTMENTS
                                                 ---------------   -------------   --------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
                       ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                          $          -      $         -     $          -    $1,400,000     $ 1,400,000
Deferred tax asset                                            -                -           17,172             -          17,172
Property and equipment net                                    -         (106,074)               -             -        (106,074)
Goodwill, net                                                 -                -       17,864,221             -      17,864,221
                                                    ------------      -----------     ------------   -----------    ------------
 Total assets                                                 -         (106,074)      17,881,393     1,400,000      19,175,319
                                                    ============      ===========     ============   ===========    ============
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current maturities of long-term obligations                   -          (37,847)               -       400,000         362,153
Pro forma cash consideration due to Found-
 ing Companies                                                -                -        9,238,920             -       9,238,920
Long-term obligations, net of current matu-
 rities                                               1,736,080                -                -             -       1,736,080
                                                    ------------      -----------     ------------   -----------    ------------
 Total liabilities                                    1,736,080          (37,847)       9,238,920       400,000      11,337,153
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock                                     -                -                -           200             200
 Common stock                                                 -                -         (253,814)            -        (253,814)
 Additional paid-in capital                          (1,736,080)               -       12,019,639       999,800      11,283,359
 Retained (deficit) earnings                                  -          (68,227)      (3,268,352)            -      (3,336,579)
 Treasury stock                                               -                -          145,000             -         145,000
                                                    ------------      -----------     ------------   -----------    ------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity               (1,736,080)         (68,227)       8,642,473     1,000,000       7,838,166
                                                    ------------      -----------     ------------   -----------    ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit)
 equity                                            $          -      $  (106,074)    $ 17,881,393    $1,400,000     $19,175,319
                                                    ============      ===========     ============   ===========    ============
</TABLE>

                                      F-7


<PAGE>

             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES NOTES TO
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             ACQUISITION
                                                                   (e)            (f)            (g)         ADJUSTMENTS
                                                               ------------- -------------- -------------- ----------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
                           ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                                       $23,940,612   $ (5,428,037)  $ (9,238,920)   $   9,273,655
Other current assets                                               (894,096)             -              -         (894,096)
                                                                ------------  -------------  -------------    -------------
Total assets                                                     23,046,516     (5,428,037)    (9,238,920)       8,379,559
                                                                ============  =============  =============    =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                           (574,484)             -              -         (574,484)
Pro forma cash consideration due to founding companies                    -              -     (9,238,920)      (9,238,920)
Line of credit                                                            -       (343,494)             -         (343,494)
Payment to related parties                                                -     (1,478,258)             -       (1,478,258)
Current maturities of long-term debt                             (1,255,000)      (677,247)             -       (1,932,247)
                                                                ------------  -------------  -------------    -------------
 Total current liabilities                                       (1,829,484)    (2,498,999)    (9,238,920)     (13,567,403)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities                                 -     (2,607,342)             -       (2,607,342)
Payable to stockholders                                                   -       (321,696)             -         (321,696)
 Total liabilities                                               (1,829,484)    (5,428,037)    (9,238,920)     (16,496,441)
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock                                              (200)             -              -             (200)
 Common stock                                                        27,606              -              -           27,606
 Additional paid-in capital                                      24,848,594              -              -       24,848,594 
                                                                ------------  -------------  -------------    -------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity                           24,876,000              -              -       24,876,000
                                                                ------------  -------------  -------------    -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity            $23,046,516   $ (5,428,037)  $ (9,238,920)   $   8,379,559
                                                                ============  =============  =============    =============
</TABLE>

                                      F-8


<PAGE>

             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES NOTES TO
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

4. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   ADJUSTMENTS:

   (a)Reflects  the  amortization  of goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
      Acquisitions over a 40 year period.

   (b)Reflects  the  reductions  in salaries  and  benefits to the owners of the
      Founding  Companies  to which they have agreed  prospectively  and certain
      other  adjustments,  including  the affect of revisions  to certain  lease
      agreements between certain owners of the Founding Companies.

   (c)Reflects  the  incremental  provision  for federal and state  income taxes
      relating to the statements of operations  adjustments and for income taxes
      as if each S  Corporation  had been treated  throughout  the period as a C
      Corporation.

   (d)Reflects the reduction of interest expense  attributed to the repayment of
      debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering and an increase in
      interest  expense  attributed  to  indebtedness  incurred  by three of the
      Founding Companies for S Corporation Distributions.

The  following  table  summarizes  unaudited  pro forma  combined  statements of
operations adjustments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PRO FORMA
                                            (a)              (b)               (c)              (d)          ADJUSTMENTS
                                         -------------   --------------   ----------------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>
Selling, general and administrative        $         -     ($  952,785)     $           -      $         -   $  (952,785)
Goodwill amortization                          446,606               -                  -                -       446,606
                                            -----------      -----------     -------------      -----------   -----------
Income from operations                         446,606         952,785                  -                -       506,179
Other income  expense :
 Interest expense                                    -               -                  -          220,322       220,322 
                                            -----------      -----------     -------------      -----------   -----------
Income before income taxes                     446,606         952,785                  -          220,322       726,501
Provision for income taxes                           -               -          1,363,295                -     1,363,295
                                            -----------      -----------     -------------      -----------   -----------
Net income                                 $   446,606      $  952,785      $   1,363,295      $   220,322   $  (636,794)
                                            ===========      ===========     =============      ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-9


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Collectibles USA, Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (a
Delaware  corporation),  as of January 26, 1997,  and the related  statements of
operations,  stockholders'  deficit and cash flows for the period from inception
(January 18, 1996) through January 26, 1997. These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial position of Collectibles USA, Inc., as of
January 26, 1997,  and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for the
period from inception (January 18, 1996) through January 26, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 12, 1997 (except with respect to the matters
discussed in Notes 4 and 6, as to which the date is June 13, 1997)  

                                      F-10


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                                  BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             JANUARY 26,
                                                                                1997
                                                                            ---------------
<S>                                                                         <C>
                            ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash                                                                       $    425,681
 Accounts receivable                                                             100,000
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                         7,500
                                                                             ------------
   Total current assets                                                          533,181
 Deferred offering costs                                                         894,096
                                                                             ------------
   Total assets                                                             $  1,427,277
                                                                             ============
             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accrued liabilities                                                        $    586,198
 Notes payable-related party                                                     855,000
                                                                             ------------
   Total current liabilities                                                   1,441,198

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par, 5,000,000 authorized,
   no shares outstanding.                                                              -
 Common Stock, $.01 par, 31,200,000 shares authorized, 1,191,182
   shares outstanding                                                             11,912
 Additional paid-in capital                                                    1,428,473
 Deficit                                                                      (1,454,306)
                                                                             ------------
   Total stockholders' deficit                                                   (13,921)
                                                                             ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit                              $  1,427,277
                                                                             ============
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-11


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          INCEPTION
                                                         (JANUARY 18,
                                                             1996)
                                                           THROUGH
                                                         JANUARY 26,
                                                             1997
                                                        --------------
<S>                                                          <C>
Net sales                                               $           -
Cost of sales                                                       -
                                                         -------------
   Gross profit                                                     -
Selling, general and administrative expenses                1,442,492
                                                         -------------
Operating loss                                             (1,442,492)
Other expense:
 Interest expense                                              11,814
                                                         -------------
Net loss                                                $  (1,454,306)
                                                         =============
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-12


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  
                                               COMMON STOCK         ADDITIONAL                          TOTAL       
                                          -----------------------    PAID-IN                         STOCKHOLDERS'  
                                           SHARES        AMOUNT      CAPITAL           DEFICIT          DEFICIT      
                                          -----------   ---------   ------------   ---------------   -------------- 
 <S>                                       <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>               <C>
BALANCE, inception (January 18, 1996)              -     $     -     $        -      $           -     $          -
 Initial capitalization                    1,016,602      10,166        (10,066)                 -              100
 Issuance of management shares               174,580       1,746      1,438,539                  -        1,440,285
 Net loss                                          -           -              -         (1,454,306)      (1,454,306)
                                           ----------    --------    -----------      -------------     ------------
BALANCE, January 26, 1997                  1,191,182     $11,912     $1,428,473      $  (1,454,306)    $    (13,921)
                                           ==========    ========    ===========      =============     ============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-13


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      INCEPTION
                                                                      (JANUARY 18,
                                                                         1996)
                                                                       THROUGH
                                                                      JANUARY 26,
                                                                         1997
                                                                      --------------
<S>                                                                   <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss                                                             $  (1,454,306)
 Non-cash compensation charge on issuance of management shares            1,440,285
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
   activities-
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
    Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets                    (7,500)
    Increase in accounts receivable                                        (100,000)
    Increase in deferred offering costs                                    (894,096)
    Increase in accrued expenses                                            586,198
                                                                       -------------
      Net cash used in operating activities                                (429,419)
                                                                       -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of loan payable                                     855,000
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                         100
                                                                       -------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities                             855,100
                                                                       -------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH                                                        425,681
CASH, beginning of period                                                         -
                                                                       -------------
CASH, end of period                                                   $     425,681
                                                                       =============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-14


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Collectibles USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Collectibles USA or the Company)
was  founded  in  January  1996  to form a  national  retailer  of  collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA intends to enter
into  definitive  agreements  to acquire  nine  businesses  (the  Acquisitions),
complete an initial  public  offering  (the  Offering)  of its common stock and,
subsequent to the  Offering,  continue to acquire,  through  merger or purchase,
similar companies to expand its national operations.

Collectibles USA has not conducted any  operations,  and all  activities to date
have  related to the  Offering and the  Acquisitions.  Collectibles  USA did not
commence activities related to the Offering until June 1996. All expenditures to
date have been funded by the issuance of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
(See Note 6) and promissory notes from  Collectibles  Enterprises  Funding Corp.
(CEFC),  an entity under common control founded to obtain and provide  financing
for the Offering  costs incurred by the Company.  Collectibles  USA is dependent
upon  the  Offering  to  execute  the  pending  Acquisitions  and to  repay  the
promissory  notes to CEFC.  There is no assurance that the pending  Acquisitions
will be  completed  or that  Collectibles  USA will be able to  generate  future
operating revenues.  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

    Income Taxes

The Company  follows the  liability  method of  accounting  for income  taxes in
accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 109.
Under this method,  deferred  income taxes are recorded  based upon  differences
between the financial  reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are
measured  using the  enacted  tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
underlying assets or liabilities are received or settled.

The Company has  recorded a full  valuation  allowance  against all deferred tax
assets due to the uncertainty of ultimate realizability.  Accordingly, no income
tax benefit has been recorded for current-year losses.

    Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting   principles  requires  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  by
management in determining  the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    New Accounting Pronouncement

In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement of
Accounting  Standards  No.  128,  Earnings  Per Share  (SFAS No.  128).  For the
Company,  SFAS No. 128 will be  effective  for the 52/53 week fiscal year ending
January 25, 1998,  SFAS No. 128 simplifies the standards  required under current
accounting rules for computing  earnings per share and replaces the presentation
of  primary  earnings  per share and fully  diluted  earnings  per share  with a
presentation  of basic  earnings per share (basic EPS) and diluted  earnings per
share (diluted EPS).  Basic EPS excludes  dilution and is determined by dividing
income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common
shares  outstanding  during the  period.  Diluted  EPS  reflects  the  potential
dilution  that could occur if  securities  and other  contracts  to issue common
stock were  exercised or converted  into common  stock.  Diluted EPS is computed
similarly to fully diluted  earnings per share under current  accounting  rules.
The  implementation of SFAS No. 128 is not expected to have a material effect on
the Company's earnings per share as determined under current accounting rules.

                                      F-15


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (Continued)

3. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following as of January 26,
1997:

            Accrued professional expenses         $556,992
            Other Accrued Liabilities               29,206
                                                  ---------
                                                  $586,198
                                                  =========

4. NOTES PAYABLE-RELATED PARTY:

CEFC, which is owned by RGR Financial  Group,  LLC (RGR) and Capstone  Partners,
LLC  (Capstone)  was founded to obtain and provide  financing  for the  Offering
costs  incurred by the Company.  In August 1996,  the Company issued 5% notes of
$300,000 and $555,000 to CEFC, due December 31, 1997.  Upon  consummation of the
Offering,  the  principal  amounts will become due and payable  immediately.  No
interest is due on such amounts in the event the Offering is consummated.

In June 1997, the Company sold to CEFC a $400,000 5% note due December 31, 1997.
Upon  consumation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount will become due and
payable immediately. No interest is due on such amount in the event the Offering
is consummated.

5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTION:

The Company has entered  into a consulting  agreement  with RGR whereby RGR will
act as a merger and  acquisition  advisory  consultant  to assist the Company in
implementing  its strategy to acquire  additional  retailers of collectibles and
marketers of animation art and other related  consulting  services for a term of
one year.  The  consideration  to be paid to RGR upon  consummation  of a future
acquisition will be 3.2% of the acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax net income for
its most recent fiscal year.  

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

    Common Stock and Restricted Common Stock

In May 1997,  Collectibles USA effected a  1,016.604-for-one  stock dividend for
each share of common stock  (Common  Stock) then  outstanding  and in June 1997,
increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 31,200,000 of which
1,200,000 was  designated  Restricted  Common  Stock.  The effects of the Common
Stock dividend have been retroactively reflected in the financial statements and
the accompanying notes.

In connection with the organization and initial  capitalization  of Collectibles
USA in June 1996, the Company issued  1,016,602  shares of Common Stock (at $.10
per share prior to the stock split) to RGR, Capstone and an individual who is to
become a director upon consummation of the Offering.

In November  1996,  the Company issued a total of 174,580 shares of Common Stock
at $.01 per share (prior to the stock split). As a result,  the Company recorded
a non-recurring,  non-cash  compensation  charge of $1,440,285  representing the
difference  between  the amount paid for the shares and the deemed fair value of
the shares on the date of sale.

In June 1997,  RGR,  Capstone and an individual who is to become a director upon
consummation of the Offering  exchanged  1,016,602 shares of Common Stock for an
equal number of shares of  restricted  voting  common stock  (Restricted  Common
Stock).  The holders of the Restricted  Common Stock are entitled to four-tenths
of one vote for each share held on all other  matters on which they are entitled
to vote.

Each share of Restricted Common Stock will automatically convert to Common Stock
on a  share-for-share  basis (i) in the event of a disposition  of such share of
Restricted  Common Stock by the holder thereof (other than a distribution  which
is a  distribution  by a holder  to its  partners  or  beneficial

                                      F-16


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (Continued)

owners,  or a transfer to a related party of such holder (as  defined),  (ii) in
the  event  any  person  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of 15% or  more of the
outstanding shares of Common stock of the Company, (iii) in the event any person
offers to acquire 15% or more of the  outstanding  shares of Common stock of the
Company,  or (iv)  earlier,  upon  the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
aggregate number of votes which may be cast by the holder of outstanding  shares
of Common Stock and Restricted Common Stock.

After July 1, 1998, the Board of Directors may elect to convert any  outstanding
shares of  Restricted  Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in the event 80%
or more of the  originally  outstanding  shares of Restricted  Common Stock have
been previously converted into shares of Common Stock.

    Preferred Stock

In May  1997,  the  Company  sold  20,000  shares  of its  Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  liquidation  value $50 per share  (the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock), for an aggregate consideration of $1,000,000,  the proceeds of
which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in  connection
with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect the Offering.  Pursuant
to the terms of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, upon the consummation
of the Offering,  the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  automatically
convert either (i) into that number of shares of Common Stock, determined by (X)
dividing  the  liquidation  value by (Y) an amount  equal to 60% of the  initial
public  offering  price  or,  at the  option  of the  holder  of  the  Series  A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  (ii) into that number of shares of Common  Stock
determined by (X) dividing the liquidation  value by (Y) an amount equal to 150%
of the  initial  public  offering  price  and  cash in an  amount  equal  to the
liquidation  value.  All of the  holders of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred
Stock have  elected  conversion  option  (ii) in the  preceding  sentence.  As a
result,  upon  consummation  of the Offering,  the Series A Preferred Stock will
convert into $1,000,000 in cash and 60,606 shares of Common Stock (based upon an
assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share).  The Company intends
to pay the required cash amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series
A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  with a  portion  of the  net  proceeds  of the
Offering.

    Stock Based Compensation

SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  allows entities to
choose between fair value-based  method of accounting for employee stock options
or similar equity instruments and the current  intrinsic,  value-based method of
accounting  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles  Board (APB)  Opinion No. 25.
Companies electing to remain with the accounting in APB Opinion No. 25 must make
pro forma  disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value
method of  accounting  had been  applied.  The  Company  will  provide pro forma
disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable,  in the notes to
future consolidated financial statements.

    1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan

During May 1997, the Board of Directors and the Company's  stockholders approved
the Company's  1997 Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the Plan).  The maximum number of
shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant to the Plan may not exceed
15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of
determination  which  maximum will be 929,817  shares upon  consummation  of the
Offering. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, other awards or other property,
as determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors.

    1997 Nonemployee Directors' Stock Plan

The Company's 1997  Non-Employee  Director's  Stock Plan (the Directors'  Plan),
which was  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  and  approved  by the  Company's
stockholders in May 1997,  provides for the automatic grant to each non-employee
director of an initial option to purchase 40,000 shares or such

                                      F-17


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (Continued)

person's subsequent initial election as a director and an automatic annual grant
to each  non-employee  director  of an option to purchase  5,000  shares at each
annual meeting of  stockholders  thereafter at which such director is re-elected
or remains a director, unless such annual meeting is held within three months of
such person's  initial option  granted.  All options will have an exercise price
per share  equal to the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
grant and expire on the  earlier of ten years from the date of grant or one year
after termination of service as a director.  Options will become exercisable one
year after the date of grant, subject to acceleration by the Board of Directors,
and will be  forfeited  upon  termination  of service as a director  for reasons
other than death or disability unless the director served for at least 11 months
after the date of grant or the option was otherwise  exercisable  at the date of
termination. The Directors' Plan also permits non-employee directors to elect to
receive,  in  lieu of cash  directors'  fees,  shares  or  credits  representing
"deferred shares" at future  settlement dates, as selected by the director.  The
number of shares or deferred  shares received will equal the number of shares of
Common Stock which, at the date the fees would  otherwise be payable,  will have
an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount of such fees.  

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):

Wholly owned subsidiaries of Collectibles USA have signed definitive  agreements
to acquire by merger or share exchange nine  companies (the Founding  Companies)
to be  effective  with the  Offering.  The  companies to be acquired are Crystal
Galleria,  Inc. and Base, Inc.; Vincent J. Browne,  Inc.; St. George,  Inc.; DKG
Enterprises, Inc.; Elwell Stores, Inc.; Stone's Shops, Inc.; American Royal Arts
Corp.;  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.;  and Filmart  Productions  Inc. The  aggregate
consideration  that will be paid by  Collectibles  USA to acquire  the  Founding
Companies is  approximately  $9.2 million in cash and 2,246,996 shares of Common
Stock.

On June 13, 1997,  Collectibles  USA filed a registration  statement on Form S-1
for the sale of its  Common  Stock.  An  investment  in shares  of Common  Stock
offered by this  Prospectus  involves a high  degree of risk,  including,  among
others, absence of a combined operating history, risks relating to the Company's
acquisition strategy,  risks relating to acquisition financing,  reliance on key
personnel and a substantial portion of the proceeds from the offering payable to
affiliates of the Founding  Companies.  See "Risk  Factors"  included  elsewhere
herein.

The Company has agreed to issue to the  representatives  of the underwriters and
their designees, upon completion of the Offering, warrants covering an aggregate
of 270,000  shares of Common  Stock.  Such warrants are  exercisable  during the
five-year  period  commencing  on the  date of the  prospectus  relating  to the
Offering at an  exercise  price  equal to 120% of the  initial  public  offering
price.  The  Company  has  agreed to grant  certain  registration  rights to the
holders of these warrants.  

                                      F-18


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To American Royal Arts Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of American Royal Arts Corp. (a
Delaware corporation) as of October 31, 1995 and 1996, and January 31, 1997, and
the related  statements of operations,  stockholder's  equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1996, and the year ended
January 31, 1997.  These  financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.  

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of American Royal Arts Corp. as of
October  31,  1995 and 1996,  and  January  31,  1997,  and the  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
October 31,  1996,  and the year ended  January 31,  1997,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.  

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997


                                      F-19


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         OCTOBER 31,             
                                                               -------------------------------   JANUARY 31,
                                                                    1995             1996           1997
                                                               --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>              <C>
                         ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash                                                            $   547,990      $   442,364      $   609,523
 Accounts receivable                                                  61,347           50,609           33,712
 Merchandise inventories                                             599,713          707,161          611,943
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets                            56,789          109,221          105,914
                                                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
  Total current assets                                             1,265,839        1,309,355        1,361,092
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                           27,060           40,283           38,173
OTHER ASSETS, net                                                    136,635           89,135           82,885
                                                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
  Total assets                                                   $ 1,429,534      $ 1,438,773      $ 1,482,150
                                                                  ===========      ===========      ===========
             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits                                               $   115,804      $   355,617      $   334,131
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                            439,842          386,960          341,254
 Current maturities of long-term obligations                           7,268                -                -
                                                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
  Total current liabilities                                          562,914          742,577          675,385

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
 Convertible preferred stock, $100 par, 5,000 shares
  authorized, none outstanding                                             -                -                -
 Common stock, $.01 par, 1,000,000 shares authorized,
  158,333.336 shares issued, 79,166.668 shares outstand-
  ing                                                                  1,584            1,584            1,584
 Less- Treasury stock, at cost (79,166.668 shares)                  (145,000)        (145,000)        (145,000)
 Retained earnings                                                 1,010,036          839,612          950,181
                                                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
  Total stockholder's equity                                         866,620          696,196          806,765
                                                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
  Total liabilities and stockholder's equity                     $ 1,429,534      $ 1,438,773      $ 1,482,150
                                                                  ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-20


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEAR   
                                             YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,              ENDED   
                                     ---------------------------------------- JANUARY 31, 
                                        1994           1995          1996         1997
                                     -----------    ----------- -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
NET SALES                            $3,897,785    $ 4,051,072  $4,121,181    $4,288,612

COST OF SALES                         1,715,025      1,559,918   1,571,068     1,505,784
                                     -----------    ----------- -----------   -----------
 Gross profit                         2,182,760      2,491,154   2,550,113     2,782,828

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES                             1,587,875      1,759,886   1,763,860     1,778,138
                                     -----------    ----------- -----------   -----------
 Income from operations                 594,885        731,268     786,253     1,004,690

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense                             -         (4,602)          -             -
 Interest income                          7,442         22,802      24,184        24,027
                                     -----------    ----------- -----------   -----------
NET INCOME                           $  602,327    $   749,468  $  810,437    $1,028,717
                                     ===========    =========== ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-21


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   COMMON STOCK                                     TOTAL     
                                -------------------   TREASURY      RETAINED    STOCKHOLDER'S 
                                 SHARES    AMOUNT      STOCK        EARNINGS       EQUITY     
                                --------- --------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1993      158,333   $ 1,584    $         -   $  519,203     $  520,787
 Net income                            -         -              -      602,327        602,327
 Distributions                         -         -              -     (411,333)      (411,333)
 Purchase of treasury stock            -         -       (145,000)           -       (145,000)
                                 --------  --------    ----------    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1994      158,333     1,584       (145,000)     710,197        566,781
 Net income                            -         -              -      749,468        749,468
 Distributions                         -         -              -     (449,629)      (449,629)
                                 --------  --------    ----------    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1995      158,333     1,584       (145,000)   1,010,036        866,620
 Net income                            -         -              -      810,437        810,437
 Distributions                         -         -              -     (980,861)      (980,861)
                                 --------  --------    ----------    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1996      158,333     1,584       (145,000)     839,612        696,196
 Net income                            -         -              -      431,065        431,065
 Distributions                         -         -              -     (320,496)      (320,496)
                                 --------  --------    ----------    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1997      158,333   $ 1,584    $  (145,000)  $  950,181     $  806,765
                                 ========  ========    ==========    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-22


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              YEAR    
                                                                      YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                  ENDED   
                                                           --------------------------------------------     JANUARY 31,
                                                               1994           1995            1996              1997
                                                            -------------  -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income                                                  $  602,327      $  749,468      $  810,437     $ 1,028,717
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization                                   9,583          11,393          58,470          39,346
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
  Accounts receivable                                           (49,826)         76,105          10,738          34,150
  Merchandise inventories                                       126,103        (164,940)       (107,448)         19,409
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                     (21,416)        (10,109)        (52,432)        (47,213)
  Customer deposits                                              50,231          62,097         239,813         178,569
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                     (134,282)        143,610         (52,882)         13,852
  Other assets                                                 (150,000)         25,350           2,500           2,500
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
   Net cash provided by operating activities                    432,720         892,974         909,196       1,269,330
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment                            (20,367)         (8,930)        (26,693)        (22,403)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                         -           1,195               -               -
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
   Net cash used in investing activities                        (20,367)         (7,735)        (26,693)        (22,403)
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations                100,000               -               -               -
 Principal payments on long-term obligations                          -         (92,732)         (7,268)              -
 Treasury stock purchased                                      (145,000)              -               -               -
 Distributions to stockholder                                  (411,333)       (449,629)       (980,861)     (1,249,986)
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
   Net cash used in financing activities                       (456,333)       (542,361)       (988,129)     (1,249,986)
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                 (43,980)        342,878        (105,626)         (3,059)
CASH, beginning of period                                       249,092         205,112         547,990         612,582
                                                              ----------      ----------      ----------    ------------
CASH, end of period                                          $  205,112      $  547,990      $  442,364     $   609,523
                                                              ==========      ==========      ==========    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest                    $        -      $    4,602      $        -     $         -
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-23


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

American  Royal Arts Corp.  (the  Company)  is a retail and  wholesale  marketer
specializing  in  the  sale  of  animation  art,   including  limited  editions,
production cels,  sericels,  lithographs and vintage  animation.  American Royal
Arts produces animation art under various license  arrangements certain of which
are exclusive to it.  American  Royal Arts has been in operation  since 1987 and
has  one  gallery  located  in  Westbury,   New  York,  which  also  houses  its
telemarketing operations.

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.  

The Company and its stockholder intend to enter into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful life or the remaining  lease term.  Expenditures  for major  renewals and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.

     Other Assets

On October 31, 1994, the Company purchased the stock of a 50 percent stockholder
for  $45,000  in cash  and a note of  $100,000  to the  former  stockholder.  In
addition,  as part of the  repurchase  of stock,  the Company  entered into four
noncompete  agreements  with the former  stockholder  and related parties of the
stockholder. The total amount paid under the noncompete agreements was $150,000,
which is being amortized over the five-year lives of the agreements.

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of the  merchandise to
the customer and receipt of payment. Customer deposits consist of collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

     Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs of merchandise sold, framing and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were approximately $316,000, $258,000, $141,000 and $139,000 for the years ended
October  31,  1994,  1995 and 1996,  and for the year ended  January  31,  1997,
respectively.  

                                      F-24


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

     Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  stockholder  have  elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and  losses  were  passed  through  to its  stockholder;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ESTIMATED              OCTOBER 31,
                                            USEFUL LIVES     ---------------------------   JANUARY 31,
                                              (YEAR)             1995           1996         1997
                                            --------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment               5-7            $  35,142      $  61,834      $  62,332
Leasehold improvements                          3-5               28,148         28,148         28,516
                                                                ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                  63,290         89,982         90,848
Less- Accumulated depreciation                                   (36,230)       (49,699)       (52,675)
                                                                ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                               $  27,060      $  40,283      $  38,173
                                                                =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Other assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            OCTOBER 31,         
                                                      -----------------------   JANUARY 31,
                                                       1995         1996          1997
                                                      ----------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Security deposits                                     $ 16,635      $ 14,135        $ 14,135
Restrictive  covenants,  at cost, net of
 accumulated  amortization  of  $30,000,
 $75,000 and $81,250 at October 31, 1995
 and  1996,   and  January   31,   1997,
 respectively                                          120,000        75,000          68,750
                                                      ---------     ---------      ---------
                                                      $136,635      $ 89,135        $ 82,885
                                                      =========     =========      =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-25


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              OCTOBER 31,
                                       -------------------------   JANUARY 31,
                                          1995          1996         1997
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Accounts payable, trade                 $ 288,278     $ 289,288     $ 137,716
Accrued vacation and payroll               26,181        31,604        22,623
Accrued royalties                          32,478        20,000        77,618
Other                                      92,905        46,068       103,297
                                        ----------    ----------    ----------
                                        $ 439,842     $ 386,960     $ 341,254
                                        ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

5. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

At October 31, 1995, the Company had $7,268 payable to a former stockholder, due
in monthly principal and interest (at 7 percent) installments of $7,310 over the
life of the note. The note was paid in fiscal year 1996.

The loan was  collateralized  by a security  interest in the Company's  accounts
receivable and inventory.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

The Company leases its retail  facilities  under  operating  leases  expiring at
various dates through  February  2000.  Rent expense for the years ended October
31,  1994,  1995  and  1996,  and for the  year  ended  January  31,  1997,  was
approximately $143,000,  $170,000, $181,000 and $181,000,  respectively.  Future
minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

       Year ending October 31,
       1997                                $126,996
       1998                                  34,168
       1999                                  35,868
       2000                                  12,148
                                           ---------
                                           $209,180
                                           =========

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.  

     Consignments

The Company has various consignment arrangements with certain artists to produce
and sell  certain  pieces of art.  The  consigned  inventory  is  insured by the
Company. Under these arrangements,  the Company is obligated to pay the artist a
royalty on the art sold.  

     Distribution Agreements

The  Company  maintains  various  distribution   agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers to purchase and  distribute  animation  art. Some  agreements  contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which the Company had  fulfilled  as of
October 31, 1995 and 1996,  and January 31, 1997,  respectively.  On February 1,
1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution agreement to purchase and
distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier.

                                      F-26


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

7. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the year ended October 31, 1995, three suppliers accounted for 56 percent
of total  inventory  purchases.  During the year ended October 31, 1996, and for
the year ended  January 31, 1997, 4 suppliers  accounted for 52 percent of total
inventory purchases.

8. EVENT  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its  stockholder  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Prior  to  the  acquisition,  the  Company  will  make a  cash  distribution  of
approximately  $486,000 prior to the acquisition  which represents the Company's
estimated S Corporation  accumulated  adjustment  account.  Had this transaction
been recorded at January 31, 1997, the effect on the accompanying  balance sheet
would be an increase in liabilities of $486,000 and a decrease in  shareholder's
equity of $486,000.  The Company anticipates  funding this distribution  through
borrowings.  

                                      F-27


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Stone's Shops, Inc.:

We have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Stone's  Shops,  Inc. (an
Illinois  corporation),  as of  November  30,  1995 and  1996,  and the  related
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended November 30, 1996.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Stone's  Shops,  Inc., as of
November 30, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
April 19, 1997


                                      F-28


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NOVEMBER 30,         
                                                         --------------------------- FEBRUARY 28,
                                                             1995          1996          1997
                                                         ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                        ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents                                $    74,915   $    82,610   $  219,660
 Merchandise inventories                                    2,190,405     2,673,712    2,881,423
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets                     42,738        86,681       51,728
                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Total current assets                                      2,308,058     2,843,003    3,152,811
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                   273,828       286,837      299,683
                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Total assets                                            $ 2,581,886   $ 3,129,840   $3,452,494
                                                          ============  ============  ===========
             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits                                        $    18,518   $    25,946   $        -
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                   1,317,726     1,499,985    1,483,707
 Current maturities of long-term obligations                   14,400        14,400       14,400
 Payable to shareholder                                        11,000        30,000       29,833
                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Total current liabilities                                 1,361,644     1,570,331    1,527,940

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities               43,200        28,800       25,200

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                         321,921       500,455      582,992
                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Total liabilities                                         1,726,765     2,099,586    2,136,132

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value, 10,000 shares authorized,
  1,000 shares outstanding                                      1,000         1,000        1,000
 Additional paid-in capital                                    39,000        39,000       39,000
 Retained earnings                                            815,121       990,254    1,276,362
                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Total shareholders' equity                                  855,121     1,030,254    1,316,362
                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity              $ 2,581,886   $ 3,129,840   $3,452,494
                                                          ============  ============  ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-29


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                                             FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,
                                       1994          1995          1996          1996           1997
                                   ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
NET SALES                          $ 3,488,838   $ 4,281,040   $ 4,985,549      $1,674,978     $1,845,501

COST OF SALES                        1,799,619     2,268,690     2,496,574         909,348        947,401
                                   ------------  ------------  ------------    -----------    -----------
  Gross profit                       1,689,219     2,012,350     2,488,975         765,630        898,100

SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES             1,430,695     1,787,457     2,117,010         519,332        441,996
                                   ------------  ------------  ------------    -----------    -----------
  Income from operations               258,524       224,893       371,965         246,298        456,104

OTHER EXPENSE:
Interest expense                         3,681        10,438         2,891             487            354
                                   ------------  ------------  ------------    -----------    -----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES             254,843       214,455       369,074         245,811        455,750
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES             146,367       128,101       193,941         129,174        169,642
                                   ------------  ------------  ------------    -----------    -----------
NET INCOME                         $   108,476   $    86,354   $   175,133      $  116,637     $  286,108
                                   ============  ============  ============    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-30


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                        TOTAL      
                                   --------------------     PAID-IN        RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS' 
                                    SHARES     AMOUNTS      CAPITAL        EARNINGS        EARNINGS     
                                   --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1993        1,000     $ 1,000        $ 39,000    $  620,291         $  660,291
 Net income                             -           -               -       108,476            108,476
                                    ------    --------      ---------    -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1994        1,000       1,000          39,000       728,767            768,767
 Net income                             -           -               -        86,354             86,354
                                    ------    --------      ---------    -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1995        1,000       1,000          39,000       815,121            855,121
 Net income                             -           -               -       175,133            175,133
                                    ------    --------      ---------    -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1996        1,000       1,000          39,000       990,254          1,030,254
 Net Income                             -           -               -       286,108            286,108
                                    ------    --------      ---------    -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT FEBRUARY 28, 1997
 (unaudited)                        1,000     $ 1,000        $ 39,000    $1,276,362         $1,316,362
                                    ======    ========      =========    ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-31


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     NOVEMBER 30,                -----------------------------
                                                       ----------------------------------------- FEBRUARY 29,   FEBRUARY 28,
                                                           1994          1995          1996          1996           1997
                                                       ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- -------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income                                              $  108,476    $   86,354    $  175,133     $  116,637    $  286,108
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization                              40,032        55,800        63,467         14,154        15,749
  Loss on sale of assets                                          -             -         9,765              -             -
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-       
  Merchandise inventories                                  (383,742)     (540,902)     (483,307)      (655,300)     (207,711)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                  31,812        (7,726)      (43,943)         6,800        34,953
  Customer deposits                                           3,779         5,291         7,428        (18,518)      (25,946)
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                  116,900       443,413       182,259        354,246       (16,278)
  Deferred income taxes                                     126,208       109,366       178,534        178,534        82,537
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
   Net cash provided by operating activities                 43,465       151,596        89,336         (3,447)      169,412
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment                        (93,030)     (113,260)      (98,816)       (89,098)      (28,595)
 Proceeds from sales of property and equipment                    -             -        12,575          7,030             -
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
   Net cash used in investing activities                    (93,030)     (113,260)      (86,241)       (82,068)      (28,595)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations                      -             -       (25,400)             -        (3,767)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  loan payable to shareholder                                     -        68,600        30,000         10,600             -
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
   Net cash provided by financing activities                      -        68,600         4,600         10,600        (3,767)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH                             (49,565)      106,936         7,695        (74,915)      137,050

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
 period                                                      17,544       (32,021)       74,915         74,915        82,610
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------      ---------    ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period                 $  (32,021)   $   74,915    $   82,610     $        -    $  219,660
                                                          ==========    ==========    ==========      =========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for-
  Interest                                               $    3,681    $   10,438    $    2,891     $      487    $      354
  Income taxes                                               11,474             -        (1,238)             -             -
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-32


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  (the  Company)  d/b/a  Stone's  Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary collectibles, ornaments, figurines, lighthouses and lighted ceramic
houses  from  vendors,  including  Enesco,  Boyds,  Cast Art,  Disney  Classics,
Department 56,  Seraphim Angels and Hallmark.  Stone's  Hallmark has been in the
contemporary collectibles business since 1979 and has stores located in Rockford
(4), Freeport and Rochelle, Illinois.

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest  levels  occurring in its
first fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted for approximately  32.8 percent,  33.3 percent and 29.6 percent of the
Company's  net  sales  for  years  ended  November  30,  1994,  1995  and  1996,
respectively.  

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the Company  considers all highly
liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.  

    Merchandise inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization are
determined using the straight-line  method based on the estimated useful life of
the respective asset.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the estimated  useful life or the remaining lease term.  Expenditures  for major
renewals and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are
expensed.  When  property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts and any  resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.

    Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits  consist of  collections  on layaway  sales.  Layaways  are recorded as
revenue upon receipt of final  payment and  delivery of the  merchandise  to the
customer.

    Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

    Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were $138,262, $145,412, $205,191 and $61,642 during the years ended November 30
1994, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended February 28, 1997,  respectively.

                                      F-33


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist of cash,  investments,  accounts
payable  and  debt.  The  carrying   amount  of  these   financial   instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.

    Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Interim Financial Information

The interim  financial  statements  as of February 28,  1997,  and for the three
months ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997, are unaudited, and certain
information and footnote disclosures,  normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been
omitted.  In the opinion of  management,  all  adjustments,  consisting  only of
normal  recurring  adjustments,   necessary  to  fairly  present  the  financial
position,  results of  operations  and cash flows  with  respect to the  interim
financial  statements,  have been  included.  The results of operations  for the
interim  periods are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results for the entire
fiscal year.  

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    
                                      ESTIMATED               NOVEMBER 31,         
                                      USEFUL LIVES    -----------------------------
                                        (YEAR)           1995            1996
                                      -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment            5-7        $  551,735      $  635,770
Leasehold improvements                       5-7           163,511         165,719
Signs                                          5            15,477          15,477
Vehicles                                     3-5            94,378          72,073
                                                         ----------      ----------
                                                           825,101         889,039
Less- Accumulated depreciation                            (551,273)       (602,202)
                                                         ----------      ----------
                                                        $  273,828      $  286,837
                                                         ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

                                                 NOVEMBER 30,
                                         ----------------------------
                                            1995           1996
                                         -------------   ------------
       Accounts payable, trade           $ 1,034,257     $ 1,044,519
       Accrued liabilities                   267,451         419,254
       Taxes payable                          16,018          36,212
                                         ------------    ------------
                                         $ 1,317,726     $ 1,499,985
                                         ============    ============


5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

    Payable to Shareholder

The Company had borrowings  from a shareholder  totaling  $11,000 and $30,000 at
November 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.  The borrowings are unsecured, bear no
interest and are payable upon demand.  

                                      F-34


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

    Long-Term Obligations

The Company has an unsecured noninterest-bearing obligation to a landlord, which
is payable in monthly installments of $1,200 through November 1999.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:

                      Year ending November 30,                  
                      1997                             $ 14,400 
                      1998                               14,400 
                      1999                               14,400 
                                                       ---------
                                                       $ 43,200 
                                                       =========
                      

6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income  taxes  are provided in recognition of temporary differences in
reporting  certain transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The provision  (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended November 30, 1994,
1995 and 1996, is as follows:

                                      NOVEMBER 30,
                        -----------------------------------------
                           1994            1995         1996
                        --------------   -----------   ----------
     Current              $   (38,738)    $  18,734    $  15,407
     Deferred                 185,105       109,367      178,534
                           -----------    ----------   ----------
                          $   146,367     $ 128,101    $ 193,941
                           ===========    ==========   ==========

Actual  income  tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying
the  U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:

                                                         NOVEMBER 30,
                                              ----------------------------------
                                               1994        1995        1996
                                              ---------   ---------   ----------
Statutory federal rate                          34.00%      34.00%       34.00%
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes        20.26       22.55        15.38
State income taxes                               3.17        3.18         3.17
                                              -------     -------      -------
                                                57.43%      59.73%       52.55%
                                              =======     =======      =======


                                      F-35


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  significant  components  of the  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  at
November 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NOVEMBER 30,
                                               -----------------------------------------------
                                                  1994            1995             1996
                                               -------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>              <C>
Deferred tax assets-
 Property and equipment                        $    (3,123)    $   (12,868)     $   (16,369)
 State taxes                                         9,333          14,135           21,974
                                                -----------     -----------      -----------
    Total deferred tax asset                         6,210           1,267            5,605
                                                -----------     -----------      -----------
Deferred tax liabilities-
   Inventory                                      (209,385)       (296,703)        (468,284)
   Accruals                                         (9,380)        (26,485)         (37,776)
                                                -----------     -----------      -----------
    Total deferred tax liabilities                (218,765)       (323,188)        (506,060)
                                                -----------     -----------      -----------
Net deferred tax liabilities                   $  (212,555)    $  (321,921)     $  (500,455)
                                                ===========     ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the assets, the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligation

The Company  leases its retail space under  noncancelable  leases that expire at
various dates through  February  2004. The following  represents  future minimum
rental payments under these operating leases:  

               Year ending November 30,                    
               1997                              $ 195,280 
               1998                                223,279 
               1999                                157,946 
               2000                                138,946 
               Thereafter                          389,847 
               
     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.  

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The  Company  leases  certain  of  its  retail space from a shareholder. Monthly
lease  payments are approximately $2,000, which management believes approximates
fair market value.

                                      F-36


<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

9. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During  the  years  ended  November  30,  1994,  1995 and 1996  three  suppliers
accounted for 61% percent of total inventory purchases.

10. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
    ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company will enter into agreements with the
shareholders  to  lease  retail  and  warehouse  space  used  in  the  Company's
operations for a negotiated amount and term.

In connection with the acquisition,  the Company will distribute  certain assets
to the  shareholders,  consisting of automobiles with a total net carrying value
of approximately  $29,851 as of November 30, 1996. Had these  transactions  been
recorded at November  30, 1996,  the effect on the  accompanying  balance  sheet
would be a decrease in assets of approximately  $29,851 and shareholders' equity
of $29,851.  

                                      F-37


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Crystal Galleria, Inc. and Base, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  combined  balance sheets of Crystal  Galleria,
Inc. and Base, Inc. (the Companies)  (Nevada  corporations),  as of December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the related combined statements of operations,  stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December
31, 1996. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Companies'
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion  on these  combined
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material  misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well  as  evaluating  the  overall  combined  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the combined  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  combined  financial  position  of the
Companies,  as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and the results of their combined
operations  and their  combined  cash  flows for each of the three  years in the
period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.  

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997


                                      F-38


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,       
                                                              -------------------------  MARCH 31,
                                                                 1995         1996         1997
                                                              ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
                           ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash                                                          $  371,022   $  165,745   $  196,904
 Accounts receivable, related party                                     -       33,204       44,616
 Merchandise inventories                                          800,819    1,195,904    1,157,519
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets                        156,921      121,710       50,978
                                                               -----------  -----------  -----------
  Total current assets                                          1,328,762    1,516,563    1,450,017
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                       415,492      655,857      633,807
                                                               -----------  -----------  -----------
  Total assets                                                 $1,744,254   $2,172,420   $2,083,824
                                                               ===========  ===========  ===========
               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits                                             $    3,203   $   11,645   $   13,152
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                         566,660      431,186      231,447
 Current maturities of long-term obligations                      287,093      473,101      467,149
 Payable to stockholders                                          403,000      983,168    1,073,168
                                                               -----------  -----------  -----------
  Total current liabilities                                     1,259,956    1,899,100    1,784,916
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities                  147,635      117,190      114,014
                                                               -----------  -----------  -----------
  Total liabilities                                             1,407,591    2,016,290    1,898,930
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $10 par, 2,000 shares authorized, 800 shares
  outstanding                                                       8,000        8,000        8,000
 Retained earnings                                                328,663      148,130      176,894
                                                               -----------  -----------  -----------
  Total stockholders' equity                                      336,663      156,130      184,894
                                                               -----------  -----------  -----------
  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                   $1,744,254   $2,172,420   $2,083,824
                                                               ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.


                                      F-39


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                        COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED   
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   MARCH 31,        
                                   ------------------------------------------   ---------------------- 
                                     1994           1995           1996          1996         1997
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------   ---------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
NET SALES                            $2,503,075     $2,794,361     $3,727,285     $778,315   $999,437
COST OF SALES                         1,187,898      1,333,177      1,784,916      380,992    469,239
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------    ---------   ---------
  Gross profit                        1,315,177      1,461,184      1,942,369      397,323    530,198
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES                730,906        875,180      1,564,229      337,963    423,865
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------    ---------   ---------
  Income from operations                584,271        586,004        378,140       59,360    106,333
OTHER EXPENSE:
 Interest expense                        38,596         58,337        111,389       11,651     37,569
 Other, net                                   -              -         12,284       12,284          -
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------    ---------   ---------
NET INCOME                           $  545,675     $  527,667     $  254,467     $ 35,425   $ 68,764
                                    ===========    ===========    ===========    =========   =========
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.


                                      F-40


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                   COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK 
                                       -------------------                      TOTAL
                                        SHARES     AMOUNT     RETAINED       STOCKHOLDERS'
                                       --------   --------    EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                                             -------------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993               400     $4,000      $  159,821       $  163,821
 Net income                                  -          -         545,675          545,675
 Distributions                               -          -        (288,500)        (288,500)
                                          ----     -------      ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994               400      4,000         416,996          420,996
 Issuance of common stock                  400      4,000               -            4,000
 Net income                                  -          -         527,667          527,667
 Distributions                               -          -        (616,000)        (616,000)
                                          ----     -------      ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995               800      8,000         328,663          336,663
 Net income                                  -          -         254,467          254,467
 Distributions                               -          -        (435,000)        (435,000)
                                          ----     -------      ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996               800      8,000         148,130          156,130
 Net income (unaudited)                      -          -          68,764           68,764
 Distributions (unaudited)                   -          -         (40,000)         (40,000)
                                          ----     -------      ----------        ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997
 (unaudited)                               800     $8,000      $  176,894       $  184,894
                                          ====     =======      ==========        ==========
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.


                                      F-41


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                        COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED   
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,         
                                                       ----------------------------------------- ------------------------ 
                                                           1994          1995          1996         1996        1997
                                                       ------------- ------------- ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income                                              $  545,675    $  527,667    $  254,467   $  35,425    $   68,764
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by (used in) operating activities-         
  Depreciation and amortization                              24,845        28,201        74,818      15,818        22,050
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-        
   Accounts receivable, related parties                      (8,543)       13,638       (33,204)     (3,298)      (11,412)
   Merchandise inventories                                 (104,774)     (218,350)     (395,085)    (48,624)       38,385
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                 (1,737)     (110,361)       35,211      66,545        70,732
   Customer deposits                                          6,333        (4,356)        8,442       4,291         1,507
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                (109,183)      426,441      (135,474)   (371,223)     (199,737)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating    
      activities                                            352,616       662,880      (190,825)   (301,066)       (9,711)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment                        (11,918)     (281,936)     (315,183)          -             -
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                 2,441             -             -           -             -
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities                   (9,477)     (281,936)     (315,183)          -             -
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  payable to stockholders                                         -       506,000       830,168     185,000       111,465
 Principal payments on payable to stockholders and
  long-term obligations                                     (56,055)      (35,367)      (94,437)    (12,673)      (30,595)
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                           -         4,000             -           -             -
 Distributions to stockholders                             (288,500)     (616,000)     (435,000)   (100,000)      (40,000)
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing
      activities                                           (344,555)     (141,367)      300,731      72,327        40,870
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                              (1,416)      239,577      (205,277)   (228,739)       31,159
CASH, beginning of period                                   132,861       131,445       371,022     371,022       165,745
                                                          ----------    ----------    ----------  ----------    ----------
CASH, end of period                                      $  131,445    $  371,022    $  165,745   $ 142,283    $  196,904
                                                          ==========    ==========    ==========  ==========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest                $   67,459    $   42,703    $   37,915   $  14,789    $   19,036
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.


                                      F-42


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Crystal  Galleria,  Inc. and Base,  Inc. (the Companies) are retailers of a wide
range of contemporary collectibles such as crystal,  porcelain figurines and art
glass from vendors, including Swarovski,  Baccarat,  Waterford, Lalique, Lladro,
and Armani.  Crystal  Galleria  has been in  operation  since 1992 and has three
mall-based  stores of which two are located in the Forum  Shops at Caesar's  and
the Tower Shops at Stratosphere  in Las Vegas,  Nevada and one is located in The
Tysons Corner Center in McLean, Virginia.

The Companies'  business is seasonal,  with its highest levels  occurring in its
fourth  quarter.  This period,  which  includes the  Christmas  selling  season,
accounted  for  approximately  29  percent,  34  percent  and 36  percent of the
Companies'  net sales for the years  ended  December  31,  1994,  1995 and 1996,
respectively.  

The Companies and their stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Companies'  common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Basis of Presentation

The  combined  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  and the results of
operations of the  Companies.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  and
balances have been eliminated in combination.

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful life or the remaining  lease term.  Expenditures  for major  renewals and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the combined statements of operations.

     Revenue Recognition

The Companies recognize revenue upon delivery of merchandise to the customer and
receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits consist of collections on layaway sales.
Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the customer and the
sale is recorded as revenue.

     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are costs of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were $41,989, $51,544 and $39,369 during the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995
and 1996,  respectively  and  approximately  $10,248 for the three  months ended
March 31, 1997.  

                                      F-43


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

     Income Taxes

For income tax purposes, the Companies and their stockholders have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Companies'  income  and losses  were  passed  through to its  stockholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Companies'  financial  instruments  consist of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information

The interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1997, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results of the entire fiscal year.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                
                                                   ESTIMATED             DECEMBER 31,          
                                                 USEFUL LIVES    ----------------------------- 
                                                  (YEARS)           1995            1996
                                                 -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment                   5         $   67,680      $   88,368
     Leasehold improvements                             10            468,367         762,862
                                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                                      536,047         851,230
     Less- Accumulated depreciation                                  (120,555)       (195,373)
                                                                    ----------      ----------
                                                                   $  415,492      $  655,857
                                                                    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                       ----------------------
                                        1995         1996
                                       ----------   ---------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
     Accounts payable, trade           $286,056     $204,276
     Other                              280,604      226,910
                                       ---------    ---------
                                       $566,660     $431,186
                                       =========    =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-44


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

5. PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

     Payable to Stockholders

The Companies have borrowings from stockholders totaling $403,000, $983,168, and
$1,073,168 at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and March 31, 1997,  respectively.  The
borrowings are unsecured,  bear interest at 9 percent and are payable on demand.
Interest is payable quarterly.  

     Long-Term Obligations

The  Companies  have two notes  payable with a financial  institution  which are
payable  on  demand  or,  if no demand is made,  due in  monthly  principal  and
interest  installments,  each approximately  $5,000,  through June 2001 and July
2000, respectively,  for each note. The interest rates for the notes payable are
10 percent and 10.75 percent, respectively. The notes payable are collateralized
by  real  property  and  personal  guarantees  of the  stockholders  as  well as
substantially  all assets of the Companies.  The notes contain certain financial
covenants and  restrictions.  As of December 31, 1996, the Companies were not in
compliance with a certain financial covenant.  However,  subsequent to year end,
the Company obtained a waiver for the covenant.

The Companies have a note payable with a financial  institution,  due in monthly
principal and interest  installments  of $4,055  through June 2000. The interest
rate of the loan varies  monthly at 2.75  percent  over the lowest New York City
prime rate and was 11.25 percent at December 31, 1995,  11.0 percent at December
31, 1996,  and 11.25  percent at March 31,  1997.  In the event  interest  rates
increase enough to cause a principal  balance to exist on the due date, a single
installment for the remaining principal balance will be due.

The note is guaranteed by the Small  Business  Administration  for 85 percent of
the  loan.  The  note  is also  collateralized  by real  property  and  personal
guarantees  of the  stockholders  as well as  substantially  all  assets  of the
Companies.  The agreement also restricts the Companies from paying  dividends or
making certain other capital changes.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:

                 Year ending December 31,                         
                 1997                               $473,101      
                 1998                                 48,660      
                 1999                                 48,660      
                 2000                                 19,870      
                                                    ---------     
                                                    $590,291      
                                                    =========     
                      


                                      F-45


<PAGE>

                      CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations

The Companies  lease retail  facilities  under  operating  leases that expire at
various dates through 2006.  Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, was approximately $195,000,  $234,000 and $432,000,  respectively
and  approximately  $134,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1997.  Certain
leases provide for contingent  rentals based on sales levels and require payment
for all or part of the applicable real estate taxes, common area maintenance and
certain  other  allowable  expenses.  Included  in the rent  expense  amounts is
contingent  rent of  approximately  $118,000,  $79,000 and $85,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,  respectively and approximately  $21,000
for the three months ended March 31, 1997.  Future  minimum lease payments under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:  

               Year ending December 31,                       
               1997                               $  433,532  
               1998                                  435,192  
               1999                                  459,043  
               2000                                  473,278  
               Thereafter                          2,139,977  
                                                  ----------- 
                                                  $3,941,022  
                                                   ===========
               
     Litigation

The  Companies are subject to legal  actions  arising in the ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the Companies'  financial  position or
results of operations.

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Companies have a receivable of approximately $33,000 as of December 31, 1996
and  approximately  $45,000 as of March 31, 1997,  from a company that is wholly
owned by one of the stockholders of the Companies.

8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, one supplier accounted for 11
percent of total  inventory  purchases,  and during the year ended  December 31,
1996, two suppliers accounted for 29 percent of total inventory purchases.

9. EVENT SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
   ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):

The Companies and their  stockholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement
with   Collectibles   providing  for  the   acquisition   of  the  Companies  by
Collectibles.

In connection with the acquisition, the Companies will distribute certain assets
to the  stockholders,  consisting of automobiles with a total net carrying value
of  approximately  $5,653 as of December 31, 1996.  Additionally,  the Companies
will make a cash distribution of approximately $250,000 prior to the Acquisition
which represents the Companies' estimated S Corporation  accumulated  adjustment
account.  Had these  transactions been recorded at December 31, 1996, the effect
on the accompanying balance sheet would be a decrease in assets of approximately
$5,653 an increase in liabilities of approximately  $250,000,  and stockholders'
equity of $255,653.  The company anticipates  funding this distribution  through
additional borrowings.  

                                      F-46


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To DKG Enterprises, Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of DKG  Enterprises,  Inc. (an
Oklahoma corporation), as of March 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements
of operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three years
in the  period  ended  March  31,  1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial  position of DKG Enterprises,  Inc., as of
March 31, 1996 and 1997,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period  ended March 31, 1997,  in  conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 29, 1997


                                      F-47


<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          MARCH 31,
                                                                  --------------------------
                                                                    1996           1997
                                                                  ------------   -----------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
                           ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash                                                             $    3,160     $   11,274
 Accounts receivable                                                       -         11,593
 Merchandise inventories                                           1,749,476      2,200,281
 Receivable from shareholder                                               -         21,504
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets                             9,133         15,833
                                                                  -----------    -----------
  Total current assets                                             1,761,769      2,260,485
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                          112,512        212,417
OTHER ASSETS                                                           3,225          3,225
                                                                  -----------    -----------
  Total assets                                                    $1,877,506     $2,476,127
                                                                  ===========    ===========
              LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits                                                $   14,753     $  127,800
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                            340,719        561,634
 Federal income taxes payable                                         29,414        119,939
 Line of credit                                                      395,000        410,000
 Current maturities of long-term obligations                          31,459         32,989
                                                                  -----------    -----------
  Total current liabilities                                          811,345      1,252,362
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities                     380,329        346,989
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                                 76,539          8,103
                                                                  -----------    -----------
  Total liabilities                                                1,268,213      1,607,454
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $1.00 par, 25,000 shares authorized, 500 shares
  outstanding                                                            500            500
 Retained earnings                                                   608,793        868,173
                                                                  -----------    -----------
  Total shareholders' equity                                         609,293        868,673
                                                                  -----------    -----------
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                      $1,877,506     $2,476,127
                                                                  ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-48


<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                       --------------------------------------------
                                          1995            1996           1997
                                       -------------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
NET SALES                               $ 2,562,024     $ 2,865,249     $ 3,726,332
COST OF SALES                             1,371,039       1,491,639       1,732,631
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------
    Gross profit                          1,190,985       1,373,610       1,993,701
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES                                   989,561       1,077,684       1,521,669
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------
    Income from operations                  201,424         295,926         472,032
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):             
 Interest expense                           (40,846)        (57,511)        (82,311)
 Other, net                                   7,730          10,367          37,703
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                  168,308         248,782         427,424
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                   66,240          96,139         168,044
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------
NET INCOME                              $   102,068     $   152,643     $   259,380
                                         ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-49


<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       COMMON STOCK                        TOTAL       
                                    -------------------   RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'  
                                     SHARES     AMOUNT    EARNINGS        EQUITY       
                                    --------   --------   -----------   -------------- 
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1994               500        $500    $ 354,082        $ 354,582
 Net income                               -           -      102,068          102,068
                                       ----       -----    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1995               500         500      456,150          456,650
 Net income                               -           -      152,643          152,643
                                       ----       -----    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1996               500         500      608,793          609,293
 Net income                               -           -      259,380          259,380
                                       ----       -----    ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997               500        $500    $ 868,173        $ 868,673
                                       ====       =====    ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-50


<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                                      1995            1996            1997
                                                                   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income                                                          $  102,068      $  152,643     $   353,864
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation                                                           36,123          41,330          48,284
  Gain on sale of assets                                                      -               -          (5,684)
  Conversion of interest to debt                                          8,690               -               -
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable                                                        -               -         (17,161)
   Merchandise inventories                                             (485,778)       (326,323)       (450,805)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                586          (6,632)        (37,753)
   Customer deposits                                                     54,856         (40,103)        113,047
   Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and federal income
     taxes payable                                                      190,598         (88,133)        228,189
   Deferred income taxes                                                    721          32,880         (64,552)
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                (92,136)       (234,338)        167,429
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment                                    (78,987)        (67,012)       (164,438)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                 -               -          21,933
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
     Net cash used in investing activities                              (78,987)        (67,012)       (142,505)
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations                           (810,000)       (507,450)     (1,447,810)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and borrowings
  on line of credit                                                     981,548         809,000       1,431,000
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                171,548         301,550         (16,810)
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH                                                        425             200           8,114
CASH, beginning of period                                                 2,535           2,960           3,160
                                                                      ----------      ----------    ------------
CASH, end of period                                                  $    2,960      $    3,160     $    11,274
                                                                      ==========      ==========    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW 
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest                                                          $   40,846      $   51,511     $    82,311
   Income taxes                                                         100,339          50,084          47,325
</TABLE>
 


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-51


<PAGE>






                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

 
DKG  Enterprises,  Inc. (the  Company),  d/b/a North Pole City is a retailer and
marketer of Christmas  and other  contemporary  collectibles  such as ornaments,
lighted  houses and figurines  from vendors,  including  Department  56, Enesco,
Giuseppe Armani and Disney. North Pole City has been in operation since 1984. It
has one "superstore" of  approximately  15,000 square feet of retail space and a
free-standing  retail outlet of approximately  1,500 square feet both located in
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest  levels  occurring in its
third fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted  for  approximately  68  percent,  63  percent,  and 67 percent of the
Company's  net sales for years  ended  March 31,  1995 and 1996 and for the nine
months ended December 31, 1996, respectively.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization are
determined using the straight-line  method based on the estimated useful life of
the respective asset.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the estimated  useful life or the remaining lease term.  Expenditures  for major
renewals and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are
expensed.  When  property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts and any  resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.  

     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits  consist of  collections  on layaway  sales.  Layaways  are recorded as
revenue upon receipt of final  payment and  delivery of the  merchandise  to the
customer.

     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

     Advertising Expenses

Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction by
reimbursement from vendors.  Advertising expenses, net of vendor reimbursements,
were approximately $106,000,  $112,000 and $180,000 during the years ended March
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.

                                      F-52


<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               ESTIMATED
                                                USEFUL                 MARCH 31,           
                                                LIVES        ----------------------------- 
                                               (YEARS)          1996            1997       
                                               -----------   -------------   ------------- 
<S>                                            <C>           <C>             <C>
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment           5               $  297,553      $  348,001
   Leasehold improvements                      5                   38,773         150,222
   Vehicles                                    5                   37,999          24,290
                                                                ----------      ----------
                                                                  374,325         522,513
   Less- Accumulated depreciation                                (261,813)       (310,097)
                                                                ----------      ----------
                                                               $  112,512      $  212,416
                                                                ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

                                                     MARCH 31,
                                              ------------------------
                                                1996         1997
                                              -----------   ----------
     Accounts payable, trade                  $ 138,602     $ 248,502
     Accrued liabilities                        132,000       132,000
     Sales taxes and other payables              70,117       181,132
                                              ----------    ----------
                                              $ 340,719     $ 561,634
                                              ==========    ==========

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

     Line of Credit

The Company  has a line of credit  with a bank,  under which it may borrow up to
$700,000.  The line of credit  previously had an interest rate at the prime rate
plus 1.50 percent  (9.75 percent at March 31, 1996) until May 1996 when renewed.
The renewed line of credit bears interest at the prime rate plus 1 percent (9.50
percent at March 31,  1997).  Borrowings  under the line of credit were $395,000
and $410,000 at March 31, 1996,  and 1997,  respectively.  The line of credit is
secured by the Company's assets and the personal guarantee of a shareholder.

     Long-Term Obligations

The  Company  has a note  payable  to a bank  with a  balance  of  approximately
$412,000 and $380,000 at March 31, 1996, and 1997,  respectively.  It matures on
February 27, 2005,  and bears interest at the prime rate plus 1.25 percent (9.75
percent at March 31,  1996,  and  1997).  Interest  and  principal  payments  of
approximately  $6,000 are due  monthly.  The note is  secured  by the  Company's
assets and the personal guarantee of a shareholder.  

                                      F-53


<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

At March 31, 1997,  future  principal  payments of long-term  obligations are as
follows:

                    Year ending March 31,                     
                    1998                              32,989  
                    1999                              38,774  
                    2000                              42,728  
                    2001                              47,085  
                    Thereafter                       218,402  
                                                    --------- 
                                                    $379,978  
                                                    ========= 
                    
6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The  provision  (benefit)  for income  taxes for the years ended March 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 is as follows:

                                YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                        --------------------------------------
                         1995         1996          1997
                        ----------   ----------   ------------
     Current             $ 65,519     $ 63,259      $ 236,479
     Deferred                 721       32,880        (68,435)
                         ---------    ---------      ---------
                         $ 66,240     $ 96,139      $ 168,044
                         =========    =========      =========

Actual  income  tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying
the  U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------
                                                         1995        1996        1997
                                                        ---------   ---------   ----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
     Statutory federal rate                                34.00%      34.00%       34.00%
     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes               1.25         .61         1.21
     State income taxes                                     4.11        4.03         4.10
                                                         -------     -------      -------
                                                           39.36%      38.64%       39.31%
                                                         =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-54


<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  significant  components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at March
31, 1995, 1996, and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31,
                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                   1995           1996           1997
                                                 ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
      Accruals                                        14,257          16,206        32,157
      State taxes                                      2,346           4,113           435
                                                 -----------      ----------   -----------
         Total deferred tax assets                    16,603          20,319        32,592
                                                 -----------      ----------   -----------
     Deferred tax liabilities-
      Inventory                                      (56,854)        (87,198)      (22,814)
      Property and equipment                      $   (3,408)     $   (9,660)   $  (17,881)
                                                  -----------      ----------   -----------
        Total deferred tax liabilities               (60,262)        (96,858)      (40,695)
                                                  -----------      ----------   -----------
     Net deferred tax liabilities                 $  (43,659)     $  (76,539)   $   (8,103)
                                                  ===========      ==========   ===========
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the assets, the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligation

The Company leases its rental space and warehouse from a shareholder  and leases
an automobile under operating leases that expire in February 1997, December 1997
and January  1999,  respectively.  Rental  expense for the years ended March 31,
1995,  1996,  and  1997  was  approximately  $108,000,  $125,000  and  $134,000,
respectively.  The following  represents  future minimum  rental  payments under
noncancelable operating leases:  

                    Year ending March 31,                    
                    1998                            $50,964  
                    1999                             10,220  
                                                    -------- 
                                                    $61,184  
                                                    ======== 
                    

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases its rental space from a  shareholder.  Monthly lease payments
are approximately $14,115, which approximates fair market value.
 

                                      F-55


<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

9. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended March 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997 one supplier accounted for
26  percent  and  two  suppliers  accounted  for  32  percent  and  35  percent,
respectively, of total inventory purchases.

10. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
    PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company will enter into agreements with the
shareholders  to  lease  retail  and  warehouse  space  used  in  the  Company's
operations for a negotiated amount and term.  

                                      F-56


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Elwell Stores, Inc.:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Elwell  Stores,  Inc. (a
Florida  corporation),  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1996,  and the  related
statements  of  operations,  shareholders'  deficit and cash flows for the years
then ended.  These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Elwell  Stores,  Inc., as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997


                                      F-57


<PAGE>

                               ELWELL STORES, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,             
                                                                      ------------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                           1995            1996            1997
                                                                      -------------   --------------   -------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>              <C>
                             ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash                                                                   $   69,406      $   113,084      $   106,299
 Merchandise inventories                                                   510,354          853,733          871,147
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                   3,957            2,064            1,512
                                                                         ----------      -----------      -----------
  Total current assets                                                     583,717          968,881          978,958
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                                144,884          122,756          117,353

OTHER ASSETS                                                                 7,197            5,375            8,342
                                                                         ----------      -----------      -----------
  Total assets                                                          $  735,798      $ 1,097,012      $ 1,104,653
                                                                         ==========      ===========      ===========
           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                                               
 Customer deposits                                                      $        -      $    10,021      $    12,492
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                  416,863          634,367          587,607
 Current maturities of long-term obligations                                72,377          153,303          305,246
                                                                         ----------      -----------      -----------
  Total current liabilities                                                489,240          797,691          905,345

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities                           353,730          368,333          352,491
                                                                         ----------      -----------      -----------
  Total liabilities                                                        842,970        1,166,024        1,257,836
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Common stock, $5 par, 100 shares authorized and outstanding                   500              500              500
 Additional paid-in capital                                                 99,275           99,275           99,275
 Deficit                                                                  (206,947)        (168,787)        (252,958)
                                                                         ----------      -----------      -----------
  Total shareholders' (deficit) equity                                    (107,172)         (69,012)        (153,183)
                                                                         ----------      -----------      -----------
  Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity                  $  735,798      $ 1,097,012      $ 1,104,653
                                                                         ==========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-58


<PAGE>

                               ELWELL STORES, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                           ---------------------------   -------------------------
                                             1995           1996            1996         1997
                                           ------------   ------------   ----------- -------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>
NET SALES                                    $1,838,788     $2,492,809    $ 557,651    $  581,159
COST OF SALES                                 1,101,758      1,301,468      284,484       322,780
                                            -----------    -----------     ---------    ----------
  Gross profit                                  737,030      1,191,341      273,167       258,379

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE    
 EXPENSES                                       628,543        934,764      204,129       262,120
                                            -----------    -----------     ---------    ----------
  Income from operations                        108,487        256,577       69,038        (3,741)

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:                 
 Interest expense                                41,058         48,826       11,627        10,921
 Other, net                                          95         11,520          (60)          (90)
                                            -----------    -----------     ---------    ----------
NET INCOME                                   $   67,334     $  196,231    $  57,471    $  (14,572)
                                            ===========    ===========     =========    ==========
</TABLE>
 


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-59


<PAGE>

                               ELWELL STORES, INC.
                  STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             
                                           COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL                         TOTAL       
                                       --------------------    PAID-IN                        SHAREHOLDERS'  
                                        SHARES     AMOUNTS     CAPITAL        DEFICIT       (DEFICIT) EQUITY 
                                       --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   -----------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994               100        $500        $99,275     $ (174,805)       $   (75,030)
 Net income                                  -           -              -         67,334             67,334
 Distributions                               -           -              -        (99,476)           (99,476)
                                          ----       -----       --------     -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995               100         500         99,275       (206,947)          (107,172)
 Net income                                  -           -              -        196,231            196,231
 Distributions                               -           -              -       (158,071)          (158,071)
                                          ----       -----       --------     -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996               100         500         99,275       (168,787)           (69,012)
 Net loss (unaudited)                        -           -              -        (14,572)           (14,572)
 Distributions (unaudited)                   -           -              -        (69,599)           (69,599)
                                          ----       -----       --------     -----------       -----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997
 (unaudited)                               100        $500        $99,275     $ (252,958)       $  (153,183)
                                          ====       =====       ========     ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-60


<PAGE>

                               ELWELL STORES, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED     
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,          
                                                                 --------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                                     1995          1996         1996          1997
                                                                 ------------- ------------- ------------ -------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss)                                                 $   67,334    $  196,231    $  57,471   $  (14,572)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities-
  Depreciation and amortization                                        31,283        39,168        5,437        5,403
  Loss on sale of assets                                                    -        11,880            -            -
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-                  
   Merchandise inventories                                           (113,546)     (343,379)     (21,956)     (17,414)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                           (1,541)        1,893       (1,836)         552
   Customer deposits                                                        -        10,021            -        2,471
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                           120,475       217,504      (75,138)     (46,760)
   Other assets                                                        (1,707)        1,822         (854)      (2,967)
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
     Net cash provided by operating activities                        102,298       135,140      (36,876)     (73,287)
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment                                 (120,475)      (63,420)       7,479            -
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                          15,884        34,500            -            -
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities                           (104,591)      (28,920)       7,479            -
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations                      453,666       590,009       57,157      150,000
 Principal payments on long-term obligations                         (314,834)     (494,480)     (13,413)     (13,899)
 Distributions to shareholders                                        (99,476)     (158,071)     (29,441)     (69,599)
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities               39,356       (62,542)      14,303       66,502
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                        37,063        43,678      (15,094)      (6,785)

CASH, beginning of period                                              32,343        69,406       69,406      113,084
                                                                     ---------    ----------     --------    ----------
CASH, end of period                                                $   69,406    $  113,084    $  54,312   $  106,299
                                                                     =========    ==========     ========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest                          $   41,058    $   48,826    $  11,717   $   10,921
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-61



<PAGE>
                               ELWELL STORES, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:


Elwell Stores,  Inc. (the  Company),  d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop is a retailer
and  marketer of  contemporary  collectibles,  including  ornaments,  figurines,
lighthouses, lighted ceramic houses and crystals from vendors, including Enesco,
Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. The Company has been in operation
since  1959 and has one strip  mall-based  store  located  in West  Palm  Beach,
Florida.

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest levels of sales occurring
in its fourth fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling
season,  accounted for  approximately 34 percent and 31 percent of the Company's
net sales for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.


The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

    Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.

    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using an
accelerated  method based on the estimated useful life of the respective  asset.
Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated  useful
life  or  the  remaining  lease  term.   Expenditures  for  major  renewals  and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.

    Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits are  collections on layaway sales.  Upon receipt of final payment,  the
item is delivered to the customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

    Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are costs of merchandise sold and shipping costs.

    Advertising Expenses


Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction by
reimbursement from vendors.  Advertising expenses, net of vendor reimbursements,
were approximately $71,000, $113,000 and $27,000 during the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1997, respectively.

    Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  shareholders  have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and losses  were  passed  through  to its  shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


                                      F-62


<PAGE>






                              ELWELL STORES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial  instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The carrying amount of these financial  instruments  approximates fair value due
either to length of maturity or  existence  of interest  rates that  approximate
prevailing market rates.

    Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Interim Financial Information

The interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1997, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ESTIMATED
                                                 USEFUL LIVES
                                                  (YEARS)          1995            1996
                                                 -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>            <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......           7         $  82,963      $  116,046
     Leasehold improvements ..................          14            60,442          60,442
     Vehicles   ..............................           5            74,263          47,832
                                                                    ---------      ----------
                                                                     217,668         224,320
     Less- Accumulated depreciation  .........                       (72,784)       (101,564)
                                                                    ---------      ----------
                                                                   $ 144,884      $  122,756
                                                                    =========      ==========
</TABLE>


4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1995         1996
                                  ----------   ---------
<S>                               <C>          <C>
Accounts payable, trade  ......   $332,130     $512,982
Accrued liabilities   .........     66,000       99,000
Other  ........................     18,733       22,385
                                  ---------    ---------
                                  $416,863     $634,367
                                  =========    =========
</TABLE>




                                      F-63


<PAGE>






                              ELWELL STORES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

5. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

Long-term obligations consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1995           1996
                                                                                 -----------   -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>           <C>
Bank term loan due in monthly installments, including interest at prime plus
 2% (11.25% at December 31, 1995), repaid in 1996  ...........................     $ 368,269     $        -
Bank term loans due in monthly installments through November 2000, including
 interest ranging from 7.5% to 10% ...........................................        57,838         39,027
Note payable to bank, interest at 10.15%, principal and interest due Septem-
 ber 1997                                                                                  -         99,650
Bank term loan due in monthly installments, including interest at 8.25%,
 through April 2004  .........................................................             -        382,959
                                                                                    ---------     ----------
                                                                                     426,107        521,636
Less- Current maturities   ...................................................       (72,377)      (153,303)
                                                                                    ---------     ----------
  Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ...........................     $ 353,730     $  368,333
                                                                                    =========     ==========
</TABLE>



The  bank  term  loans  are   collateralized  by  personal   guarantees  of  the
shareholders as well as the Company's property and equipment, and inventory. The
note payable due September 1997 is unsecured.

The Company  maintains  a $180,000  line of credit  which  expires in July 1997.
There were no borrowings on the line of credit as of December 31, 1995 and 1996.
The  Company  had  borrowings  of $150,000 on the line of credit as of March 31,
1997.  The  borrowings  are  collateralized  by the personal  guarantees  of the
Company's shareholders. 

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations as of December 31, 1996,
are as follows:


                         Year ending December 31,              
                         1997   ..................   $153,303  
                         1998   ..................     57,049  
                         1999   ..................     53,909  
                         2000   ..................     54,497  
                         Thereafter   ............    202,878  
                                                     --------- 
                                                     $521,636  
                                                     ========= 
                         
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

    Lease Obligations

The Company leases retail facilities under an operating lease,  expiring on July
31,  2002.  Additionally,  the  Company  maintains  an  operating  lease  on  an
automobile for an officer and  shareholder of the Company.  Rent expense for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, was  approximately  $72,000 and $94,000,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases
are as follows.

                          Year ending December 31,              
                          1997   ..................   $ 94,134  
                          1998   ..................     96,360  
                          1999   ..................     93,765  
                          2000   ..................     97,515  
                          Thereafter   ............    101,417  
                                                      --------- 
                                                      $483,191
                                                      ========

                                      F-64


<PAGE>


                              ELWELL STORES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

    Litigation


The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations. 

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases  warehouse space from a partnership  made up of the Company's
shareholders  and third parties.  There are two warehouse spaces currently being
leased from the  partnership,  and both are on a month-to-month  lease.  Monthly
lease payments are approximately $1,300, which approximates fair market value.

8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, three suppliers accounted for
68 percent of total inventory purchases.

9. EVENTS  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company will enter into agreements with the
shareholders  to lease  warehouse  space used in the Company's  operations for a
negotiated amount and term.


In connection with the acquisition,  the Company will distribute  certain assets
to the  shareholders,  consisting of automobiles with a total net carrying value
of approximately  $20,592 as of December 31, 1996. Had these  transactions  been
recorded at December  31, 1996,  the effect on the  accompanying  balance  sheet
would be a decrease in assets of approximately  $44,485,  liabilities of $23,893
and shareholders' equity of $20,592. 

                                      F-65


<PAGE>





                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Animation U.S.A., Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc. (a
Washington corporation),  as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of
operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Animation U.S.A.,  Inc., as of
December 31, 1996,  and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 5, 1997



                                      F-66


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                                                 1996            1997
                                                                              --------------   ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                           <C>              <C>
                                 ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash .....................................................................      $    4,824      $   56,727
 Accounts receivable ......................................................               -          16,360
 Merchandise inventories   ................................................         321,653         282,881
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets   ..............................           6,994           6,994
 Deferred tax asset  ......................................................          25,319          30,213
                                                                                   ----------     ----------
  Total current assets  ...................................................         358,790         393,175
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net   .............................................          72,176          69,162
                                                                                   ----------     ----------
  Total assets ............................................................      $  430,966      $  462,337
                                                                                   ==========     ==========
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits   ......................................................      $   13,775      $   22,384
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .................................         231,714         231,526
 Federal income taxes payable .............................................          32,835          34,722
 Line of credit   .........................................................          72,494          87,014
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ..............................          38,454          38,454
                                                                                   ----------     ----------
  Total current liabilities   .............................................         389,272         414,100

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Class A common stock, no par, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 196,840 shares
  outstanding  ............................................................          85,200          85,200
 Class B common stock, no par, 500,000 shares authorized and outstanding.           107,500         107,500
 Deficit ..................................................................        (151,006)       (144,463)
                                                                                   ----------     ----------
  Total shareholders' equity  .............................................          41,694          48,237
                                                                                   ----------     ----------
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ..............................      $  430,966      $  462,337
                                                                                   ==========     ==========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-67


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED     
                                               YEAR ENDED             MARCH 31,         
                                               DECEMBER 31,    -----------------------  
                                                  1996           1996         1997
                                               -------------   -----------   ---------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>           <C>
NET SALES  .................................    $1,716,410      $ 448,828    $340,760
COST OF SALES ..............................       840,283        205,297     136,622
                                                 -----------     ---------   ---------
 Gross profit ..............................       876,127        243,531     204,138
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES  .................................       845,100        201,745     187,556
                                                 -----------     ---------   ---------
 Income from operations   ..................        31,027         41,786      16,582
OTHER EXPENSE:
 Interest expense   ........................         9,349          1,749       2,685
                                                 -----------     ---------   ---------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES   ...............        21,678         40,037      13,897
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES  ......         8,944           (800)      5,268
                                                 -----------     ---------   ---------
NET INCOME .................................    $   12,734      $  40,837    $  8,629
                                                 ===========     =========   =========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-68


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                       STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                CLASS A             CLASS B        
                                             COMMON STOCK         COMMON STOCK                      TOTAL      
                                          ------------------- --------------------              SHAREHOLDERS'  
                                           SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES    AMOUNT     DEFICIT       EQUITY      
                                          --------- --------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------------- 
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ............  190,000   $51,000   500,000   $107,500   $ (154,776)     $  3,724
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class
  A common stock ........................    6,840    34,200         -          -            -        34,200
 Net income   ...........................        -         -         -          -       12,734        12,734
 Distributions   ........................        -         -         -          -       (8,964)       (8,964)
                                           --------  --------  --------  ---------  -----------     --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ............  196,840    85,200   500,000    107,500     (151,006)       41,694
 Net income (unaudited)   ...............        -         -         -          -        8,629         8,629

 Distributions (unaudited)   ............        -         -         -          -       (2,086)       (2,086)
                                           --------  --------  --------  ---------  -----------     --------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997
 (unaudited)  ...........................  196,840   $85,200   500,000   $107,500   $ (144,463)     $ 48,237
                                           ========  ========  ========  =========  ===========     ========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-69


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED    
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED          MARCH 31,         
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,  ------------------------ 
                                                                                    1996         1996        1997
                                                                                ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income  ..................................................................    $  12,734    $  40,837   $   8,629
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities-
  Depreciation  ...............................................................       12,057        3,014       3,014
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable   ......................................................            -       (8,842)    (16,360)
   Merchandise inventories  ...................................................      (19,765)     (22,114)     38,772
   Deferred tax asset .........................................................       (6,932)           -      (4,894)
   Customer deposits  .........................................................      (19,754)      21,995       8,609
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   .................................      (55,882)     (49,850)       (188)
   Federal income taxes payable   .............................................        6,691            -       1,887
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
     Net cash (used in), provided by operating activities .....................      (70,851)     (14,960)     39,469
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..........................................      (28,862)           -           -
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
   Net cash used in investing activities   ....................................      (28,862)           -           -
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on line of credit and current maturities of long-term ob-
  ligations  ..................................................................      (18,860)      (6,118)          -
 Proceeds from issuance of line of credit and current obligations  ............       46,454            -      14,520
 Distributions to shareholders ................................................       (8,964)      (2,745)     (2,086)
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
   Net cash provided by financing activities  .................................       18,630       (8,863)     12,434
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH   .............................................      (81,083)     (23,823)     51,903
CASH, beginning of period   ...................................................       85,907       85,907       4,824
                                                                                     --------    --------    ---------
CASH, end of period   .........................................................    $   4,824    $  62,084   $  56,727
                                                                                     ========    ========    =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class A common stock   .....................    $  34,200    $       -   $       -
 Cash paid during the period for-
  Interest   ..................................................................        9,349        1,352       1,888
  Income taxes  ...............................................................        2,253            -           -
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-70


<PAGE>






                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:


Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.  (the  Company),  is a retail and wholesale marketer of
animation  art  such  as  vintage original production cels, limited edition cels
and  sericels.  Animation  USA  has  been  in  operation  since 1990 and has two
free-standing  galleries, of which one is located in Seattle, Washington and one
is located in San Francisco, California.


Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

    Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the specific identification method.

    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for major renewals and betterments  are capitalized  while
maintenance  and repairs are  expensed.  When  property is retired or  otherwise
disposed of, the related cost and accumulated  depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is  reflected  in the  statements  of
operations.

    Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of  merchandise to the
customer and receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits  consist of  collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

    Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of  merchandise  sold,  framing and  shipping
costs.

    Advertising Expenses


Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred and were  approximately
$23,000 for the year ended  December  31,  1996 and $7,600 for the three  months
ended March 31, 1997. 

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial  instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The carrying amount of these financial  instruments  approximates fair value due
either to length of maturity or  existence  of interest  rates that  approximate
prevailing   market  rates  unless   otherwise   disclosed  in  these  financial
statements.

    Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


                                      F-71


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


    Interim Financial Information

The interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1997, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment at December 31, 1996, consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ESTIMATED
                                                 USEFUL LIVES     DECEMBER 31,
                                                   (YEARS)           1996
                                                 --------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
     Vehicle .................................             7         $  25,707
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......          5-10            74,158
     Leasehold improvements ..................            10            18,935
                                                                       --------
                                                                       118,800
     Less-Accumulated depreciation   .........                         (46,624)
                                                                       ---------
                                                                     $  72,176
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>


4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:


Accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities at December 31, 1996,  consist of the
following:


                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                           1996
                                        -------------
      Accounts payable, trade  ......       $ 69,482
      Accrued compensation  .........        150,000
      Other  ........................         12,232
                                           ---------
                                            $231,714
                                           =========



5. LINE OF CREDIT AND CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:


    Line of Credit

The Company  has a line of credit  with a bank,  under which it may borrow up to
$180,000.  The line of credit bears interest at 10.75 percent.  Borrowings under
the line of credit were $72,494 and $87,014 at December 31, 1996,  and March 31,
1997, respectively. The line of credit is secured by the Company's inventory.

    Current Maturities of Long-Term Obligations

The  Company  has two  obligations  to a bank of  $22,000  and  $16,454  bearing
interest at 10.75% and 8.49%, respectively, maturing through July 2002.


                                      F-72


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.


Deferred  income  taxes  are provided in recognition of temporary differences in
reporting  certain transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.


The  provision  for income taxes for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  is as
follows:


       Current .........................................       $8,944
       Deferred ........................................           --
                                                               ------
                                                               $8,944
                                                               ======



Actual  income  tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying
the  U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:



       Statutory federal rate  ........................       34.0%
       Expenses not deductible for tax purposes  ......        5.0
       State income taxes   ...........................        2.3
                                                            ------
                                                              41.3%
                                                            ======


The  significant  components of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 1996, are
as follows:


          Deferred tax asset-
               Accrued liabilities ............   $14,421
               Other   ........................    10,898
                                                  --------
               Total deferred tax asset  ......   $25,319
                                                  ========




A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion  of the  deferred  tax asset  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net  deferred tax asset will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the asset,  the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals. 


                                      F-73


<PAGE>






                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

    Lease Obligations

The Company leases retail  facilities  and computer  equipment  under  operating
leases  that  expire  through  December  1999.  Rent  expense  during  1996  was
approximately  $133,000.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  noncancelable
operating leases are as follows:


                              Year ending December 31,             
                              1997   ..................   $127,720 
                              1998   ..................     41,372 
                              1999   ..................      7,161 
                                                          ---------
                                                          $176,253 
                                                          =========
                              
    Litigation


The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

    Distribution Agreement

On February 1, 1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution  agreement
to purchase and distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier.


    Stock Option Plan

Effective  January 1, 1992,  the Company  adopted the  Animation,  U.S.A.,  Inc.
Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan (the Plan)  providing  for the grant of
options to officers and directors of the Company to purchase up to 50,000 shares
of its common  stock.  The Plan  provides  that  options be granted at  exercise
prices  greater  than or equal to the  market  value on the date the  option  is
granted as  determined  by the board of  directors.  As of December 31, 1996, no
options have been  granted  under the Plan.  The Plan is subject to  termination
upon the occurrence of certain  events  including a change in control as defined
by the Plan.

8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the year ended December 31, 1996, four suppliers accounted for 58 percent
of total inventory purchases.


9. EVENTS  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):


The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.


In connection with the acquisition,  the Company will distribute  certain assets
to the shareholders,  consisting of automobiles net of distributed  liabilities,
with a total net carrying value of approximately $8,407 as of December 31, 1996.
Had these  transactions  been  recorded at December 31, 1996,  the effect on the
accompanying  balance  sheet would be a decrease in  liabilities  of $13,954 and
shareholders' equity of $8,407. 

                                      F-74


<PAGE>





                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Filmart Productions Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Filmart  Productions Inc. (a
New York  corporation)  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1996,  and the  related
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Filmart Productions Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the two years in the period ended  December 31, 1996,  in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997


                                      F-75


<PAGE>






                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                                BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,         
                                                               -------------------------  MARCH 31,
                                                                  1995         1996         1997
                                                               ----------- ------------- ------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>           <C>
                           ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash   ......................................................  $  29,981   $    76,758   $    2,319
 Accounts receivable   .......................................     17,073        13,116       20,202
 Barter receivables ..........................................      8,788       199,930      208,113
 Merchandise inventories  ....................................    396,298       375,258      377,850
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets  ..................      1,412        37,153       38,663
 Prepaid advertising from barter transactions  ...............     60,000       285,000      341,250
 Advances to shareholder  ....................................          -       176,722      182,726
                                                                ----------  ------------  -----------
  Total current assets .......................................    513,552     1,163,937    1,171,123
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net  .................................     52,897        36,521       32,465
OTHER ASSETS  ................................................      5,750         7,172        7,922
                                                                ----------  ------------  -----------
  Total assets   .............................................  $ 572,199   $ 1,207,630    1,211,510
                                                                ==========  ============  ===========

               LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits  ..........................................  $  53,619   $    32,778   $    7,838
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   ..................     75,503       129,747      147,822
 Payable to shareholder   ....................................    109,976        25,444       25,444
                                                                ----------  ------------  -----------
  Total current liabilities  .................................    239,098       187,969      181,104
                                                                ----------  ------------  -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par, 200 shares authorized, 100 shares 
  outstanding  ...............................................          -             -            -
 Retained earnings  ..........................................    333,101     1,019,661    1,030,406
                                                                ----------  ------------  -----------
  Total shareholders' equity .................................    333,101     1,019,661    1,030,406
                                                                ----------  ------------  -----------
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   ...............  $ 572,199   $ 1,207,630   $1,211,510
                                                                ==========  ============  ===========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-76


<PAGE>






                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               
                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                   --------------------------- ------------------------
                                       1995          1996         1996        1997
                                   ------------- ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
NET SALES ........................  $  1,053,089  $  1,445,848   $ 263,170   $ 231,456
COST OF SALES   ..................       511,369       497,920     101,939     113,731
                                     -----------   -----------    --------    ---------
  Gross profit  ..................       541,720       947,928     161,231     117,725
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES .........       492,577       539,178     104,483     163,604
                                     -----------   -----------    --------    ---------
  Income from operations .........        49,143       408,750      56,748     (45,879)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest (expense) income  ......        (4,619)       (1,056)       (264)        374
 Other, net  .....................        74,350       278,866      56,250      56,250
                                     -----------   -----------    --------    ---------
NET INCOME   .....................  $    118,874  $    686,560   $ 112,734   $  10,745
                                     ===========   ===========    ========    =========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-77


<PAGE>






                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK    
                                                  --------------------     RETAINED       SHAREHOLDERS' 
                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS      EARNINGS         EARNINGS     
                                                  --------   ---------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ..................       100         $-      $   222,080     $   222,080
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of loan
  obligation by related party   ...............         -          -           43,000          43,000
 Net income   .................................         -          -          118,874         118,874
 Distributions   ..............................         -          -          (50,853)        (50,853)
                                                     ----         ---      -----------     -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 ..................       100          -          333,101         333,101
 Net income   .................................         -          -          686,560         686,560
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 ..................       100          -        1,019,661       1,019,661
 Net income (unaudited)   .....................         -          -           10,745          10,745
                                                     ----         ---      -----------     -----------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997 (unaudited) .........       100         $-      $ 1,030,406     $ 1,030,406
                                                     ====         ===      ===========     ===========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-78


<PAGE>






                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,
                                                          ------------------------- ----------------------
                                                             1995         1996        1996        1997
                                                          ----------- ------------- ---------- -----------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .............................................  $  118,874   $  686,560  $ 112,734    $  10,745
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities-                        
  Depreciation and amortization  ........................      17,919       16,226      3,375        4,056
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-           
    Accounts receivable .................................     (17,073)       3,957     16,617       (7,086)
    Barter receivables  .................................      (8,788)    (191,142)    (7,037)      (8,183)
    Merchandise inventories   ...........................     (18,935)      21,040    (15,140)      (2,592)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   .........      (1,412)     (35,741)         -       (1,510)
    Prepaid advertising from barter transactions   ......     (60,000)    (225,000)   (56,250)     (56,250)
    Advances to shareholder   ...........................           -     (176,722)   (38,232)      (6,004)
    Customer deposits   .................................      53,619      (20,841)    (3,424)     (24,940)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ............     (30,947)      54,244    (26,122)      18,075
    Other assets  .......................................      (5,350)      (1,422)    (1,372)        (750)
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating     
       activities  ......................................      47,907      131,159    (14,851)     (74,439)
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment   ..................     (15,989)        (150)         -            -
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment   .........           -          300      3,842            -
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing     
       activities  ......................................     (15,989)         150      3,842            -
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of payable to shareholder  ......      40,625            -          -            -
 Principal payments on payable to shareholder   .........     (20,624)     (84,532)   (18,972)           -
 Distributions to shareholders   ........................     (50,853)           -          -            -
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
     Net cash used in financing activities   ............     (30,852)     (84,532)   (18,972)           -
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH  ........................       1,066       46,777    (29,981)     (74,439)
CASH, beginning of period  ..............................      28,915       29,981     29,981       76,758
                                                            ---------    ----------  ---------    ---------
CASH, end of period  ....................................  $   29,981   $   76,758  $       -    $   2,319
                                                            =========    ==========  =========    =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of obligation
  from related party ....................................  $   43,000   $        -  $       -    $       -
 Cash paid during the period for interest ...............       4,619        1,056        264          135
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-79


<PAGE>







                            FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:


Filmart  Productions  Inc. (the  Company)  d/b/a  Cartoon  World,  d/b/a Filmart
Galleries and d/b/a  Animation  Art Resources is a retail  marketer of animation
art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.
Filmart has been in operation since 1991 and has two free-standing galleries, of
which  one is  located  in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and one is  located  in
Huntington, New York.

Effective January 1, 1996, the Company acquired Animation Collection, Inc. d/b/a
Animation  Art  Resources.  The  acquisition  was  accounted for as a pooling of
interests,  and the assets,  liabilities  and results of operations of Animation
Art Resources have been included in the  accompanying  financial  statements for
all years presented.

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events. 

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

    Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the specific identification method.

    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for major renewals and betterments  are capitalized  while
maintenance  and repairs are  expensed.  When  property is retired or  otherwise
disposed of, the related cost and accumulated  depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is  reflected  in the  statements  of
operations.

    Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of  merchandise to the
customer and receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits  consist of  collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.

    Barter Transactions


The Company is a member of several barter companies. Within each barter company,
the Company  trades  artwork for various  goods and  services  from other barter
company  members.  The Company had  $32,085,  $248,030  and $86,495 of art sales
through the barter companies and received $28,441,  $37,128 and $10,681 of goods
and services  through the barter  companies  during the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996,  and the three months ended March 31, 1997,  respectively.  As of
December 31, 1995,  1996,  and the three months ended March 31, 1997 the Company
had barter receivables of $8,788, $199,930 and $208,000, respectively. 

                                      F-80


<PAGE>






                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)


During 1995, the Company entered into a two-year agreement with a third party to
provide  consulting  services in exchange for advertising.  During 1995 and 1996
and the three  months  ended March 31,  1997,  the Company  recognized  $75,000,
$225,000 and $56,000,  respectively,  of consulting  revenue as other income. At
December  31,  1995 and  1996 and  March  31,  1997,  the  Company  had  prepaid
advertising expenses of $60,000, $285,000 and $341,000, respectively, related to
this agreement.  The right to receive advertising under this agreement begins to
expire in 2000.  The  agreement  provides  for an automatic  one-year  extension
beginning in 1997. 

    Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of  merchandise  sold,  framing and  shipping
costs.


    Advertising Expenses

Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were approximately $74,000,  $50,000 and $32,000 during the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1997, respectively. 

    Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  shareholders  have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and losses  were  passed  through  to its  shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

    Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Interim Financial Information

The interim financial  statements as of March 31, 1997, and for the three months
ended March 31,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.


                                      F-81


<PAGE>


                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
     Property and equipment consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ESTIMATED
                                                 USEFUL LIVES
                                                  (YEARS)          1995           1996
                                                 -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>            <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......          5-7        $  93,102      $  92,951
     Less- Accumulated depreciation  .........                       (40,205)       (56,430)
                                                                    ---------      ---------
                                                                   $  52,897      $  36,521
                                                                    =========      =========
</TABLE>


4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:


                                                  1995         1996       
                                                 ----------   ----------  
               Accounts payable, trade  ......    $ 44,279    $ 113,466   
               Taxes payable .................      11,251        6,354   
               Other   .......................      19,973        9,927   
                                                  ---------   ----------  
                                                  $ 75,503    $ 129,747   
                                                  =========   ==========  
               

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER:


The Company had borrowings from a shareholder  totaling  $109,976 and $25,444 at
December  31,  1995  and  1996,  respectively.  The  borrowings  are  unsecured,
interest-bearing  and payable upon demand.  The borrowings  accrue interest at 4
percent  annually.  At  December  31,  1995 and 1996,  accrued  interest  on the
borrowings was $4,619 and $1,056, respectively.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

    Lease Obligations


The Company leases retail  facilities  under operating  leases that expire April
1999.  Rent expense for the years ended  December 31, 1994,  1995 and 1996,  was
approximately $59,000, $59,000 and $68,000,  respectively.  Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:


                       Year ending December 31,               
                       1997   ..................   $  47,328  
                       1998   ..................      49,128  
                       1999   ..................      16,576  
                                                   ---------- 
                                                   $ 113,032  
                                                   ========== 
               


    Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations. 

    Distribution Agreements

The  Company  maintains  various  distribution   agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers to purchase and  distribute  animated  art.  Some  agreements  contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which the Company had  fulfilled  as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

                                      F-82
<PAGE>






                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

A significant shareholder of Collectibles has placed $50,195 on deposit with the
Company as of December  31,  1995,  for the  purchase of art. As of December 31,
1996, there were no amounts on deposit from the shareholder of Collectibles.


The Company had a note payable for $43,000 which bore interest at 7 percent to a
relative of a majority  shareholder.  In 1995,  the note was converted to a note
payable by the  majority  shareholder,  and the  $43,000 was  reclassified  as a
capital contribution.

8. SALES TO SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

During 1996, 14 percent of the  Company's net sales was to one customer.  During
1994 and 1995, no customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total sales.


9. EVENT  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.


Prior  to  the  acquisition,  the  Company  will  make a  cash  distribution  of
approximately  $900,000 prior to the acquisition  which represents the Company's
estimated S Corporation  accumulated  adjustment  account.  Had this transaction
been recorded at December 31, 1996, the effect on the accompanying balance sheet
would be an increase in liabilities of $900,000 and a decrease in  shareholders'
equity of $900,000.  The Company anticipates  funding this distribution  through
borrowings. 

                                      F-83


<PAGE>

================================================================================


      NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
COMPANY OR THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY
IN ANY  JURISDICTION  TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN
SUCH  JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME  SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE SUCH
DATE. 

                              ------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                   PAGE
                                                   -----
Prospectus Summary   ...........................      3
Risk Factors   .................................     10
The Company ....................................     18
Use of Proceeds   ..............................     20
Dividend Policy   ..............................     20
Capitalization .................................     21
Dilution .......................................     22
Selected Financial Data ........................     23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of   
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations.     25
Business .......................................     39
Management  ....................................     48
Certain Transactions ...........................     54
Principal Stockholders  ........................     57
Description of Capital Stock  ..................     58
Shares Eligible for Future Sale  ...............     61
Underwriting   .................................     63
Legal Matters  .................................     65
Experts  .......................................     65
Additional Information  ........................     65
Index to Financial Statements ..................    F-1





                               ------------------

      UNTIL  [_______],  1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD   ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS. 

================================================================================

<PAGE>
================================================================================

                                2,700,000 SHARES

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                   ------------------------------------------
                               P R O S P E C T U S
                   ------------------------------------------

                          LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC.


                                        , 1997

================================================================================

<PAGE>





                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The  following  table  sets forth the  expenses  (other  than  underwriting
compensation  expected to be incurred) in connection with the offering described
in this Registration Statement. All of such amounts (except the SEC Registration
Fee,  the NASD  Filing Fee and the Nasdaq  National  Market  Inclusion  Fee) are
estimated.

      SEC Registration Fee .................................   $11,291
      NASD Filing Fee   ....................................     4,226
      Nasdaq National Market Inclusion Fee   ...............
      Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...........................
      Printing and Engraving Costs  ........................
      Legal Fees and Expenses ..............................
      Accounting Fees and Expenses  ........................
      Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses  ......    10,000
      Miscellaneous  .......................................
                                                               --------
         Total .............................................   $
                                                               ========


ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     The  Company's  by-laws  provide that the Company shall  indemnify,  to the
fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
as  amended  from  time to time,  all  persons  whom it may  indemnify  pursuant
thereto.

     Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law permits a corporation,
under specified circumstances,  to indemnify its directors,  officers, employees
or agents against expenses  (including  attorney's fees),  judgments,  fines and
amounts  paid  in  settlements  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  them in
connection  with any  action  (other  than an  action  by or in the right of the
corporation),  suit or proceeding brought by third parties by reason of the fact
that  they  were  or  are  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  of  the
corporation,  if such  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents acted in good
faith and in a manner  they  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation  and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a
derivative   action  (i.e.,  one  by  or  in  the  right  of  the  corporation),
indemnification  may be made  only  for  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by persons who are or were directors, officers,
employees  or  agents of the  corporation  in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to any matter as to which
they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best  interests of the  corporation,  except that no
indemnification  shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to
the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which the action or suit was brought shall  determine upon  application
that the  defendant  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents  are fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of
liability.

     Article  Seventh  of the  Company's  charter  provides  that the  Company's
directors will not be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders for
monetary  damages  resulting from breaches of their  fiduciary duty as directors
except  (a)  for any  breach  of the  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Company  or its
stockholders,  (b) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of
the Delaware General  Corporation Law, which makes directors liable for unlawful
dividends or unlawful stock  repurchases or redemptions or (d) for  transactions
from which directors derive improper personal benefit. 

                                      II-1


<PAGE>






     The Company will enter into indemnification  agreements with its directors,
pursuant to which it has agreed to pay certain  expenses,  including  attorneys'
fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred by such directors
in connection  with certain  actions,  suits or  proceedings.  These  agreements
require  directors to repay the amount of any  expenses  advanced if it shall be
determined that they shall not have been entitled to indemnification.

     Under  Section  6 of  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  are
obligated,  under certain  circumstances,  to indemnify officers,  directors and
controlling  persons  of the  Company  against  certain  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act.

ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     The following  information  relates to securities of the Company  issued or
sold within the past three years which were not registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"):

     In June 1996, pursuant to subscription agreements, RGR Financial Group, LLC
("RGR")  received 700 shares (711,622 shares as adjusted for the Stock Split (as
defined  hereinafter)) of Common Stock and each of Michael A. Baker and Capstone
Partners,  LLC ("Capstone")  received 150 shares (152,490 shares as adjusted for
the Stock  Split) of Common  Stock,  in each case for $.10 per  pre-Stock  Split
share.

     In November  1996,  the Company  sold  171.729  shares  (174,580  shares as
adjusted for the Stock Split) of Common Stock at $.01 per pre-Stock  Split share
to David L. Yankey.

     In  August  1996,  Collectibles   Enterprises  Funding  Corp.,  a  Delaware
corporation ("CEFC"), an affiliate of the Company,  issued, in two transactions,
$855,000  principal amount of 5.0% convertible  subordinated  notes due December
31, 1997 (the "1996 Notes").  $300,000 of the 1996 Notes  automatically  convert
upon  consummation  of the Offering either (i) into Common Stock having a value,
at the initial public offering price, equal to 2.5 times the principal amount of
the note or (ii) into cash in the principal amount of the note plus Common Stock
having a value,  at the initial public  offering  price,  equal to 1.5 times the
principal amount of the note. $555,000 of the 1996 Notes  automatically  convert
either (i) into Common  Stock  having a value,  at the initial  public  offering
price, equal to 1.66 times the principal amount of the note or (ii) into cash in
the  principal  amount  of the note plus  Common  Stock  having a value,  at the
initial public  offering price,  equal to .66 times the principal  amount of the
note.

     In June 1997, CEFC issued  $400,000  principal  amount of 5.0%  convertible
subordinated  notes due December 31, 1997 (the "1997  Notes," and together  with
the  1996  Notes,  the  "Notes").  The 1997  Notes  automatically  convert  upon
consummation of the Offering either (i) into Common Stock having a value, at the
initial public offering price,  equal to 1.66 times the principal  amount of the
1997 Note or (ii) into cash in the principal amount of the 1997 Note plus Common
Stock having a value, at the initial public  offering price,  equal to .66 times
the principal amount of the note.

     In August  1996,  the Company sold a $300,000 5% note due December 31, 1997
(the  "CEFC  Note-  1") to  CEFC  which  is  owned  by RGR  and  Capstone.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-1 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-1 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In August  1996,  the Company also sold a $555,000 5% note due December 31,
1997 (the  "CEFC  Note-2")  to CEFC.  Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  the
principal amount of the CEFC Note-2 will become due and payable immediately.  No
interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2 in the event the Offering is consummated.
The Company  intends to repay the CEFC Note-2 with a portion of the  proceeds of
the Offering.

     In June 1997,  the Company  sold a $400,000 5% note due  December  31, 1997
(the "CEFC Note-3," and, together with the CEFC Note-1 and the CEFC Note-2,  the
"CEFC Notes") to CEFC. Upon  consummation of the Offering,  the principal amount
of the CEFC  Note-3  will  become due and  payable  immediately.  No interest is
payable on the CEFC Note-3 in the event the Offering is consummated. The Company
intends to repay the CEFC Note-3 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.


                                      II-2


<PAGE>







     The  proceeds  of the CEFC  Notes were used by the  Company to pay  various
expenses  incurred in connection  with its efforts to complete the  Acquisitions
and effect the Offering.

     In May  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  20,000  shares  of its  Series  A
Convertible  Preferred Stock,  liquidation value $50 per share, for an aggregate
consideration of $1.0 million, the proceeds of which were used by the Company to
pay various  expenses  incurred in  connection  with its efforts to complete the
Acquisitions  and effect  the  Offering.  Pursuant  to the terms of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, upon the consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  automatically  convert  either (i) into that
number of shares of Common  Stock,  determined  by (X) dividing the  liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public  offering price or, at
the option of the holder of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, (ii) into
that number of shares of Common Stock determined by (X) dividing the liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial  public  offering  price and
cash in an amount  equal to the  liquidation  value.  All of the  holders of the
Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock have elected conversion option (ii) in the
preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  convert into $1.0 million in cash and 60,606
shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash amounts in
connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, with
a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     Effective May 12, 1997, the Company effected a  1,016.604-to-1  stock split
(the "Stock Split") on outstanding shares of Common Stock as of May 11, 1997.

     Effective May 12, 1997,  the Company  issued and sold  1,016,602  shares of
Restricted  Common  Stock to RGR,  Capstone and Michael A. Baker in exchange for
1,016,602 shares of Common Stock.

     Each of  these  transactions  was  completed  without  registration  of the
relevant  security  under the  Securities  Act in reliance  upon the  exemptions
provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for  transactions not involving a
sale or a public offering. 

ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(A) EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                         EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- ---------   --------------------------------------------------------------------
    1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    2.1     Form of Agreement and Plan of  Organization  (together with Schedule
            identifying and distinguishing the substantially identical documents
            which  have  been  omitted  herein  as  permitted  by  Item  601  of
            Regulation S-K)
    3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
    3.2*    Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
    3.3     Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
    4.1     Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
    5.1*    Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
   10.1*    Employment  Agreement  between the Company and Jerry Gladstone dated
            as  of  May  9,  1997  (together  with  Schedule   identifying   and
            distinguishing the substantially identical documents which have been
            omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
   10.2     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
   10.3     1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
   10.4*    Consulting Agreement between the Company and RGR dated as of May 3, 
            1997
   10.5*    Form of Representatives' Warrant
   21       List of  Subsidiaries  (including  state  of incorporation and trade
            name(s)) of the Company
   23.1     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP



                                      II-3


<PAGE>




EXHIBIT
NUMBER                          EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- ---------   --------------------------------------------------------------------
   23.2*    Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
   27       Financial Data Schedule
   99.1     Consent of each of  Michael A.  Baker,  Vincent  J.  Browne,  Roy C.
            Elwell,  Jerry  Gladstone,  David K. Green,  Paul Shirley,  Susan M.
            Spiegel and David Stone to use their names as director nominees




- ----------

* To be filed by amendment.

(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     Not applicable.

ITEM 17. Undertakings

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
registrant  pursuant to the provisions  described in Item 14, or otherwise,  the
registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in such
Act  and  is,  therefore,   unenforceable.   In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

   (1) For purposes of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities Act of
   1933, the  information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
   this registration  statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in a form
   of prospectus  filed by the  registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
   497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part  of  this
   registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.

   (2) That for the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the Securities
   Act of 1933,  each such  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a form of
   prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
   securities offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time
   shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
Underwriters,   at  the  closing   specified  in  the  underwriting   agreement,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


                                      II-4


<PAGE>





                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of New York, State of New
York, on this 13th day of June, 1997.

                                     COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                     BY: /s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         RONALD P. RAFALOFF
                                         CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT AND
                                         CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     Pursuant   to   the  requirement  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration   Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  person  in  the
capacities and on the date indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURE                          CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED                   DATE
- -------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------   --------------
<S>                               <C>                                               <C>
   /s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff         President, Chief Executive Officer                June 13, 1997
 ---------------------------      (Principal Executive, Financial and Accounting
        Ronald P. Rafaloff        Officer) and Chairman of the Board
</TABLE>




                                      II-5


<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT                                                                             PAGE
   NUMBER                     EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                    NUMBER
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>          <C>                                                                   <C>   
1.1*         Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1          Form of Agreement and Plan of Organization  (together with Schedule
             identifying  and   distinguishing   the   substantially   identical
             documents  which have been omitted  herein as permitted by Item 601
             of Regulation S-K)
3.1*         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.2*         Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
3.3          Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
4.1          Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
5.1*         Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
10.1*        Employment  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Jerry  Gladstone
             (together  with  Schedule   identifying  and   distinguishing   the
             substantially identical documents which have been omitted herein as
             permitted by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
10.2         1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.3         1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
10.4*        Consulting Agreement
10.5*        Form of Representatives' Warrant
21           List of Subsidiaries  (including state of  incorporation  and trade
             names) of the Company
23.1         Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.2*        Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
27           Financial Data Schedule
99.1         Consent of each of  Michael A.  Baker,  Vincent J.  Browne,  Roy C.
             Elwell,  Jerry Gladstone,  David K. Green,  Paul Shirley,  Susan M.
             Spiegel and David Stone to use their names as director nominees
</TABLE>

- ----------
   * To be filed by amendment





                   FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

                             dated as of May 9, 1997

                                  by and among

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                           [COMPANY] ACQUISITION CORP.
                    (a subsidiary of Collectibles USA, Inc.)

                                    [COMPANY]

                                       and

                          the STOCKHOLDERS named herein

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

1.    THE MERGER                                                              5

      1.1      Delivery and Filing of Articles of Merger                      5
      1.2      Effective Time of the Merger                                   5
      1.3      Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and
               Board   of    Directors   of   Surviving
               Corporation                                                    5

      1.4      Certain  Information With Respect to the
               Capital  Stock of the  COMPANY,  CEI and
               NEWCO                                                          6
      1.5      Effect of Merger                                               7

2.    CONVERSION OF STOCK                                                     8
      2.1      Manner of Conversion                                           8

3.    DELIVERY OF MERGER CONSIDERATION                                        9

4.    CLOSING                                                                10

5.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS             11
      5.1      Due Organization                                              11

      5.2      Authorization                                                 12
      5.3      Capital Stock of the COMPANY                                  12
      5.4      Transactions     in    Capital    Stock;
               Organization Accounting                                       12
      5.5      No Bonus Shares                                               13
      5.6      Subsidiaries                                                  13
      5.7      Predecessor Status; etc                                       13
      5.8      Spinoff by the COMPANY                                        14
      5.9      Financial Statements                                          14
      5.10     Liabilities and Obligations                                   14
      5.11     Accounts and Notes Receivable                                 15
      5.12     Intellectual   Property;   Permits   and
               Intangibles                                                   16
      5.13     Environmental Matters                                         17
      5.14     Personal Property                                             18
      5.15     Significant     Customers;      Material
               Contracts and Commitments                                     18
      5.16     Real Property                                                 19
      5.17     Insurance                                                     20
      5.18     Compensation;   Employment   Agreements;
               Organized Labor Matters                                       20
      5.19     Employee Plans                                                21
      5.20     Compliance with ERISA                                         22
      5.21     Conformity with Law; Litigation                               23
      5.22     Taxes                                                         23
      5.23     No Violations                                                 27

                                        i

<PAGE>

      5.24     Government Contracts                                          28
      5.25     Absence of Changes                                            28
      5.26     Deposit Accounts; Powers of Attorney                          29
      5.27     Validity of Obligations                                       30
      5.28     Relations with Governments                                    30
      5.29     Disclosure                                                    30
      5.30     Prohibited Activities                                         31
      5.31     Authority; Ownership                                          32
      5.32     Preemptive Rights                                             32
      5.33     No Intention to Dispose of CEI Stock                          32
      5.34     Transactions  with  Directors,  Officers
               and Affiliates.                                               32

6.    REPRESENTATIONS OF CEI and NEWCO                                       33
      6.1      Due Organization                                              33
      6.2      Authorization                                                 34
      6.3      Capital Stock of the COMPANY                                  34
      6.4      Transactions     in    Capital    Stock,
               Organization Accounting                                       34
      6.5      Subsidiaries                                                  34
      6.6      Financial Statements                                          35
      6.7      Liabilities and Obligations                                   35
      6.8      Conformity with Law; Litigation                               36
      6.9      No Violations                                                 36
      6.10     Validity of Obligations                                       37
      6.11     CEI Stock                                                     37
      6.12     No Side Agreements                                            37
      6.13     Business;  Real  Property;  Material
               Agreements                                                    37
      6.14     Taxes                                                         37

7.    COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING                                             40
      7.2      Conduct of Business Pending Closing                           42
      7.3      Prohibited Activities                                         42

      7.4      No Shop                                                       44

      7.5      Notice to Bargaining Agents                                   44
      7.6      Agreements                                                    44
      7.7      Notification of Certain Matters                               44
      7.8      Amendment of Schedules                                        45
      7.9      Cooperation  in  Preparation  of
               Registration Statement                                        47
      7.10     Final Financial Statements                                    48

      7.11     Further Assurances                                            48
      7.12     Authorized Capital                                            48

                                       ii
<PAGE>

8.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS AND COMPANY        49
      8.1      Representations and Warranties                                49

      8.2      Performance of Obligations                                    49
      8.3      No Litigation                                                 50
      8.4      Opinion of Counsel                                            50
      8.5      Registration Statement                                        50
      8.6      Consents and Approvals                                        50
      8.7      Good Standing Certificates                                    50
      8.8      No Material Adverse Change                                    50
      8.9      Closing of IPO                                                50
      8.10     Secretary's Certificate                                       51
      8.11     Employment Agreements                                         51
      8.12     Release                                                       51

9.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF CEI AND NEWCO                   51
      9.1      Representations and Warranties                                52
      9.2      Performance of Obligation                                     52

      9.3      No Litigation                                                 52
      9.4      Secretary's Certificate                                       52
      9.5      No Material Adverse Change                                    52
      9.6      STOCKHOLDERS' Release                                         53

      9.7      Termination of Related Party Agreements                       53
      9.8      Opinion of Counsel                                            53
      9.9      Consents and Approvals                                        53
      9.10     Good Standing Certificates                                    53
      9.11     Registration Statement                                        54
      9.12     Employment Agreements                                         54
      9.13     Closing of IPO                                                54
      9.14     FIRPTA Certificate                                            54

10.   COVENANTS OF CEI AND THE STOCKHOLDERS AFTER CLOSING                    54
      10.1     Release  From  Guarantees;  Repayment of
               Certain Obligations                                           54
      10.2     Preservation of Tax and Accounting Treatment                  54
      10.3     Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns                         54

      10.4     Directors and Officers.                                       55
      10.5     Preservation of Employee Benefit Plans                        55

11.   INDEMNIFICATION                                                        56

      11.1     General Indemnification by the STOCKHOLDERS                   56
      11.2     Indemnification by CEI                                        57
      11.3     Third Person Claims                                           58

                                       iii

<PAGE>

      11.4     Exclusive Remedy                                              60
      11.5     Limitations on Indemnification                                60

12.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT                                               61
      12.1     Termination                                                   61
      12.2     Liabilities in Event of Terminatio                            62

13.   NONCOMPETITION                                                         62
      13.1     Prohibited Activities                                         62
      13.2     Damages                                                       63
      13.3     Reasonable Restraint                                          63
      13.4     Severability; Reformation                                     63
      13.5     Independent Covenant                                          64
      13.6     Materiality                                                   64

14.   NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION                              64
      14.1     STOCKHOLDERS                                                  64
      14.2     CEI AND NEWCO                                                 65
      14.3     Damages                                                       66
      14.4     Survival                                                      66

15.   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS                                                  66
      15.1     Transfer Restrictions                                         66

16.   FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES ACT REPRESENTATIONS                       67
      16.1     Compliance with Law                                           68
      16.2     Economic Risk; Sophistication                                 68

17.   REGISTRATION RIGHTS                                                    69
      17.1     Piggyback Registration Rights                                 69
      17.2     Demand Registration Rights                                    69
      17.3     Registration Procedures                                       70
      17.4     Underwriting Agreement                                        71
      17.5     Availability of Rule 144                                      71

18.   GENERAL                                                                71
      18.1     Cooperation                                                   71
      18.2     Successors and Assigns                                        72
      18.3     Entire Agreement                                              72
      18.4     Counterparts                                                  72
      18.5     Brokers and Agents                                            72
      18.6     Expenses                                                      72
      18.7     Notices                                                       73

                                       iv

<PAGE>

      18.8     Governing Law                                                 74
      18.9     Exercise of Rights and Remedies                               74
      18.10    Time                                                          74
      18.11    Reformation and Severability                                  74

      18.12    Remedies Cumulative                                           75
      18.13    Captions                                                      75
      18.14    Amendments and Waivers                                        75

      18.15  Survival of Representations and Warranties                      75

ANNEX I     FORM OF ARTICLES OF MERGER

ANNEX II    CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF CEI AND NEWCO

ANNEX III   CONSIDERATION TO BE PAID TO STOCKHOLDERS

ANNEX IV    STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY

ANNEX V     STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CEI

ANNEX VI    FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO CEI

ANNEX VII    FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS

ANNEX VIII   FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                        v

<PAGE>



                       AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION

         THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF ORGANIZATION (the "Agreement") is made as of
May 9,  1997,  by and among  COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("CEI"),   [COMPANY]  ACQUISITION  CORP.,  a  Delaware  corporation   ("NEWCO"),
[COMPANY],  a  ___________  corporation  (the  "COMPANY"),  and  each  of  [name
stockholders  of COMPANY] (the  "STOCKHOLDERS").  The  STOCKHOLDERS  are all the
Stockholders of the COMPANY.

         WHEREAS,  NEWCO is a corporation  duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware,  having been  incorporated on May 5, 1997, solely
for the  purpose of  completing  the  transactions  set forth  herein,  and is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of CEI;

         WHEREAS,  the  respective  Boards of Directors of NEWCO and the COMPANY
(which  together  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to  as  "Constituent
Corporations")  deem it advisable and in the best  interests of the  Constituent
Corporations  and their respective  stockholders  that NEWCO merge with and into
the COMPANY pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the laws
of the State[s] of Delaware [and ____________];

         WHEREAS,  CEI is entering into other separate agreements  substantially
similar to this  Agreement (the "Other  Agreements"),  each of which is entitled
"Agreement  and Plan of  Organization,"  with each of [name  Founding  Companies
other than COMPANY (collectively,  the "Other Founding  Companies")],  and their
respective  stockholders in order to acquire additional  collectibles  retailers
(the  COMPANY,   together  with  each  of  the  Other  Founding  Companies,  are
collectively referred to herein as the "Founding Companies");

         WHEREAS,  this  Agreement,   the  Other  Agreements  and  the  IPO  (as
hereinafter  defined) of CEI Stock (as hereinafter  defined) constitute the "CEI
Plan of Organization;"

         WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of CEI, NEWCO and each of the Founding
Companies  have  approved  and  adopted  the  CEI  Plan  of  Organization  as an
integrated  plan to transfer the capital stock of the Founding  Companies to CEI
and the cash  raised in the IPO of CEI Stock to CEI as a  transfer  of  property
under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");

         WHEREAS,  in  consideration  of the  agreements  of the Other  Founding
Companies  pursuant to the Other  Agreements,  the STOCKHOLDERS and the Board of
Directors  of the COMPANY and the  stockholders  and the boards of  directors of
each of CEI  and  NEWCO  have  approved  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions
contemplated hereby;

         WHEREAS, unless the context otherwise requires,  capitalized terms used
in this Agreement or in any schedule  attached hereto and not otherwise  defined
herein shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:

                  "Acquired Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22.
                  "Acquisition  Companies"  means  NEWCO  and each of the  other
         Delaware  companies  wholly-owned  by  CEI  prior  to the  Funding  and
         Consummation Date.
                  "Affiliates" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8.
                  "Agreement"  has the meaning set forth in the first  paragraph
         of this Agreement.
                  "A/R Aging Reports" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.
                  "Articles of Merger" means those Articles or  Certificates  of
         Merger with respect to the Merger substantially in the form[s] attached
         as Annex I hereto or with such  changes  therein as may be  required by
         applicable state laws.
                  "Balance Sheet Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9.
                  "CEI" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this
         Agreement.
                  "CEI Charter  Documents"  has the meaning set forth in Section
         6.1.
                  "CEI Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.
                  "CEI  Financial  Statements"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in
         Section 6.6.
                  "CEI Plan of  Organization"  has the  meaning set forth in the
         fourth recital of this Agreement.
                  "CEI  Relevant  Group"  has the  meaning  set forth in Section
         6.14.
                  "CEI Stock" means the common stock,  par value $.01 per share,
         of CEI.
                  "Charter Documents" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
                  "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                  "Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.
                  "Code" has the meaning set forth in the fifth  recital of this
         Agreement.
                  "COMPANY" has the meaning set forth in the first  paragraph of
         this Agreement.
                  "COMPANY  Financial  Statements"  has the meaning set forth in
         Section 5.9.
                  "COMPANY Stock" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
                  "Constituent  Corporations"  has the  meaning set forth in the
         second recital of this Agreement.
                  "Demand  Registration"  has the  meaning  set forth in Section
         17.2.
                  "Effective  Time of the Merger" means the time as of which the
         Merger becomes effective, which the parties hereto contemplate to occur
         on the Funding and Consummation Date.
                  "Environmental  Laws" has the  meaning  set  forth in  Section
         5.13.
                  "ERISA" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.
                  "Expiration Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(A).
                  "Founding  Companies"  has the  meaning set forth in the third
         recital of this Agreement.
                  "Founding  Stockholders"  has the meaning set forth in Section
         17.1.
                  "Funding and  Consummation  Date" has the meaning set forth in
         Section 4.
                  "Indemnification  Threshold"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in
         Section 11.5.
                  "Indemnified Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
                  "Indemnifying  Party"  has the  meaning  set forth in  Section
         11.3.
                  "Intellectual  Property" means all trademarks,  service marks,
         trade dress,  trade names,  patents and copyrights and any registration
         or  application  for  any of  the  foregoing,  and  any  trade  secret,
         invention,  process, know-how,  computer software,  technology systems,
         product design or product packaging.
                  "IPO" means the initial public  offering of CEI Stock pursuant
         to the Registration Statement.
                  "Material Adverse Effect" has the meaning set forth in Section
         5.1.
                  "Material  Documents"  has the  meaning  set forth in  Section
         5.23.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                  "Merger"  means the merger of NEWCO with and into the  COMPANY
         pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the laws of
         the State of Delaware [and other applicable state laws].
                  "NEWCO" has the meaning  set forth in the first  paragraph  of
         this Agreement.
                  "NEWCO  Stock"  means the  common  stock,  par value  $.01 per
         share, of NEWCO.
                  "1934  Act"  means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
         amended.
                  "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
                  "Other  Agreements"  has the  meaning  set  forth in the third
         recital of this Agreement.
                  "Other  Founding  Companies"  has the meaning set forth in the
         third recital of this Agreement.
                  "Plans" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.
                  "Pricing"  means  the  date  of  determination  by CEI and the
         Underwriters of the public offering price of the shares of CEI Stock in
         the IPO; the parties  hereto  contemplate  that the Pricing  shall take
         place on or immediately prior to the Closing Date.
                  "Qualified Plans" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.20.
                  "Registration   Statement"  means  that  certain  registration
         statement  of CEI to be filed on Form S-1  covering  the  shares of CEI
         Stock to be issued in the IPO.
                  "Relevant Group" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22(i).
                  "Restricted  Voting Stock" means the Restricted  Voting Stock,
         par value $0.01 per share, of CEI.
                  "Returns"  has the  meaning  set  forth at the end of  Section
         5.22.
                  "Schedule" means each Schedule  attached  hereto,  which shall
         reference  the relevant  sections of this  Agreement,  on which parties
         hereto   disclose    information   as   part   of   their    respective
         representations, warranties and covenants.
                  "SEC"  means  the  United  States   Securities   and  Exchange
         Commission.
                  "Statutory Liens" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
                  "STOCKHOLDERS"   has  the  meaning  set  forth  in  the  first
         paragraph of this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  "Surviving   Corporation"   shall  mean  the  COMPANY  as  the
         surviving party in the Merger.
                  "Tax"  or  "Taxes"  has the  meaning  set  forth at the end of
         Section 5.22.
                  "Tax Losses" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.22 (xvi).
                  "Taxing  Authority"  has the  meaning  set forth at the end of
         Section 5.22.
                  "Territory" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
                  "Third Person" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
                  "Transfer Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 18.6.
                  "Underwriters" means the prospective  underwriters in the IPO,
         as identified in the Registration Statement.
                  "Underwriting  Agreement" means the Underwriting  Agreement to
         be dated the Closing Date between the  Underwriters  and the Company in
         respect of the IPO.
         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
agreements,   representations,   warranties,  provisions  and  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. THE MERGER

         1.1  DELIVERY  AND  FILING  OF  ARTICLES  OF  MERGER.  The  Constituent
Corporations will cause the Articles of Merger to be signed,  verified and filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware [and the Secretary of State
of the State of __________] and stamped receipt copies of each such filing to be
delivered to CEI on or before the Funding and Consummation Date.

         1.2 EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER.  At the Effective Time of the Merger,
NEWCO shall be merged with and into the COMPANY in accordance  with the Articles
of Merger,  the separate existence of NEWCO shall cease and the COMPANY shall be
the surviving party in the Merger. The COMPANY is sometimes hereinafter referred
to as the  Surviving  Corporation.  The  Merger  will be  effected  in a  single
transaction.

         1.3  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION,  BY-LAWS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
SURVIVING CORPORATION. At the Effective Time of the Merger:


                                       5
<PAGE>

                           (i) the Certificate or Articles of  Incorporation  of
         the  COMPANY  then in effect  shall be the  Certificate  or Articles of
         Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until changed as provided by
         law;  (ii) the By-laws of [NEWCO] [the COMPANY] then in effect shall be
         the By-laws of the Surviving  Corporation  until amended as provided by
         law.

                           (ii) the  By-laws of [NEWCO]  [the  COMPANY]  then in
         effect shall be the By-laws of the Surviving  Corporation until amended
         as provided by law.

                           (iii)  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the   Surviving
         Corporation  shall  consist  of the  persons  who are on the  Board  of
         Directors of the COMPANY immediately prior to the Effective Time of the
         Merger, provided that _______________ shall be elected as a director of
         the Surviving  Corporation  effective as of the  Effective  Time of the
         Merger; the Board of Directors of the Surviving  Corporation shall hold
         office subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of __________
         and of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-laws of the Surviving
         Corporation; and

                           (iv) the officers of the COMPANY immediately prior to
         the Effective  Time of the Merger shall continue as the officers of the
         Surviving Corporation in the same capacity or capacities, and effective
         upon  the  Effective  Time of the  Merger  _________________  shall  be
         appointed as a vice president of the Surviving Corporation and David L.
         Yankey shall be appointed  as an assistant  secretary of the  Surviving
         Corporation,  each of such officers to serve, subject to the provisions
         of the  Certificate  or  Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws of the
         Surviving  Corporation,  until his or her successor is duly elected and
         qualified.

         1.4  CERTAIN  INFORMATION  WITH  RESPECT  TO THE  CAPITAL  STOCK OF THE
COMPANY,  CEI AND NEWCO. The respective  designations and numbers of outstanding
shares  and  voting  rights of each class of  outstanding  capital  stock of the
COMPANY, CEI and NEWCO as of the date of this Agreement are as follows:

                           (i) as of the date of this Agreement,  the authorized
         and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  COMPANY  is as set  forth  on
         Schedule 1.4 hereto;

                           (ii)   immediately   prior   to   the   Funding   and
         Consummation  Date, the authorized capital stock of CEI will consist of
         30,000,000  shares  of CEI  Stock,  of which the  number of issued  and
         outstanding  shares  will be set forth in the  Registration  Statement,
         _____ 


                                       6
<PAGE>

         shares of Restricted  Voting  Stock,  of which the number of issued and
         outstanding shares will be set forth in the Registration Statement, and
         500,000 shares of preferred  stock,  $.01 par value, of which no shares
         will be issued and outstanding; and

                  (iii) as of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital
         stock of NEWCO  consists of 3,000 shares of NEWCO  Stock,  of which ten
         (10) shares are issued and outstanding.

         1.5 EFFECT OF MERGER.  At the Effective Time of the Merger,  the effect
of the Merger shall be as provided in the  applicable  provisions of the General
Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware (the  "Delaware  GCL") [and the law of
the State of __________]. Except as herein specifically set forth, the identity,
existence,  purposes,  powers,  objects,  franchises,   privileges,  rights  and
immunities of the COMPANY shall continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger
and the corporate franchises, existence and rights of NEWCO shall be merged with
and into the COMPANY,  and the COMPANY, as the Surviving  Corporation,  shall be
fully  vested  therewith.  At the  Effective  Time of the Merger,  the  separate
existence  of NEWCO  shall  cease  and,  in  accordance  with the  terms of this
Agreement,  the Surviving Corporation shall possess all the rights,  privileges,
immunities and franchises,  of a public as well as of a private nature,  and all
property,  real,  personal  and mixed,  and all debts due on  whatever  account,
including  subscriptions to shares, and all Taxes, including those due and owing
and those  accrued,  and all other  choses in  action,  and all and every  other
interest of or  belonging  to or due to the COMPANY and NEWCO shall be taken and
deemed to be transferred  to, and vested in, the Surviving  Corporation  without
further  act or deed;  and all  property,  rights  and  privileges,  powers  and
franchises  and all and every other  interest shall be thereafter as effectually
the property of the Surviving Corporation as they were of the COMPANY and NEWCO;
and the  title to any real  estate,  or  interest  therein,  whether  by deed or
otherwise,  vested  in the  COMPANY  and  NEWCO  under  the laws of the state of
incorporation  of each  thereof,  shall not revert or be in any way  impaired by
reason of the  Merger.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  the  Surviving
Corporation  shall thenceforth be responsible and liable for all the liabilities
and  obligations of the COMPANY and NEWCO and any claim  existing,  or action or
proceeding  pending,  by or against the COMPANY or NEWCO may be prosecuted as if
the Merger had not taken place, or the


                                       7
<PAGE>

Surviving  Corporation  may be substituted  in its place.  Neither the rights of
creditors  nor any liens upon the  property  of the  COMPANY  or NEWCO  shall be
impaired by the Merger, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the COMPANY and
NEWCO shall attach to the  Surviving  Corporation,  and may be enforced  against
such Surviving Corporation to the same extent as if said debts,  liabilities and
duties had been incurred or contracted by the Surviving Corporation.

2. CONVERSION OF STOCK

         2.1 MANNER OF  CONVERSION.  The manner of converting  the shares of (i)
outstanding capital stock of the COMPANY ("COMPANY Stock") and (ii) NEWCO Stock,
issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time of the Merger,
respectively, into shares of (x) CEI Stock and (y) common stock of the Surviving
Corporation, respectively, shall be as follows:

         As of the Effective Time of the Merger:

                           (i) all of the  shares of  COMPANY  Stock  issued and
         outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, by
         virtue of the Merger and  without  any action on the part of the holder
         thereof,  automatically  shall be deemed to represent,  with respect to
         each STOCKHOLDER,  (1) the right to receive the number of shares of CEI
         Stock set forth on Annex III hereto  with  respect to such  STOCKHOLDER
         and (2) the right to receive  the amount of cash set forth on Annex III
         hereto with respect to such STOCKHOLDER;

                           (ii) all shares of COMPANY Stock that are held by the
         COMPANY as treasury  stock shall be cancelled and retired and no shares
         of CEI  Stock or other  consideration  shall  be  delivered  or paid in
         exchange therefor; and

                           (iii)   each   share  of  NEWCO   Stock   issued  and
         outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time of the  Merger,
         shall,  by virtue of the Merger and  without  any action on the part of
         CEI,  automatically be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable
         share  of  common  stock  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  which  shall
         constitute all of the issued and outstanding  shares of common stock of
         the Surviving  Corporation  immediately after the Effective Time of the
         Merger. 


                                       8
<PAGE>

         All CEI Stock received by the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to this Agreement
shall,  except for  restrictions on resale or transfer  described in Sections 15
and 16 hereof,  have the same rights as all the other shares of outstanding  CEI
Stock by reason of the provisions of the Certificate of  Incorporation of CEI or
as otherwise  provided by the Delaware  GCL. All voting rights of such CEI Stock
received by the STOCKHOLDERS  shall be fully exercisable by the STOCKHOLDERS and
the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall not be deprived  nor  restricted  in  exercising  those
rights. At the Funding and Consummation Date, CEI shall have no class of capital
stock issued and outstanding  other than the CEI Stock and the Restricted Voting
Stock.

3. DELIVERY OF MERGER CONSIDERATION

         3.1 On the Funding and Consummation Date the STOCKHOLDERS,  who are the
holders of all outstanding  certificates  representing  shares of COMPANY Stock,
shall, upon surrender of such certificates, receive (i) the respective number of
shares of CEI Stock  and (ii) the  amount of cash set forth on Annex III  hereto
with respect to such STOCKHOLDER. The cash payable pursuant to clause (ii) shall
be paid by wire transfer to an account designated by each STOCKHOLDER.

         3.2 The STOCKHOLDERS shall deliver in trust to Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius
LLP, counsel to CEI, at the Closing the certificates representing COMPANY Stock,
duly endorsed in blank by the STOCKHOLDERS,  or accompanied by stock powers duly
endorsed in blank,  with signatures  guaranteed by a national or state chartered
bank or other  financial  institution,  and with all necessary  Transfer Tax and
other  revenue  stamps,  acquired  at the  STOCKHOLDERS'  expense,  affixed  and
cancelled. The STOCKHOLDERS agree promptly to cure any deficiencies with respect
to the  endorsement of the stock  certificates  or other documents of conveyance
with  respect  to  such  COMPANY  Stock  or with  respect  to the  stock  powers
accompanying  any  COMPANY  Stock.   Upon   consummation  of  the  IPO  and  the
transactions  contemplated to occur on the Funding and Consummation Date, all of
such  certificates  shall be deemed  released by such counsel to CEI without any
further action on the part of such counsel.


                                       9
<PAGE>

4. CLOSING

         At or  prior  to the  Pricing,  the  parties  shall  take  all  actions
necessary  to  prepare to (i) effect the  Merger  (including,  if  permitted  by
applicable state law, the advance filing with the appropriate  state authorities
of the Articles of Merger, which shall become effective at the Effective Time of
the Merger) and (ii) effect the conversion and delivery of shares referred to in
Section 3 hereof;  provided,  that such  actions  shall not  include  the actual
completion of the Merger for purposes of this  Agreement or the  conversion  and
delivery of the shares and  transmission of funds by wire referred to in Section
3  hereof,  each of which  actions  shall  only be taken  upon the  Funding  and
Consummation Date as herein provided.  In the event that there is no Funding and
Consummation Date and this Agreement terminates, CEI hereby covenants and agrees
to do all things  required by Delaware law [and all things which counsel for the
COMPANY advise CEI are required by applicable laws of the State of _________] in
order to rescind any merger or other actions  effected by the advance  filing of
the Articles of Merger as described in this  Section.  The taking of the actions
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above (the "Closing")  shall take place on the
closing date (the "Closing Date") at the offices of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP,
101 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10178. On the Funding and Consummation Date
(x) the  Articles  of  Merger  shall  be or  shall  have  been  filed  with  the
appropriate state authorities so that they shall be or, as of 8:00 a.m. New York
City time on the Funding and  Consummation  Date, shall become effective and the
Merger shall  thereby be effected,  (y) all  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  including the conversion and delivery of shares, the transmission of
funds by wire in an amount equal to the cash portion of the consideration  which
the STOCKHOLDERS shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the Merger referred to
in Section 3 hereof  shall  occur and (z) the  closing  with  respect to the IPO
shall  occur  and be  deemed  to be  completed.  The date on which  the  actions
described in the preceding  clauses (x), (y) and (z) occurs shall be referred to
as the "Funding and Consummation  Date." During the period from the Closing Date
to the Funding and  Consummation  Date, this Agreement may only be terminated by
the parties if the  underwriting  agreement in respect of the IPO is  terminated
pursuant to the terms of such underwriting agreement. This Agreement shall


                                       10
<PAGE>

in any event  terminate  if the Funding and  Consummation  Date has not occurred
within 15 business days of the Closing Date. Time is of the essence.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS

         (A) Representations and Warranties of COMPANY and STOCKHOLDERS.

         Each  of  the  COMPANY  and  the  STOCKHOLDERS  jointly  and  severally
represent and warrant that all of the following  representations  and warranties
in this  Section  5(A) are true at the date of this  Agreement  and,  subject to
Section 7.8 hereof, shall be true at the time of the Closing and the Funding and
Consummation  Date, and that such  representations  and warranties shall survive
the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date for a period of two years (the last day of
such period being the "Expiration  Date"),  except that (i) the  representations
and warranties set forth in Section 5.22 hereof shall survive until such time as
the statute of limitations  period has run for all tax periods ended on or prior
to the Funding and Consummation Date, which shall be deemed to be the Expiration
Date for Section 5.22, and (ii) solely for purposes of Section  11.1(iii) hereof
and solely to the extent that, in connection  with the IPO, CEI actually  incurs
liability  under  the  1933  Act,  the 1934 Act or any  other  Federal  or state
securities  laws,  the  representations  and  warranties  set forth herein shall
survive until the  expiration of any applicable  statute of limitations  period,
which shall be deemed to be the Expiration Date for such purposes.  For purposes
of this  Section 5, the term  "COMPANY"  shall mean and refer to the COMPANY and
all of its subsidiaries, if any.

         5.1 DUE ORGANIZATION.  The COMPANY is a corporation duly  incorporated,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
incorporation,  and is duly  authorized  and qualified to do business  under all
applicable  laws,  regulations,  ordinances and orders of public  authorities to
carry on its  business in the places and in the manner as now  conducted  except
(i) as set forth on Schedule  5.1 or (ii) where the failure to be so  authorized
or  qualified  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,
operations,  affairs, prospects,  properties,  assets or condition (financial or
otherwise),  of the COMPANY taken as a whole (as used herein with respect to the
COMPANY,  or with respect to any other  person,  a "Material 


                                       11
<PAGE>

Adverse Effect").  Schedule 5.1 sets forth the jurisdiction in which the COMPANY
is incorporated and contains a list of all jurisdictions in which the COMPANY is
authorized or qualified to do business. True, complete and correct copies of the
Certificate or Articles of Incorporation  and By-laws,  each as amended,  of the
COMPANY (the "Charter  Documents")  are all attached to Schedule 5.1. The minute
books and stock records of the COMPANY, as heretofore made available to CEI, are
correct and complete in all material  respects.  The most recent  minutes of the
COMPANY,  which are dated no earlier  than ten  business  days prior to the date
hereof,  affirm and ratify all prior acts of the COMPANY and of its officers and
directors on behalf of the COMPANY.

         5.2  AUTHORIZATION.  (i) The  representatives  of the COMPANY executing
this  Agreement  have the  authority  to enter into and bind the  COMPANY to the
terms of this Agreement and (ii) the COMPANY has the full corporate right, power
and  authority  to enter  into this  Agreement  and the  Merger,  subject to any
required  approval of the shareholders and the Board of Directors of the COMPANY
described on Schedule 5.2, certified copies of which are attached thereto.

         5.3 CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.  The authorized  capital stock of the
COMPANY is as set forth in  Section  1.4(i).  All of the issued and  outstanding
shares of capital  stock of the  COMPANY  are owned by the  STOCKHOLDERS  in the
amounts set forth in Annex IV and further,  except as set forth on Schedule 5.3,
are owned free and clear of all liens,  security  interests,  pledges,  charges,
voting trusts,  restrictions,  encumbrances and claims of every kind. All of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the COMPANY  have been duly
authorized and validly issued,  are fully paid and  nonassessable,  are owned of
record and beneficially by the STOCKHOLDERS and were offered,  issued,  sold and
delivered by the COMPANY in  compliance  with all  applicable  state and Federal
laws  concerning the issuance of securities.  Further,  none of such shares were
issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any past or present stockholder.

         5.4 TRANSACTIONS IN CAPITAL STOCK:  ORGANIZATION ACCOUNTING.  Except as
set forth on Schedule  5.4, the COMPANY has not acquired any COMPANY Stock since
January 1, 1994.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.4, (i) no option,  warrant,
call, conversion right or commitment


                                       12
<PAGE>

of any kind exists which  obligates  the COMPANY to issue any of its  authorized
but  unissued  capital  stock or its  treasury  stock;  (ii) the  COMPANY has no
obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire
any of its equity  securities or any interests therein or to pay any dividend or
make any  distribution  in respect  thereof;  and (iii) neither the voting stock
structure of the COMPANY nor the  relative  ownership of shares among any of its
respective  stockholders  has been  altered or changed in  contemplation  of the
Merger and/or the CEI Plan of Organization.  Schedule 5.4 also includes complete
and accurate  copies of all stock option or stock  purchase  plans,  including a
list of all outstanding  options,  warrants or other rights to acquire shares of
the COMPANY's stock and a description of the material terms of such  outstanding
options, warrants or other rights.

         5.5 NO BONUS SHARES . Except as set forth on Schedule  5.5, none of the
shares of COMPANY Stock was issued pursuant to awards, grants or bonuses.

         5.6  SUBSIDIARIES.  Schedule 5.6 attached hereto lists the name of each
of the  COMPANY's  subsidiaries  and sets  forth  the  number  and  class of the
authorized capital stock of each of the COMPANY's subsidiaries and the number of
shares of each of the COMPANY's  subsidiaries  which are issued and outstanding,
all of which shares (except as set forth on Schedule 5.6) are owned beneficially
and of record by the COMPANY,  free and clear of all liens,  security interests,
pledges, charges, voting trusts, equities, restrictions, encumbrances and claims
of every  kind.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  5.6,  the  COMPANY  does not
presently own, of record or  beneficially,  or control,  directly or indirectly,
any capital stock, securities convertible into capital stock or any other equity
interest in any corporation,  association or business entity nor is the COMPANY,
directly or indirectly, a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other
non-corporate entity.

         5.7 PREDECESSOR STATUS: ETC. Set forth on Schedule 5.7 is a list of all
names of all  predecessor  companies of the COMPANY,  including the names of any
entities  acquired by the COMPANY (by stock  purchase,  merger or  otherwise) or
owned by the  COMPANY  or from whom the  COMPANY  previously  acquired  material
assets.  Except  as  disclosed  on  Schedule  5.7,  the  COMPANY  has not been a
subsidiary or division of another  corporation or a part of an acquisition which
was later rescinded.


                                       13
<PAGE>

         5.8 SPIN-OFF BY THE COMPANY. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.8, there
has not been any sale,  spin-off or  split-up  of material  assets of either the
COMPANY or any other person or entity that directly,  or indirectly  through one
or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is  controlled  by,  or is under  common
control with, the COMPANY ("Affiliates") since January 1, 1994.

         5.9  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  Attached to Schedule 5.9 are copies of the
following   financial   statements  of  the  COMPANY  (the  "COMPANY   Financial
Statements"):  the COMPANY's  audited  Consolidated  Balance Sheet as of each of
December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994 and  Consolidated  Statements of Income,  Cash
Flows and Retained Earnings for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December  31,  1996  (December  31,  1996 being  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Balance  Sheet  Date").  Such  Financial   Statements  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent
basis throughout the periods  indicated  (except as noted thereon or on Schedule
5.9). Except as set forth on Schedule 5.9, such  Consolidated  Balance Sheets as
of December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 present fairly the financial position of the
COMPANY as of the dates indicated thereon,  and such Consolidated  Statements of
Income,  Cash  Flows  and  Retained  Earnings  present  fairly  the  results  of
operations and cash flows for the periods indicated thereon.

         5.10 LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS.  (a) The COMPANY has delivered to CEI
an accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule  5.10) as of the Balance Sheet
Date of (i) all  liabilities  of the  COMPANY  which  are not  reflected  on the
balance sheet of the COMPANY at the Balance Sheet Date or otherwise reflected in
the COMPANY  Financial  Statements at the Balance Sheet Date,  (ii) any material
liabilities  of the COMPANY  (including  but not limited to all  liabilities  in
excess  of  $10,000)  and  (iii)  all loan  agreements,  indemnity  or  guaranty
agreements,  bonds,  mortgages,  liens,  pledges or other security agreements to
which the COMPANY is a party.  Except as set forth on Schedule  5.10,  since the
Balance Sheet Date, the COMPANY has not incurred any material liabilities of any
kind,  character  and  description,   whether  accrued,   absolute,  secured  or
unsecured,  contingent  or  otherwise,  other than  liabilities  incurred in the
ordinary course of business.


                                       14
<PAGE>

         (b) The  COMPANY has also set forth on  Schedule  5.10,  in the case of
those contingent  liabilities  related to pending or threatened  litigation,  or
other  liabilities  which are not fixed or are being  contested,  the  following
information:

               (i)  a summary  description  of the  liability  together with the
                    following:

                    (a) copies of all relevant documentation relating thereto;

                    (b) amounts  claimed and any other action or relief  sought;
                    and

                    (c) name of  claimant  and all other  parties  to the claim,
                    suit or proceeding;

               (ii) the name of each court or agency  before  which such  claim,
                    suit or proceeding is pending;

               (iii) the date such claim, suit or proceeding was instituted; and

               (iv) a good faith and reasonable  estimate of the maximum amount,
                    if any,  which is likely to become  payable  with respect to
                    each  such  liability.  If  no  estimate  is  provided,  the
                    estimate  shall for purposes of this  Agreement be deemed to
                    be zero.

         5.11 ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECIEVABLE. The COMPANY has delivered to CEI an
accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule  5.11) of the  accounts and notes
receivable  of the COMPANY,  as of the Balance  Sheet Date,  including  any such
amounts  which are not  reflected in the balance  sheet as of the Balance  Sheet
Date,  and  including  receivables  from  and  advances  to  employees  and  the
STOCKHOLDERS.  Within ten (10) days prior to Closing,  the COMPANY shall provide
CEI (x) an accurate list of all outstanding  receivables  obtained subsequent to
the  Balance  Sheet  Date  and (y) an  aging  of all  such  accounts  and  notes
receivable  showing  amounts  due in 30 day aging  categories  (the  "A/R  Aging
Reports").  Except to the extent  reflected on Schedule  5.11 or as disclosed by
the COMPANY to CEI in a writing  accompanying the A/R Aging Reports, as the case
may be, the accounts,  notes and other receivables shown on Schedule 5.11 and on
the A/R Aging Reports are and shall be, and the COMPANY has no reason to believe
that any such  account  receivable  is not or shall not be,  collectible  in the
amounts  shown (in the case of the  accounts and notes  receivable  set forth on
Schedule  5.11,  net of reserves  reflected  in the Balance  Sheet or in the A/R
Aging Reports).


                                       15
<PAGE>

         5.12 INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY;  PERMITS AND INTANGIBLES.  (a) The COMPANY
owns or has a valid license to use all Intellectual  Property used in connection
with its business,  the absence of any of which is  reasonably  likely to have a
Material  Adverse Effect,  and the COMPANY has delivered to CEI an accurate list
(which is set forth on Schedule  5.12(a)) of all Intellectual  Property owned or
used by the  COMPANY.  Except as set  forth on  Schedule  5.12(a),  each item of
Intellectual  Property owned by the COMPANY is owned free and clear of all Liens
and each other item of Intellectual  Property used by the Company is licensed to
the Company pursuant to a license  agreement that is valid and in full force and
effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.12(a),  all right, title and interest
in and to each item of Intellectual  Property is owned by the COMPANY and is not
subject to any license,  royalty  arrangement or pending or threatened  claim or
dispute. None of the Intellectual Property owned or, to the COMPANY's knowledge,
none of the  Intellectual  Property  used by the COMPANY nor any product sold by
the COMPANY,  infringes any Intellectual Property right of any other entity and,
to the COMPANY's  knowledge,  no  Intellectual  Property owned by the COMPANY is
infringed upon by any other entity.

         (b) The  COMPANY  holds all  licenses,  franchises,  permits  and other
governmental  authorizations  the  absence of any of which could have a Material
Adverse Effect and the COMPANY has delivered to CEI an accurate list and summary
description  (which  is set forth on  Schedule  5.12(b))  of all such  licenses,
franchises,  permits and other governmental  authorizations,  including permits,
titles,  licenses,  franchises and  certificates (it being understood and agreed
that a list of all environmental  permits and other  environmental  approvals is
set forth on Schedule  5.13).  To the  knowledge of the COMPANY,  the  licenses,
franchises,  permits and other governmental  authorizations  listed on Schedules
5.12(b) and 5.13 are valid, and the COMPANY has not received any notice that any
governmental  authority  intends  to  cancel,  terminate  or not  renew any such
license, franchise, permit or other governmental authorization.  The COMPANY has
conducted and is conducting  its business in compliance  with the  requirements,
standards,  criteria  and  conditions  set  forth in the  licenses,  franchises,
permits and other  governmental  authorizations  listed on Schedules 5.12(b) and
5.13  and is not  in  violation  of any  of  the  foregoing  except  where  such
non-compliance or violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Except as  specifically  provided in Schedule  5.12(a) or 5.12(b),  the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the infringement
by the COMPANY of any  Intellectual  Property  right of any other  entity or the
infringement of any Intellectual  Property listed on Schedule 5.12(a), or result
in a default under or a breach or violation  of, or adversely  affect the rights
and benefits  afforded to the COMPANY by, any licenses,  franchises,  permits or
government authorizations listed on Schedule 5.12(b) or Schedule 5.13.

         5.13 ENVIRONMENTAL  MATTERS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13, (i)
the COMPANY has complied  with and is in  compliance  with all  Federal,  state,
local and foreign statutes (civil and criminal), laws, ordinances,  regulations,
rules, notices, permits,  judgments,  orders and decrees applicable to it or any
of its properties,  assets,  operations and businesses relating to environmental
protection  (collectively  "Environmental Laws") including,  without limitation,
Environmental  Laws relating to air, water,  land and the  generation,  storage,
use,  handling,  transportation,  treatment or disposal of Hazardous  Wastes and
Hazardous  Substances  including petroleum and petroleum products (as such terms
are defined in any applicable  Environmental Law); (ii) the COMPANY has obtained
and adhered to all  necessary  permits and other  approvals  necessary to treat,
transport, store, dispose of and otherwise handle Hazardous Wastes and Hazardous
Substances,  a list of all of  which  permits  and  approvals  is set  forth  on
Schedule 5.13, and has reported to the  appropriate  authorities,  to the extent
required  by all  Environmental  Laws,  all past and  present  sites  owned  and
operated by the COMPANY where Hazardous Wastes or Hazardous Substances have been
treated,  stored,  disposed of or  otherwise  handled;  (iii) there have been no
releases or threats of releases (as defined in Environmental  Laws) at, from, in
or on any  property  owned or  operated by the COMPANY  except as  permitted  by
Environmental Laws; (iv) the COMPANY knows of no on-site or off-site location to
which the COMPANY has transported or disposed of Hazardous  Wastes and Hazardous
Substances or arranged for the  transportation of Hazardous Wastes and Hazardous
Substances,  which site is the subject of any Federal,  state,  local or foreign
enforcement  action or any other  investigation  which  could  lead to any claim
against the COMPANY,  CEI or NEWCO for any clean-up cost,  remedial work, damage
to natural  resources,  property damage or personal injury,  including,  but not
limited  to,  any  claim  under  the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
Compensation  and Liability 


                                       17
<PAGE>

Act of 1980,  as amended;  and (v) the COMPANY has no  contingent  liability  in
connection with any release of any Hazardous  Waste or Hazardous  Substance into
the environment.

         5.14  PERSONAL  PROPERTY.  The COMPANY has delivered to CEI an accurate
list (which is set forth on Schedule 5.14) of (x) all personal property included
in "depreciable plant, property and equipment" (or similarly named line item) on
the balance  sheet of the  COMPANY as of the Balance  Sheet Date or that will be
included on any balance  sheet of the COMPANY  prepared  after the Balance Sheet
Date,  (y)  all  other  personal  property  owned  by the  COMPANY  with a value
individually  in excess of  $10,000  (i) as of the  Balance  Sheet Date and (ii)
acquired  since the  Balance  Sheet Date and (z) all leases  and  agreements  in
respect of personal property,  including,  in the case of clause (z), a schedule
of the capital costs of all such assets which are subject to capital  leases and
true,  complete and correct copies of all such leases and agreements and, in the
case of  clauses  (x) and (y),  an  indication  as to which of those  assets are
currently  owned,  or were formerly  owned, by STOCKHOLDERS or Affiliates of the
COMPANY or STOCKHOLDERS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.14, (i) all personal
property  used by the COMPANY in its  business is either owned by the COMPANY or
leased by the COMPANY pursuant to a lease included on Schedule 5.14, (ii) all of
the  personal  property  listed on Schedule  5.14 is in good  working  order and
condition,  ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (iii) all leases and agreements
included on Schedule 5.14 are in full force and effect and constitute  valid and
binding  agreements  of the COMPANY,  and, to the  COMPANY'S  knowledge,  of the
parties  (and their  successors)  thereto in  accordance  with their  respective
terms.

         5.15 SIGNIFICANT  CUSTOMER;  MATERIAL  CONTRACTS AND  COMMITMENTS.  The
COMPANY has  delivered  to CEI an accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule
5.15) of (i) all significant  customers,  it being  understood and agreed that a
"significant  customer," for purposes of this Section 5.15, means a customer (or
person or entity) representing 5% or more of the COMPANY's revenues for the year
ending on the  Balance  Sheet  Date.  Except to the extent set forth on Schedule
5.15,   none  of  the  COMPANY's   significant   customers   have  cancelled  or
substantially  reduced  or,  to the  knowledge  of the  COMPANY,  are  currently
attempting  or  threatening  to  cancel  a  contract  or  substantially   reduce
utilization of the services provided by the COMPANY.


                                       18
<PAGE>

         The  COMPANY  has  listed  on  Schedule  5.15 all  material  contracts,
commitments  and similar  agreements to which the COMPANY is a party or by which
it or any of its properties are bound (including,  but not limited to, contracts
with significant customers,  joint venture or partnership agreements,  contracts
with any labor organizations, strategic alliances and options to purchase land),
other than contracts,  commitments and agreements  otherwise  listed on Schedule
5.10, 5.14, 5.16, 5.18 or 5.19 (a) in existence as of the Balance Sheet Date and
(b) entered into since the Balance  Sheet Date,  and in each case has  delivered
true,  complete and correct  copies of such  agreements  to CEI. The COMPANY has
complied with all material commitments and obligations  pertaining to it, and is
not in default under any contracts or agreements listed on Schedule 5.15, and no
notice of default under any such contract or agreement  has been  received.  The
COMPANY has also  indicated on Schedule 5.15 a summary  description of all plans
or projects  involving  the  opening of new  operations,  expansion  of existing
operations  or the  acquisition  of any  personal  property,  business or assets
requiring, in any event, the payment of more than $25,000 by the COMPANY.

         5.16  REAL  PROPERTY.  Schedule  5.16(a)  includes  a list of all  real
property owned by the COMPANY (i) as of the Balance Sheet Date and (ii) acquired
since the Balance Sheet Date, and all other real  property,  if any, used by the
COMPANY in the conduct of its business. The COMPANY has good and insurable title
to the real property owned by it, including that reflected on Schedules 5.14 and
5.16,  subject  to  no  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  conditional  sale  agreement,
encumbrance or charge, except for:

                    (i) liens  reflected  on  Schedule  5.10 or 5.15 as securing
               specified  liabilities  (with  respect to which no default by the
               COMPANY exists);

                    (ii) liens for  current  taxes not yet due and  payable  and
               assessments not in default;

                    (iii) easements for utilities serving the property only; and

                    (iv)  easements,   covenants  and   restrictions  and  other
               exceptions to title shown of

               record  in  the  office  of  the  County   Clerks  in  which  the
               properties, assets and leasehold estates are located which do not
               adversely affect the current use of the property.


                                       19
<PAGE>

Attached to Schedule 5.16(a) are true,  complete and correct copies of all title
reports and title insurance policies currently in possession of the COMPANY with
respect to real property owned by the COMPANY.

         Schedule  5.16(b)  includes an accurate list of real property leased by
the COMPANY and an indication as to which such properties, if any, are currently
owned,  or were formerly  owned, by STOCKHOLDERS or Affiliates of the COMPANY or
STOCKHOLDERS,  and attached to Schedule  5.16(b) are true,  complete and correct
copies of all leases and  agreements in respect of such real property  leased by
the  COMPANY.  Except  as set  forth on  Schedule  5.16(b),  all of such  leases
included on Schedule  5.16(b) are in full force and effect and constitute  valid
and binding  agreements of the COMPANY and, to the COMPANY'S  knowledge,  of the
parties  (and their  successors)  thereto in  accordance  with their  respective
terms.

         5.17  INSURANCE.  Set forth on and attached to Schedule 5.17 are (i) an
accurate list as of the Balance Sheet Date of all insurance  policies carried by
the  COMPANY,  (ii) an accurate  list of all  insurance  loss runs and  workers'
compensation claims received for the past three (3) policy years and (iii) true,
complete and correct copies of all insurance policies currently in effect.  Such
insurance policies evidence all of the insurance that the COMPANY is required to
carry pursuant to all of its contracts and other  agreements and pursuant to all
applicable laws. All of such insurance  policies are currently in full force and
effect  and shall  remain in full  force and  effect  through  the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date. No insurance  carried by the COMPANY has ever been cancelled
by the insurer and the COMPANY has never been denied coverage.

         5.18 COMPENSATION;  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS; ORGANIZED LABOR MATTERS. The
COMPANY has  delivered  to CEI an accurate  list (which is set forth on Schedule
5.18) showing all officers,  directors and key employees of the COMPANY, listing
all employment  agreements  with such officers,  directors and key employees and
the annual  rate of  compensation  (and the  portions  thereof  attributable  to
salary, bonus and other compensation,  respectively) of each of such persons (i)
for the year ended on the Balance Sheet Date and (ii) for 1997.  The COMPANY has
provided to CEI true,  complete and correct copies of any employment  agreements
for persons  listed on Schedule 5.18.  Since the Balance Sheet Date,  there have
been no  increases  in the 


                                       20
<PAGE>

compensation  payable or any  special  bonuses  to any  officer,  director,  key
employee or other employee,  except ordinary salary  increases  implemented on a
basis consistent with past practices.

         Except as set forth on Schedule  5.18,  (i) the COMPANY is not bound by
or subject to (and none of its  respective  assets or  properties is bound by or
subject to) any  arrangement  with any labor  union,  (ii) no  employees  of the
COMPANY  are  represented  by any  labor  union  or  covered  by any  collective
bargaining  agreement,  (iii) no campaign to establish such representation is in
progress and (iv) there is no pending or, to the COMPANY's knowledge, threatened
labor  dispute  involving the COMPANY and any group of its employees nor has the
COMPANY  experienced  any labor  interruptions  over the past three  years.  The
COMPANY believes its relationship with employees to be good.

         5.19 EMPLOYEE PLANS. The STOCKHOLDERS have delivered to CEI an accurate
schedule  (which is set forth on Schedule  5.19)  showing all  employee  benefit
plans of COMPANY,  including all employment  agreements and other  agreements or
arrangements  containing  "golden  parachute" or other similar  provisions,  and
deferred  compensation  agreements,  together  with true,  complete  and correct
copies  of  such  plans,   agreements  and  any  trusts  related  thereto,   and
classifications  of  employees  covered  thereby as of the  Balance  Sheet Date.
Except for the employee  benefit  plans,  if any,  described  on Schedule  5.19,
COMPANY does not sponsor,  maintain or contribute  to any plan program,  fund or
arrangement that constitutes an "employee pension benefit plan," nor has COMPANY
any obligation to contribute to or accrue or pay any benefits under any deferred
compensation  or  retirement  funding  arrangement  on behalf of any employee or
employees  (such  as,  for  example,  and  without  limitation,  any  individual
retirement account or annuity,  any "excess benefit plan" (within the meaning of
Section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA")) or any  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  arrangement).  For the
purposes of this Agreement,  the term "employee pension benefit plan" shall have
the same meaning as is given that term in Section 3(2) of ERISA. The COMPANY has
not sponsored,  maintained or contributed to any employee  pension  benefit plan
other than the plans set forth on Schedule 5.19, nor is the COMPANY  required to
contribute to any  retirement  plan pursuant to the provisions of 


                                       21
<PAGE>

any collective  bargaining  agreement  establishing  the terms and conditions or
employment of any of COMPANY's employees.

         The COMPANY is not now,  nor can it as a result of its past  activities
become,   liable  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty   Corporation  or  to  any
multiemployer  employee pension benefit plan under the provisions of Title IV of
ERISA.

         All  employee   benefit   plans   listed  on  Schedule   5.19  and  the
administration  thereof are in substantial  compliance  with their terms and all
applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, as well as
with all other  applicable  federal,  state and local  statutes,  ordinances and
regulations.

         All accrued  contribution  obligations  of COMPANY  with respect to any
plan listed on Schedule 5.19 have either been fulfilled in their entirety or are
fully  reflected  on the balance  sheet of the  COMPANY as of the Balance  Sheet
Date.

         5.20 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. All such plans listed on Schedule 5.19 that
are intended to qualify (the "Qualified Plans") under Section 401(a) of the Code
are, and have been so qualified and have been determined by the Internal Revenue
Service  to be so  qualified,  and  copies  of such  determination  letters  are
included as part of Schedule 5.19 hereof.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.19,
all  reports  and other  documents  required  to be filed with any  governmental
agency or distributed to plan participants or beneficiaries (including,  but not
limited to, actuarial reports,  audits or tax returns) have been timely filed or
distributed,  and copies  thereof are included as part of Schedule  5.19 hereof.
Neither  STOCKHOLDERS,  nor any plan  listed in Schedule  5.19,  nor COMPANY has
engaged in any  transaction  prohibited  under the provisions of Section 4975 of
the Code or  Section  406 of ERISA.  No such Plan  listed in  Schedule  5.19 has
incurred an accumulated funding deficiency,  as defined in Section 412(a) of the
Code and Section 302(1) of ERISA; and COMPANY has not incurred any liability for
excise tax or penalty due to the Internal  Revenue  Service nor any liability to
the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation.  The STOCKHOLDERS  further  represent
that:

               (i) there  have been no  terminations,  partial  terminations  or
          discontinuance of contributions to any such Qualified Plan intended to
          qualify  under  Section  401(a)  of the  Code  without  notice  to and
          approval by the Internal Revenue Service;


                                       22
<PAGE>

               (ii)  no  such  plan  listed  in  Schedule  5.19  subject  to the
          provisions of Title IV of ERISA has been terminated;

                  (iii) there have been no  "reportable  events" (as that phrase
         is  defined  in Section  4043 of ERISA)  with  respect to any such plan
         listed in Schedule 5.19;

               (iv) COMPANY has not  incurred  liability  under  Section 4062 of
          ERISA; and

               (v) No  circumstances  exist  pursuant to which the COMPANY could
          have any direct or indirect liability whatsoever  (including,  but not
          limited to, any liability to any multiemployer  plan or the PBGC under
          Title IV of ERISA or to the  Internal  Revenue  Service for any excise
          tax or  penalty,  or being  subject  to any  statutory  lien to secure
          payment  of any  such  liability)  with  respect  to any  plan  now or
          heretofore  maintained or  contributed to by any entity other than the
          COMPANY that is, or at any time was, a member of a "controlled  group"
          (as defined in Section  412(n)(6)(B)  of the Code) that  includes  the
          COMPANY;

         5.21 CONFORMITY WITH LAW; LITIGATION. Except to the extent set forth on
Schedule 5.21 or 5.13,  the COMPANY is not in violation of any law or regulation
which  violation would have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or of any order of any
court or Federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission,
board, bureau,  agency or instrumentality  having jurisdiction over any of them;
and except to the extent set forth on Schedule 5.21, 5.10 or 5.13,  there are no
claims,  actions,  suits or  proceedings,  pending or, to the  knowledge  of the
COMPANY,  threatened,  against or affecting the COMPANY, at law or in equity, or
before or by any Federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental  department,
commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction over it
and no notice of any  claim,  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  pending or
threatened,  has been received.  The COMPANY has conducted and is conducting its
business in compliance with the requirements, standards, criteria and conditions
set forth in applicable Federal, state and local statutes, ordinances,  permits,
licenses,  orders, approvals,  variances,  rules and regulations,  including all
such permits,  licenses,  orders and other  governmental  approvals set forth on
Schedules 5.12 and 5.13, and is not in violation of any of the foregoing.

                  5.22 TAXES.   Except as set forth on Schedule 5.22:


                                       23
<PAGE>

               (i) All Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to
          the COMPANY and any  affiliated,  combined,  consolidated,  unitary or
          similar  group of which the  COMPANY  is or was a member (a  "Relevant
          Group") with any Taxing  Authority have been duly filed, and each such
          Return  correctly  and  completely  reflects the Tax liability and all
          other information  required to be reported thereon. All Taxes (whether
          or not shown on any Return) owed by the COMPANY,  any  subsidiary  and
          any member of a Relevant Group (individually, the "Acquired Party" and
          collectively, the "Acquired Parties") have been paid.

               (ii) To the  knowledge of the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS,  the
          provisions  for Taxes to be paid by the COMPANY  and any  subsidiaries
          (as opposed to any reserve for deferred  Taxes  established to reflect
          timing  differences  between  book  and  Tax  income)  in the  COMPANY
          Financial  Statements  are  sufficient  for all  unpaid  Taxes,  being
          current taxes not yet due and payable, of such Acquired Party.

               (iii) No Acquired Party is a party to any agreement extending the
          time within  which to file any Return.  No claim has ever been made by
          any Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction in which an Acquired Party does
          not file  Returns  that it is or may be  subject to  taxation  by that
          jurisdiction.

               (iv) Each  Acquired  Party has withheld  and paid all  applicable
          Taxes  required  to have been  withheld  and paid in  connection  with
          amounts  paid  or  owing  to  any  employee,   creditor,   independent
          contractor or other third party.

               (v) No Acquired Party expects any Taxing  Authority to assess any
          additional  Taxes  against or in  respect  of it for any past  period.
          There is no  dispute  or claim  concerning  any Tax  liability  of any
          Acquired Party either (i) claimed or raised by any Taxing Authority or
          (ii) otherwise known to any Acquired Party. No issues have been raised
          in any  examination  by  any  Taxing  Authority  with  respect  to any
          Acquired Party which, by application of similar principles, reasonably
          could be  expected  to result in a proposed  deficiency  for any other
          period not so examined.  Schedule  5.22(v)  attached  hereto lists all
          federal,  state, local and foreign income Tax Returns filed by or with
          respect to any  Acquired  Party for all  taxable  periods  ended on or
          after January 1, 1991, indicates those Returns, if any, that have been
          audited, and indicates those Returns that currently are the subject of
          audit.  Each Acquired  Party has delivered to CEI complete and correct
          copies of all  federal,  state,  local and foreign  income Tax Returns
          filed  by,  and  all  Tax   examination   reports  and  statements  of
          deficiencies  assessed  against or agreed to by, such  Acquired  Party
          since January 1, 1991.


                                       24
<PAGE>

               (vi) No Acquired  Party has waived any statute of  limitations in
          respect of Taxes or agreed to any  extension  of time with  respect to
          any Tax assessment or deficiency.

               (vii) No Acquired  Party has made any  payments,  is obligated to
          make any payments,  or is a party to any agreement  that under certain
          circumstances  could  require  it to make any  payments,  that are not
          deductible under Section 280G of the Code.

               (viii)  No  Acquired  Party is a party to any Tax  allocation  or
          sharing agreement.

               (ix)  None  of the  assets  of  any  Acquired  Party  constitutes
          tax-exempt bond financed  property or tax-exempt use property,  within
          the meaning of Section 168 of the Code.  No Acquired  Party is a party
          to any "safe  harbor  lease"  that is  subject  to the  provisions  of
          Section  168(f)(8) of the Internal  Revenue Code as in effect prior to
          the Tax Reform Act of 1986, or to any "long-term  contract" within the
          meaning of Section 460 of the Code.

               (x) No Acquired  Party is a "consenting  corporation"  within the
          meaning of Section 341(f)(1) of the Code, or comparable  provisions of
          any state  statutes,  and none of the assets of any Acquired  Party is
          subject to an election  under Section 341(f) of the Code or comparable
          provisions of any state statutes.

               (xi)  No  Acquired  Party  is  a  party  to  any  joint  venture,
          partnership or other  arrangement that is treated as a partnership for
          federal income Tax purposes.

               (xii)  There are no  accounting  method  changes or  proposed  or
          threatened accounting method changes, of any Acquired Party that could
          give rise to an  adjustment  under Section 481 of the Code for periods
          after the Funding and Consummation Date.

               (xiii) No Acquired  Party has  received  any written  ruling of a
          Taxing  Authority  related to Taxes or entered  into any  written  and
          legally binding agreement with a Taxing Authority relating to Taxes.


                                       25
<PAGE>

               (xiv) Each  Acquired  Party has  disclosed  (in  accordance  with
          Section  6662(d)(2)(B)(ii)  of the  Code) on its  federal  income  Tax
          Returns  all  positions  taken  therein  that  could  give  rise  to a
          substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of
          Section 6662(d) of the Code.

               (xv) No Acquired  Party has any liability for Taxes of any person
          other  than such  Acquired  Party (i) under  Section  1.1502-6  of the
          Treasury  regulations  (or any similar  provision  of state,  local or
          foreign law), (ii) as a transferee or successor,  (iii) by contract or
          (iv) otherwise.

               (xvi) There  currently are no limitations  on the  utilization of
          the net operating losses, built-in losses, capital losses, Tax credits
          or other similar items of any Acquired Party  (collectively,  the "Tax
          Losses")  under (i) Section 382 of the Code,  (ii)  Section 383 of the
          Code, (iii) Section 384 of the Code, (iv) Section 269 of the Code, (v)
          Section 1.1502-15 and Section 1.1502-15A of the Treasury  regulations,
          (vi)  Section  1.1502-21  and  Section   1.1502-21A  of  the  Treasury
          regulations  or (vii)  Sections  1.1502-91  through  1.1502-99  of the
          Treasury  regulations,  in each  case as in effect  both  prior to and
          following the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

               (xvii) At the  Balance  Sheet  Date,  the  Acquired  Parties  had
          aggregate  Tax Losses for federal  income Tax purposes as described on
          Schedule 5.22(xvii) attached hereto.

               (xviii)  The COMPANY is not an  investment  company as defined in
          Section 351(e)(1) of the Code.

               (xix) The fair market value of the assets of the COMPANY  exceeds
          the sum of its liabilities, plus the amount of liabilities, if any, to
          which the assets are subject.

               (xx) The  COMPANY is not under the  jurisdiction  of a court in a
          Title 11 or similar  case within the meaning of Section  351(e)(2)  of
          the Code.

               For  purposes of this Section  5.22,  the  following  definitions
          shall apply:
                  "Returns" means any returns,  reports or statements (including
any information  returns)  required to be filed for purposes of a particular Tax
with any Taxing Authority or governmental agency.


                                       26
<PAGE>

                  "Tax" or "Taxes"  means all Federal,  state,  local or foreign
net or gross income, gross receipts, net proceeds, sales, use, ad valorem, value
added,  franchise,  bank  shares,  withholding,   payroll,  employment,  excise,
property,  deed,  stamp,  alternative or add-on minimum,  environmental or other
taxes,  assessments,  duties,  fees, levies or other governmental charges of any
nature  whatsoever,  whether  disputed  or  not,  together  with  any  interest,
penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto.

                  "Taxing  Authority"  means  any  governmental  agency,  board,
bureau,  body,  department or authority of any United States  federal,  state or
local jurisdiction or any foreign jurisdiction, having jurisdiction with respect
to any Tax.

         5.23 NO  VIOLATIONS.  The  COMPANY is not in  violation  of any Charter
Document.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23, neither the COMPANY nor, to the
knowledge of the COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS,  any other party  thereto,  is in
default under any lease, instrument,  agreement, license, or permit set forth on
Schedule  5.12,  5.13,  5.14,  5.15,  5.16,  5.18 or 5.19 or any other  material
agreement  to which it is a party or by which  its  properties  are  bound  (the
"Material Documents"); and, except as set forth on Schedule 5.23, (a) the rights
and benefits of the COMPANY under the Material  Documents  will not be adversely
affected by the transactions  contemplated  hereby and (b) the execution of this
Agreement  and the  performance  by the  COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  of their
obligations  hereunder and the  consummation by the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS
of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will not result in any  violation  or
breach of, or constitute a default under,  any of the terms or provisions of the
Material  Documents  or the Charter  Documents.  Except as set forth on Schedule
5.23,  none of the  Material  Documents  requires  notice to, or the  consent or
approval of, any governmental agency or other third party with respect to any of
the transactions contemplated hereby in order to remain in full force and effect
and consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby will not give rise to
any right to  termination,  cancellation or acceleration or loss of any right or
benefit.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23,  none of the Material  Documents
prohibits the use or publication by the COMPANY, CEI or NEWCO of the name of any
other  party  to such  Material  Document,  and none of the  Material  Documents


                                       27
<PAGE>

prohibits or restricts the COMPANY from freely  providing  services to any other
customer or potential customer of the COMPANY,  CEI, NEWCO or any Other Founding
Company.

         5.24  GOVERNMENT  CONTRACTS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.24, the
COMPANY  is  not  a  party  to  any  governmental   contract  subject  to  price
redetermination or renegotiation.

         5.25 ABSENCE OF CHANGES.  Since the Balance  Sheet Date,  except as set
forth on Schedule 5.25, there has not been:

               (i) any  material  adverse  change  in the  financial  condition,
          assets,  liabilities (contingent or otherwise),  income or business of
          the COMPANY;

               (ii) any damage,  destruction  or loss (whether or not covered by
          insurance)  materially  adversely affecting the properties or business
          of the COMPANY;

               (iii) any change in the authorized  capital of the COMPANY or the
          outstanding  securities  issued by the  Company  or any  change in the
          classes,  preferences or other rights defining the ownership interests
          in the  Company or any grant or  issuance  of any  options,  warrants,
          calls, conversion rights or commitments;

               (iv) any  declaration or payment of any dividend or  distribution
          in respect of the capital stock or any direct or indirect  redemption,
          purchase  or  other  acquisition  of any of the  capital  stock of the
          COMPANY;

               (v) any increase in the compensation, bonus, sales commissions or
          fees  payable  or to  become  payable  by  the  COMPANY  to any of its
          officers, directors,  STOCKHOLDERS,  employees, consultants or agents,
          except for ordinary and  customary  bonuses and salary  increases  for
          employees in accordance with past practice;

               (vi) any work interruptions, labor grievances or claims filed, or
          any  event  or  condition  of  any  character,   materially  adversely
          affecting the business of the COMPANY;

               (vii) any sale or transfer, or any agreement to sell or transfer,
          any material assets,  property or rights of the COMPANY to any person,
          including, without limitation, the STOCKHOLDERS and their affiliates;


                                       28
<PAGE>

               (viii) any cancellation, or agreement to cancel, any indebtedness
          or  other  obligation  owing  to  the  COMPANY,   including,   without
          limitation,  any indebtedness or obligation of any STOCKHOLDERS or any
          affiliate thereof;

               (ix) any plan, agreement or arrangement granting any preferential
          right to  purchase  or  acquire  any  interest  in any of the  assets,
          property or rights of the COMPANY or requiring consent of any party to
          the transfer and assignment of any such assets, property or rights;

               (x)  any  purchase  or  acquisition  of,  or  agreement,  plan or
          arrangement  to purchase or acquire,  any  property,  rights or assets
          outside of the ordinary course of the COMPANY's business;

               (xi) any waiver of any material  rights or claims of the COMPANY,
          provided that the COMPANY may negotiate and adjust bills in the course
          of good faith disputes with customers in a manner consistent with past
          practice, provided, further, that such adjustments shall not be deemed
          to be included on Schedule 5.11 unless specifically listed thereon;

               (xii)  any  material  breach,  amendment  or  termination  of any
          contract,  agreement,  license,  permit  or other  right to which  the
          COMPANY is a party or as to which it is a beneficiary;

               (xiii) any transaction by the COMPANY outside the ordinary course
          of its respective businesses;

               (xiv) any cancellation or termination of a material contract with
          a customer or client prior to the scheduled termination date;

               (xv) any other distribution of property or assets by the COMPANY;
          or

               (xvi) any other  activity  prohibited  by Section 7.3 that is not
          specifically included in this Section 5.25.

         5.26 DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS; POWERS OF ATTORNEY. The COMPANY has delivered to
CEI an accurate schedule (which is set forth on Schedule 5.26) as of the date of
this Agreement of:

               (i) the name of each  financial  institution in which the COMPANY
          has accounts or safe deposit boxes;


                                       29
<PAGE>

               (ii) the names in which the accounts or boxes are held;

               (iii) the type of account and account number; and

               (iv) the name of each person  authorized  to draw thereon or have
          access thereto.

Schedule  5.26 also sets  forth the name of each  person,  corporation,  firm or
other entity holding a general or special power of attorney from the COMPANY and
a description of the terms of such power of attorney.

         5.27  VALIDITY  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  The  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement by the COMPANY and the  performance of the  transactions  contemplated
herein have been duly and validly  authorized  by the Board of  Directors of the
COMPANY and this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary
corporate action and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the COMPANY.

         5.28 RELATIONS WITH GOVERNMENTS.  The COMPANY has not made,  offered or
agreed to offer anything of value to any governmental official,  political party
or candidate for government  office nor has it otherwise  taken any action which
would cause the COMPANY to be in violation of the Foreign Corrupt  Practices Act
of 1977, as amended, or any law of similar effect.

         5.29 DISCLOSURE.  (a) This Agreement,  including the schedules  hereto,
together  with  the  completed   Directors  and  Officers   Questionnaires   and
Registration Statement  Questionnaires  attached hereto as Schedule 5.29 and all
other documents and information made available to CEI and its representatives in
writing  pursuant hereto or thereto,  fairly present the business and operations
of the COMPANY for the time periods with respect to which such  information  was
requested.  The COMPANY'S rights under the documents  delivered  pursuant hereto
would not be  materially  adversely  affected by, and no  statement  made herein
would be rendered untrue in any material respect by, any other document to which
the COMPANY is a party, or to which its properties are subject,  or by any other
fact or circumstance  regarding the COMPANY (which fact or circumstance  was, or
should  reasonably,  after due inquiry,  have been known to the COMPANY) that is
not disclosed  pursuant  hereto or thereto.  If, prior to the 25th day after the
date of the final  prospectus  of CEI utilized in  connection  with the IPO, the
COMPANY or the STOCKHOLDERS become aware of any fact or circumstance which would
change (or, if after 


                                       30
<PAGE>

the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  would have  changed) a  representation  or
warranty  of COMPANY  or  STOCKHOLDERS  in this  Agreement  or would  affect any
document delivered pursuant hereto in any material respect,  the COMPANY and the
STOCKHOLDERS  shall immediately give notice of such fact or circumstance to CEI.
However,  subject to the provisions of Section 7.8, such notification  shall not
relieve either the COMPANY or the STOCKHOLDERS of their  respective  obligations
under this Agreement, and, subject to the provisions of Section 7.8, at the sole
option  of  CEI,  the  truth  and  accuracy  of  any  and  all   warranties  and
representations  of  the  COMPANY,  or on  behalf  of  the  COMPANY  and  of the
STOCKHOLDERS  at the date of this  Agreement  and on the Closing Date and on the
Funding and  Consummation  Date,  shall be a precondition to the consummation of
this transaction.

                           (b) The COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  acknowledge and
agree (i) that there exists no firm commitment, binding agreement, or promise or
other assurance of any kind, whether express or implied, oral or written, that a
Registration  Statement will become  effective or that the IPO pursuant  thereto
will occur at a particular price or within a particular range of prices or occur
at all;  (ii) that  neither  CEI or any of its  officers,  directors,  agents or
representatives nor any Underwriter shall have any liability to the COMPANY, the
STOCKHOLDERS  or any other person  affiliated or associated with the COMPANY for
any failure of the Registration Statement to become effective,  the IPO to occur
at a particular price or within a particular range of prices or to occur at all;
and (iii) that the decision of the STOCKHOLDERS to enter into this Agreement, or
to vote in favor of or consent to the proposed Merger,  has been or will be made
independent  of, and without  reliance upon, any  statements,  opinions or other
communications,  or due diligence investigations which have been or will be made
or performed by any prospective Underwriter,  relative to CEI or the prospective
IPO.

         5.30  PROHIBITED  ACTIVITES.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.30, the
COMPANY has not,  between the Balance Sheet Date and the date hereof,  taken any
of the actions (Prohibited Activities) set forth in Section 7.3.

         (B)      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF STOCKHOLDERS

         Each   STOCKHOLDER   severally   represents   and  warrants   that  the
representations  and  warranties set forth below are true as of the date of this
Agreement and, subject to Section


                                       31
<PAGE>

7.8  hereof,  shall be true at the time of the  Closing  and on the  Funding and
Consummation  Date,  and that the  representations  and  warranties set forth in
Sections 5.31,  5.32 and 5.33 shall survive until the second  anniversary of the
Funding and  Consummation  Date, which shall be deemed to be the Expiration Date
for purposes of those Sections.

         5.31 AUTHORITY;  OWNERSHIP.  Such STOCKHOLDER has the full legal right,
power  and  authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement.  Such  STOCKHOLDER  owns
beneficially  and of record all of the shares of the COMPANY stock identified on
Annex IV as  being  owned  by such  STOCKHOLDER,  and,  except  as set  forth on
Schedule 5.31, such COMPANY Stock is owned free and clear of all liens, security
interests,  pledges,  charges,  voting trusts,  restrictions,  encumbrances  and
claims of every kind.

         5.32  PREEMPTIVE  RIGHTS.  Such  STOCKHOLDER  does not have,  or hereby
waives,  any preemptive or other right to acquire shares of COMPANY Stock or CEI
Stock  that  such  STOCKHOLDER  has or may have had  other  than  rights  of any
STOCKHOLDER  to acquire  CEI Stock  pursuant to (i) this  Agreement  or (ii) any
option granted by CEI.

         5.33 NO  INTENTION  TO  DISPOSE OF CEI STOCK.  No  STOCKHOLDER  has any
current plan or intention,  or is under any binding  commitment or contract,  to
sell,  exchange or otherwise dispose of shares of CEI Stock received pursuant to
Section 3.1.

         5.34  TRANSACTIONS  WITH DIRECTORS  OFFICERS AND AFFILIATES.  Except as
listed on Schedule 5.34 annexed hereto,  there have been no  transactions  since
January  1,  1992  between  the  COMPANY  and  any of its  directors,  officers,
stockholders  or  affiliates or any of their Family  Members (as defined  below)
involving  $60,000 or more. Each transaction set forth on Schedule 5.34 has been
on reasonable  commercial  terms which could have been obtained at the time from
bona fide third parties. To the best knowledge of the COMPANY,  since January 1,
1992,  none of the  officers or directors of the COMPANY or any spouse or Family
Member (as defined below) of any of such persons,  has been a director,  officer
or  consultant  of, or owns  directly or  indirectly  any interest in, any firm,
corporation,  association  or business  enterprise  which during such period has
been a  significant  supplier,  customer  or sales  agent of the  COMPANY or has
competed with or been engaged in any business of the kind being conducted by the
COMPANY except as disclosed on Schedule 5.34 annexed hereto. Except as disclosed
on  Schedule  5.34,  no


                                       32
<PAGE>

Family Member (as defined below) of any STOCKHOLDER,  officer or director of the
COMPANY is  currently  an employee or  consultant  receiving  payments  from the
COMPANY or  otherwise  on the payroll of the COMPANY or has any  material  claim
whatsoever  against or owes any amount to the COMPANY,  except for claims in the
ordinary  course  of  business  such as for  accrued  vacation  pay and  accrued
benefits under employee benefit plans.  "Family Member" shall mean all relatives
and their spouses in a relationship of first cousins or closer.

6. REPRESENTATIONS OF CEI AND NEWCO

         CEI and NEWCO jointly and  severally  represent and warrant that all of
the following  representations  and warranties in this Section 6 are true at the
date of this Agreement and, subject to Section 7.8 hereof,  shall be true at the
time of the  Closing  and the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date,  and that  such
representations  and warranties shall survive the Funding and Consummation  Date
for a period of two years  (the last day of such  period  being the  "Expiration
Date"),  except that (i) the warranties and representations set forth in Section
6.14 hereof shall survive until such time as the limitations  period has run for
all tax periods ended on or prior to the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  which
shall be deemed to be the  Expiration  Date for Section 6.14 and (ii) solely for
purposes of Section 11.2(iv) hereof, and solely to the extent that in connection
with the IPO, CEI actually incurs  liability under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or
any other Federal or state securities laws, the  representations  and warranties
set  forth  herein  shall  survive  until  the   expiration  of  any  applicable
limitations  period,  which shall be deemed to be the  Expiration  Date for such
purposes.

         6.1  DUE  ORGANIZATION.  CEI  and  NEWCO  are  each  corporations  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware,  and are duly  authorized  and  qualified  to do  business  under  all
applicable  laws,  regulations,  ordinances and orders of public  authorities to
carry on their  respective  business  in the  places  and in the  manner  as now
conducted  except where the failure to be so authorized  or qualified  would not
have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  True,  complete  and  correct  copies of the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, each as amended, of CEI and NEWCO (the
"CEI Charter Documents") are all attached hereto as Annex II.


                                       33
<PAGE>

         6.2 AUTHORIZATION.  (i) The respective representatives of CEI and NEWCO
executing this Agreement have the authority to enter into and bind CEI and NEWCO
to the terms of this  Agreement  and (ii) CEI and NEWCO have the full  corporate
right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Merger.

         6.3 CAPITAL STOCK OF THE COMPANY.  The authorized  capital stock of CEI
and NEWCO is as set forth in Sections  1.4(ii) and (iii),  respectively.  All of
the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of NEWCO are owned by CEI
and all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of the  capital  stock of CEI are
owned by the persons set forth on Annex V hereof,  in each case,  free and clear
of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, voting trusts, restrictions,
encumbrances and claims of every kind. All of the issued and outstanding  shares
of the  capital  stock of CEI and NEWCO have been duly  authorized  and  validly
issued, are fully paid and  nonassessable,  are owned of record and beneficially
by CEI and the persons set forth on Annex V,  respectively,  and  further,  such
shares were offered,  issued,  sold and delivered by CEI and NEWCO in compliance
with  all  applicable   state  and  Federal  laws  concerning  the  issuance  of
securities.  Further,  none of such  shares  were  issued  in  violation  of the
preemptive rights of any past or present stockholder of CEI or NEWCO.

         6.4 TRANSACTIONS IN CAPITAL STOCK,  ORGANIZATION ACCOUNTING.  Except as
set  forth  on  Schedule  6.4  of  this  Agreement,  and  as  set  forth  in the
Registration  Statement,  (i) no  option,  warrant,  call,  conversion  right or
commitment  of any kind exists which  obligates CEI or NEWCO to issue any of its
authorized but unissued  capital stock or its treasury  stock;  and (ii) neither
CEI nor NEWCO has any obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to purchase,  redeem
or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interests therein or to
pay any dividend or make any distribution in respect thereof.  Schedule 6.4 also
includes  complete  and accurate  copies of all stock  option or stock  purchase
plans of CEI and NEWCO, including a list, accurate as of the date hereof, of all
outstanding  options,  warrants  or other  rights  to  acquire  shares  of their
respective capital stock.

         6.5  SUBSIDIARIES.  NEWCO has no subsidiaries.  CEI has no subsidiaries
except for NEWCO and each of the companies  identified as "NEWCO" in each of the
Other Agreements. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, neither CEI nor
NEWCO owns, of record or


                                       34
<PAGE>

beneficially, or controls, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, securities
convertible  into capital stock or any other equity interest in any corporation,
association or business  entity nor is CEI or NEWCO,  directly or indirectly,  a
participant in any joint venture, partnership or other non-corporate entity.

         6.6 FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  (a) Attached  hereto as Schedule 6.6(a) are
copies  of the  following  financial  statements  of  CEI  (the  "CEI  Financial
Statements"),  which reflect the results of its operations from inception: CEI's
audited  Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996 and  Statements  of Income,  Cash
Flows and Retained  Earnings for the period from inception  through December 31,
1996.  Such CEI  Financial  Statements  have been  prepared in  accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis
throughout  the  periods  indicated  (except  as noted  thereon  or on  Schedule
6.6(a)).  Except as set forth on  Schedule  6.6(a),  such  Balance  Sheets as of
December 31, 1996 present fairly the financial  position of CEI as of such date,
and such Statements of Income,  Cash Flows and Retained  Earnings present fairly
the results of operations for the period indicated.

         (b)  Attached  hereto as  Schedule  6.6(b) are copies of the  following
unaudited  pro forma  combined  financial  statements  for CEI and the  Founding
Companies (the "Pro Forma Financial Statements"):  combined Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 and Statements of Income, Cash Flows and
Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. Such Pro
Forma  Financial  Statements  have been  prepared in accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis  throughout the
period indicated (except as noted thereon or on Schedule 6.6(b)).  Except as set
forth on Schedule 6.6(b), such Balance Sheets, as of the dates thereof,  present
fairly  the  financial  position  of CEI and the  Founding  Companies,  and such
Statements  of  Income,  Cash Flows and  Retained  Earnings  present  fairly the
results of operations for the periods indicated.

         6.7 LIABILITIES AND  OBLIGATIONS.  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.7,
CEI and NEWCO have no material liabilities,  contingent or otherwise,  except as
set forth in or  contemplated  by this  Agreement and the Other  Agreements  and
except  for fees and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.


                                       35
<PAGE>

         6.8 CONFORMITY WITH LAW; LITIGATION.  Except to the extent set forth on
Schedule  6.8,  neither CEI nor NEWCO is in violation  of any law or  regulation
which  violation would have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or of any order of any
court or Federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission,
board,  bureau,  agency or  instrumentality  having  jurisdiction over either of
them;  and except to the extent set forth in Schedule 6.8, there are no material
claims,  actions,  suits or proceedings,  pending or, to the knowledge of CEI or
NEWCO,  threatened,  against or affecting CEI or NEWCO, at law or in equity,  or
before or by any Federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental  department,
commission,  board, bureau,  agency or instrumentality  having jurisdiction over
either of them and no notice of any claim,  action, suit or proceeding,  whether
pending or threatened,  has been received.  CEI and NEWCO have conducted and are
conducting  their  respective  businesses in compliance  with the  requirements,
standards,  criteria and conditions set forth in applicable  Federal,  state and
local statutes,  ordinances,  permits, licenses,  orders, approvals,  variances,
rules and regulations and are not in violation of any of the foregoing.

         6.9 NO  VIOLATION.  Neither  CEI nor NEWCO is in  violation  of any CEI
Charter Document. None of CEI, NEWCO, or, to the knowledge of CEI and NEWCO, any
other  party  thereto,  is in default  under any lease,  instrument,  agreement,
license,  or permit to which CEI or NEWCO is a party,  or by which CEI or NEWCO,
or any of  their  respective  properties,  are  bound  (collectively,  the  "CEI
Documents");  and (a) the rights  and  benefits  of CEI and NEWCO  under the CEI
Documents will not be adversely affected by the transactions contemplated hereby
and (b) the execution of this Agreement and the performance of CEI's and NEWCO's
obligations   hereunder  and  the  consummation  by  them  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby will not result in any  violation or breach or constitute a
default  under,  any of the terms or  provisions of the CEI Documents or the CEI
Charter  Documents.  Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  6.9,  none  of the CEI
Documents  requires  notice to, or the consent or approval of, any  governmental
agency or other third party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated
hereby in order to remain in full force and effect and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby will not give rise to any right to termination,
cancellation or acceleration or loss of any right or benefit of CEI or NEWCO.


                                       36
<PAGE>

         6.10  VALIDITY  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  The  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement  by CEI and  NEWCO  and the  performance  by them of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby have been duly and  validly  authorized  by the  respective
Boards  of  Directors  of CEI and  NEWCO  and this  Agreement  has been duly and
validly  authorized by all necessary  corporate action and is a legal, valid and
binding obligation of CEI and NEWCO.

         6.11 CEI STOCK.  At the time of issuance  thereof,  the CEI Stock to be
delivered to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to this Agreement will constitute valid
and legally  issued shares of CEI,  fully paid and  nonassessable,  and with the
exception  of  restrictions  upon resale set forth in Sections 15 and 16 hereof,
will be  identical in all  material  and  substantive  respects to the CEI Stock
issued and  outstanding as of the date hereof by reason of the provisions of the
Delaware GCL. The shares of CEI Stock to be issued to the STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant
to this Agreement will not be registered  under the 1933 Act, except as provided
in Section 17 hereof.

         6.12 NO SIDE  AGREEMENTS.  Except with respect to the Schedules and the
merger  consideration  payable at the  Effective  Time of the Merger,  the Other
Agreements  are  substantially  identical  to  this  Agreement  in all  material
respects.  Neither  CEI nor NEWCO has  entered or will enter into any  agreement
with any of the Founding  Companies or any of the  stockholders  of the Founding
Companies or CEI other than the Other Agreements and the agreements contemplated
by each of the Other Agreements, including the employment agreements referred to
therein.

         6.13 BUSINESS;  REAL  PROPERTY;  MATERIAL  AGREEMENTS.  Neither CEI nor
NEWCO has  conducted  any  operations  or business  since  inception  other than
activities  related to the CEI Plan of Organization.  Neither CEI nor NEWCO owns
or has at any time owned any real property or any material  personal property or
is a party to any other agreement,  except as listed on Schedule 6.13 and except
that CEI is a party to the  Other  Agreements  and the  agreements  contemplated
thereby  and to  certain  agreements  which  will be  filed as  Exhibits  to the
Registration Statement.

         6.14  TAXES.  NEWCO  is a  newly  formed  entity  which  has  no tax or
operational history. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.14:

               (i) All Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to
          CEI and any  affiliated,  combined,  consolidated,  unitary or similar
          group of which CEI is or was a


                                       37
<PAGE>

          member (a "CEI Relevant  Group") with any Taxing  Authority  have been
          duly filed, and each such Return correctly and completely reflects the
          Tax  liability  and all  other  information  required  to be  reported
          thereon.  All Taxes  (whether or not shown on any Return)  owed by the
          CEI Relevant Group have been paid.

               (ii) The provisions for Taxes due by CEI and any subsidiaries (as
          opposed to any  reserve  for  deferred  Taxes  established  to reflect
          timing  differences  between book and Tax income) in the CEI Financial
          Statements are  sufficient  for all unpaid Taxes,  being current taxes
          not yet due and payable, of the CEI Relevant Group.

               (iii) No  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group is a party to any
          agreement extending the time within which to file any Return. No claim
          has ever been made by any Taxing  Authority in a jurisdiction in which
          a corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group does not file Returns that it
          is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

               (iv) Each  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group has withheld and
          paid all Taxes  required to have been  withheld and paid in connection
          with  amounts  paid or owing to any  employee,  creditor,  independent
          contractor or other third party.

               (v) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group expects any Taxing
          Authority to assess any  additional  Taxes against or in respect of it
          for any past period.  There is no dispute or claim  concerning any Tax
          liability  of any  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant  Group either (i)
          Claimed or raised by any Taxing  Authority or (ii) otherwise  known to
          any  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group. No issues have been raised
          in any  examination  by  any  Taxing  Authority  with  respect  to any
          corporation in the CEI Relevant Group which, by application of similar
          principles,  reasonably  could be  expected  to result  in a  proposed
          deficiency  for any other  period not so  examined.  Schedule  6.14(v)
          attached hereto lists all federal, state, local and foreign income Tax
          Returns  filed  by or  with  respect  to any  corporation  in the  CEI
          Relevant Group for all taxable  periods,  indicates those Returns,  if
          any,  that  have  been  audited,  and  indicates  those  Returns  that
          currently  are the  subject  of  audit.  Each  corporation  in the CEI
          Relevant  Group  will make  available  to the  STOCKHOLDERS,  at their
          request,  complete and correct copies of all federal, 


                                       38
<PAGE>

          state,  local and  foreign  income Tax  Returns  filed by, and all Tax
          examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed against or
          agreed to by, CEI.

               (vi) No  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant  Group has  waived any
          statute of  limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension
          of time with respect to any Tax assessment or deficiency.

               (vii)  No  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant  Group  has made any
          payments,  is  obligated  to make any  payments,  or is a party to any
          agreement  that under certain  circumstances  could require it to make
          any payments, that are not deductible under Section 280G the Code.

               (viii) No corporation in the CEI Relevant Group is a party to any
          Tax allocation or sharing agreement.

               (ix) None of the assets of any  corporation  in the CEI  Relevant
          Group constitutes  tax-exempt bond financed property or tax-exempt use
          property,   within  the  meaning  of  Section  168  of  the  Code.  No
          corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group is a party to any "safe harbor
          lease" that is subject to the  provisions of Section  168(f)(8) of the
          Internal  Revenue  Code as in effect  prior to the Tax  Reform  Act of
          1986, or to any "long-term contract" within the meaning of Section 460
          of the Code.

               (x) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group is a  "consenting
          corporation"  within the meaning of Section  341(f)(1) of the Code, or
          comparable provisions of any state statutes, and none of the assets of
          any  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group is subject to an election
          under Section 341(f) of the Code or comparable provisions of any state
          statutes.

               (xi) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group is a party to any
          joint venture,  partnership or other  arrangement that is treated as a
          partnership for federal income Tax purposes.

               (xii)  There are no  accounting  method  changes or  proposed  or
          threatened  accounting  method changes,  of any corporation in the CEI
          Relevant Group that could give rise to an adjustment under Section 481
          of the Code for periods after the Funding and Consummation Date.


                                       39
<PAGE>

               (xiii) No  corporation in the CEI Relevant Group has received any
          written ruling of a Taxing Authority  related to Taxes or entered into
          any written  and legally  binding  agreement  with a Taxing  Authority
          relating to Taxes.

               (xiv) Each  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group has disclosed
          (in  accordance  with  Section  6662(d)(2)(B)(ii)  of the Code) on its
          federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give
          rise to a substantial  understatement of federal income Tax within the
          meaning of Section 6662(d) of the Code.

               (xv) No  corporation  in the CEI Relevant Group has any liability
          for  Taxes  of any  person  other  than  such  corporation  in the CEI
          Relevant Group (i) under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury  regulations
          (or any similar  provision of state,  local or foreign law), (ii) as a
          transferee or successor, (iii) by contract or (iv) otherwise.

               (xvi) There  currently are no limitations  on the  utilization of
          the net operating losses, built-in losses, capital losses, Tax credits
          or other similar items of any  corporation  in the CEI Relevant  Group
          under (i) Section 382 of the Code, (ii) Section 383 of the Code, (iii)
          Section 384 of the Code,  (iv)  Section  269 of the Code,  (v) Section
          1.1502-15  and Section  1.1502-15A of the Treasury  regulations,  (vi)
          Section 1.1502-21 and Section  1.1502-21A of the Treasury  regulations
          or  (vii)  sections   1.1502-91  through  1.1502-99  of  the  Treasury
          regulations, in each case as in effect both prior to and following the
          Tax Reform Act of 1986.

               (xvii) Neither CEI nor NEWCO is an investment  company as defined
          in Section 351(e)(1) of the Code.

               (xviii)  Neither  CEI nor  NEWCO is under the  jurisdiction  of a
          court in a Title 11 or  similar  case  within  the  meaning of Section
          351(e)(2)  of the Code. 

         After  giving  effect to the  Merger,  the fair  saleable  value of the
business and assets of CEI and its subsidiaries  will be in excess of the amount
that will be required to pay its principal liabilities on existing debts as they
become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

7. COVENANTS PRIOR TO CLOSING

                                       40
<PAGE>

         7.1 ACCESS AND COOPERATION;  DUE DILIGENCE.(a) Between the date of this
Agreement and the Funding and Consummation  Date, the COMPANY will afford to the
officers and authorized  representatives of CEI and the Other Founding Companies
reasonable access,  during normal business hours, to all of the COMPANY's sites,
properties,  books  and  records  and  will  furnish  CEI with  such  additional
financial  and  operating  data and other  information  as to the  business  and
properties of the COMPANY as CEI or the Other  Founding  Companies may from time
to time  reasonably  request.  The COMPANY will cooperate with CEI and the Other
Founding  Companies  and  their  respective  representatives,   including  CEI's
auditors and counsel,  in the  preparation  of any  documents or other  material
(including the Registration  Statement) which may be required in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  CEI, NEWCO, the STOCKHOLDERS
and the  COMPANY  will treat all  information  obtained in  connection  with the
negotiation   and   performance   of  this   Agreement  or  the  due   diligence
investigations  conducted  with  respect  to the  Other  Founding  Companies  as
confidential  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section  14  hereof.  In
addition, CEI will cause each of the Other Agreements, binding each of the Other
Founding  Companies,  to contain a provision  similar to this  Section 7.1 and a
provision similar to Section 14 requiring each such Other Founding Company,  its
stockholders, directors, officers, representatives, employees and agents to keep
confidential  any  information  obtained by such Other  Founding  Company and to
provide the COMPANY with  reasonable  access and information as will be provided
by the COMPANY pursuant to this Section 7.1(a).

         (b) Between the date of this Agreement and the Funding and Consummation
Date,  CEI will afford to the officers  and  authorized  representatives  of the
COMPANY access to all of CEI's and NEWCO's sites, properties,  books and records
and will furnish the COMPANY with such  additional  financial and operating data
and other  information as to the business and properties of CEI and NEWCO as the
COMPANY may from time to time reasonably  request.  CEI and NEWCO will cooperate
with the COMPANY, its  representatives,  auditors and counsel in the preparation
of any documents or other material which may be required in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.  The  COMPANY  will  cause  all
information 


                                       41
<PAGE>

obtained in connection with the negotiation and performance of this Agreement to
be treated as  confidential  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 14
hereof.

         7.2  CONDUCT OF  BUSINESS  PENDING  CLOSING.  Between  the date of this
Agreement and the Funding and Consummation Date, the COMPANY will, except as set
forth on Schedule 7.2:

               (i) carry on its business in the ordinary course substantially as
          conducted  heretofore  and not introduce any new method of management,
          operation or accounting;

               (ii) maintain its properties and facilities, including those held
          under  leases,  in as good working  order and condition as at present,
          ordinary wear and tear excepted;

               (iii)  perform in all  material  respects its  obligations  under
          agreements relating to or affecting its assets, properties or rights;

               (iv) keep in full force and effect present insurance  policies or
          other comparable insurance coverage;

               (v) maintain and  preserve its business  organization  intact and
          use  its  best  efforts  to  retain  its  present  key  employees  and
          relationships  with  suppliers,  customers and others having  business
          relations with the COMPANY;

               (vi)  maintain  compliance  with all  permits,  laws,  rules  and
          regulations,  consent  orders,  and all  other  orders  of  applicable
          courts, regulatory agencies and similar governmental authorities;

               (vii) maintain  present debt and lease  instruments in accordance
          with their  respective terms and not enter into new or amended debt or
          lease instruments,  provided that debt and/or lease instruments may be
          replaced  if such  replacement  instruments  are on  terms at least as
          favorable to the COMPANY as the instruments being replaced; and

               (viii) maintain or reduce present salaries and commission  levels
          for all officers, directors, employees and agents, except for ordinary
          and customary  bonus and salary  increases for employees in accordance
          with past practices.

         7.3 PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES. Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.3, between
the date hereof and the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  the COMPANY  will not,
without prior written consent of CEI:

               (i)  make  any  change  in  its   Articles  or   Certificate   of
          Incorporation or By-laws;


                                       42
<PAGE>

               (ii) grant or issue any  securities,  options,  warrants,  calls,
          conversion   rights  or  commitments  of  any  kind  relating  to  its
          securities of any kind other than in  connection  with the exercise of
          options or warrants listed on Schedule 5.4;

               (iii) declare or pay any dividend,  or make any  distribution  in
          respect  of  its  stock  whether  now  or  hereafter  outstanding,  or
          purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire or retire for value any shares
          of its stock;

               (iv) enter into any contract or  commitment  or incur or agree to
          incur any liability or make any capital  expenditure,  except if it is
          in the ordinary course of business (consistent with past practice) and
          involves an amount not in excess of $10,000;

               (v)  create,  assume or permit to exist any  mortgage,  pledge or
          other lien or  encumbrance  upon any assets or properties  whether now
          owned or hereafter acquired, except (1) with respect to purchase money
          liens incurred in connection with the acquisition of equipment with an
          aggregate cost not in excess of $10,000 necessary or desirable for the
          conduct of the business of the COMPANY, (2) (A) liens for taxes either
          not yet  due or  being  contested  in good  faith  and by  appropriate
          proceedings (and for which adequate reserves have been established and
          are being  maintained)  or (B)  materialmen's,  mechanics',  workers',
          repairmen's,  employees'  or other like liens  arising in the ordinary
          course of business  (the liens set forth in clause (2) being  referred
          to herein as  "Statutory  Liens"),  or (3) liens set forth on Schedule
          5.10 or 5.15 hereto;

               (vi) sell, assign,  lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of any
          property or equipment except in the ordinary course of business;

               (vii)  negotiate  for  the  acquisition  of any  business  or the
          start-up of any new business;

               (viii) merge or consolidate or agree to merge or consolidate with
          or into any other corporation;

               (ix) waive any material  right or claim of the COMPANY,  provided
          that the COMPANY may  negotiate and adjust bills in the course of good
          faith  disputes  with  customers  in a  manner  consistent  with  past
          practice, provided, further, that such


                                       43
<PAGE>

          adjustments shall not be deemed to be included on Schedule 5.11 unless
          specifically listed thereon;

               (x) commit a material  breach or amend or terminate  any material
          contract,  agreement,  permit,  license  or other  right to which  the
          COMPANY is a party or as to which it is a beneficiary; or

               (xi) enter into any other transaction outside the ordinary course
          of its business or prohibited hereunder.

         7.4 NO SHOP . None of the  STOCKHOLDERS or the COMPANY,  nor any agent,
officer,  director,  trustee or any representative of any of the foregoing will,
during the period  commencing on the date of this  Agreement and ending with the
earlier to occur of the Funding and Consummation Date or the termination of this
Agreement  in  accordance  with its terms,  directly or  indirectly:  solicit or
initiate the submission of proposals or offers from any person for,  participate
in any discussion  pertaining to, or furnish any information to any person other
than CEI or its authorized  agents  relating to, any  acquisition or purchase of
all or a  material  amount of the  assets  of, or any  equity  interest  in, the
COMPANY or a merger, consolidation or business combination of the COMPANY.

         7.5 NOTICE TO BARGAINING AGENTS. Prior to the Closing Date, the COMPANY
shall satisfy any  requirement  for notice of the  transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement under applicable collective bargaining  agreements.  Set forth on
Schedule 7.5 is a copy of such required notice, as sent.

         7.6 AGREEMENTS.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  and the COMPANY shall terminate (i)
any  stockholders'  agreements,   voting  agreements,  voting  trusts,  options,
warrants and employment  agreements  between the COMPANY and any employee listed
on Schedule 9.12 hereto (other than the new employment  agreements  contemplated
by Section  9.12) and (ii) any  existing  agreement  between the COMPANY and any
STOCKHOLDER,  on or prior to the Funding and  Consummation  Date. A list of such
termination  agreements  is set forth on  Schedule  7.6 and  copies of each such
agreement are attached thereto.

         7.7 NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN  MATTERS.  The STOCKHOLDERS and the COMPANY
shall give prompt notice to CEI of (i) the occurrence or  non-occurrence  of any
event the 


                                       44
<PAGE>

occurrence   or   non-occurrence   of  which   would  be  likely  to  cause  any
representation  or warranty of the COMPANY or the STOCKHOLDERS  contained herein
to be untrue or  inaccurate  in any material  respect at or prior to the Closing
and (ii) any material  failure of any  STOCKHOLDER or the COMPANY to comply with
or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied
by such person hereunder.  CEI and NEWCO shall give prompt notice to the COMPANY
of  (i)  the  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of any  event  the  occurrence  or
non-occurrence of which would be likely to cause any  representation or warranty
of CEI or NEWCO  contained  herein to be untrue or  inaccurate  in any  material
respect at or prior to the Closing and (ii) any material failure of CEI or NEWCO
to comply with or satisfy any  covenant,  condition  or agreement to be complied
with or satisfied by it hereunder.  The delivery of any notice  pursuant to this
Section 7.7 shall not be deemed to (i) modify the  representations or warranties
hereunder of the party  delivering such notice,  which  modification may only be
made pursuant to Section 7.8, (ii) modify the conditions set forth in Sections 8
and 9, or (iii) limit or otherwise  affect the remedies  available  hereunder to
the party receiving such notice.

         7.8  AMENDMENT OF SCHEDULES.  (a) Each party hereto  agrees that,  with
respect to the  representations  and warranties of such party  contained in this
Agreement, such party shall have the continuing obligation until the Funding and
Consummation  Date to  supplement or amend  promptly the  Schedules  hereto with
respect to any matter  hereafter  arising or  discovered  which,  if existing or
known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or
described in the Schedules, provided however, that supplements and amendments to
Schedules  5.10,  5.11,  5.14 and 5.15  shall only have to be  delivered  at the
Closing  Date,  unless  such  Schedule  is to be  amended  to  reflect  an event
occurring other than in the ordinary course of business.

         (b)  Until  24  hours  prior to the  anticipated  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement,  and  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  clause (a),  the
provisions  of this clause (b) shall  apply:  no amendment  or  supplement  to a
Schedule  prepared  by the  COMPANY  or the  STOCKHOLDERS  that  constitutes  or
reflects an event or occurrence that would have a Material Adverse Effect may be
made unless CEI and a majority of the Founding  Companies other than the COMPANY
consent to such amendment or supplement; and provided further, that no 


                                       45
<PAGE>

amendment or supplement to a Schedule  prepared by CEI or NEWCO that constitutes
or reflects an event or occurrence that would have a Material Adverse Effect may
be made unless a majority of the Founding Companies consent to such amendment or
supplement. In the event that one of the Other Founding Companies seeks to amend
or supplement a Schedule pursuant to Section 7.8 of one of the Other Agreements,
and such amendment or supplement  constitutes or reflects an event or occurrence
that would have a Material  Adverse Effect on such Other Founding  Company,  CEI
shall give the COMPANY notice  promptly after it has knowledge  thereof.  If CEI
and  a  majority  of  the  Founding  Companies  consent  to  such  amendment  or
supplement,  which  consent  shall have been deemed given by CEI or any Founding
Company if no response is received from CEI or any such Founding  Company within
24 hours following  receipt of notice of such amendment or supplement (or sooner
if required by the circumstances under which such consent is requested), but the
COMPANY  does not give its consent,  the COMPANY may  terminate  this  Agreement
pursuant to Section  12.1(iv)  hereof.  In the event that the  COMPANY  seeks to
amend or  supplement  a  Schedule  pursuant  to this  Section  7.8 and CEI and a
majority of the Other  Founding  Companies  do not consent to such  amendment or
supplement,  this Agreement shall be deemed  terminated by mutual consent as set
forth in Section 12.1(i)  hereof.  In the event that CEI or NEWCO seeks to amend
or  supplement  a Schedule  pursuant  to this  Section 7.8 and a majority of the
Founding  Companies  do not  consent  to  such  amendment  or  supplement,  this
Agreement  shall be deemed  terminated by mutual consent as set forth in Section
12.1(i) hereof.

         (c)  Between 24 hours  prior to the  anticipated  effectiveness  of the
Registration  Statement and the Funding and Consummation Date, the provisions of
this clause (c) shall apply.  No amendment or supplement to a Schedule  prepared
by the  COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS  that  constitutes  or reflects an event or
occurrence  that  would have a Material  Adverse  Effect may be made  unless CEI
consents  to  such  amendment  or  supplement   after   consultation   with  the
Underwriters.  CEI and NEWCO  hereby  covenant  that  neither CEI nor NEWCO will
amend or supplement  any Schedule  prepared by CEI or NEWCO that  constitutes or
reflects an event or occurrence that would have a Material Adverse Effect on CEI
or NEWCO, as the case may be,


                                       46
<PAGE>

without consulting with the Underwriters, and CEI shall provide immediate notice
of such amendment or supplement to the Founding Companies.

         (d) For all purposes of this Agreement,  including  without  limitation
for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and
9.1  have  been  fulfilled,  the  Schedules  hereto  shall be  deemed  to be the
Schedules as amended or  supplemented  pursuant to this Section 7.8. No party to
this  Agreement  shall be liable to any other party if this  Agreement  shall be
terminated  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  this  Section  7.8,  except  that,
notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this  Agreement,  if the
COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS on the one hand, or CEI or NEWCO on the other hand,
amends  or  supplements  a  Schedule  which  results  in a  termination  of this
Agreement and such  amendment or supplement  arises out of or reflects  facts or
circumstances  which  such party  knew  about at the time of  execution  of this
Agreement  and knew would result in a termination  of this  Agreement or if such
amendment or supplement otherwise is proposed in bad faith, such party shall pay
or reimburse  CEI or the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS,  as the case may be, for
all of the legal,  accounting and other out of pocket costs reasonably  incurred
in connection  with this Agreement and the IPO as it relates to CEI, the COMPANY
and the STOCKHOLDERS.

         7.9 COOPERATION IN PREPARATION OF REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The COMPANY
and  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  furnish  or  cause  to be  furnished  to CEI  and  the
Underwriters all of the information  concerning the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS
requested by CEI or the  Underwriters  for inclusion in, and will cooperate with
CEI and the Underwriters in the preparation of, the  Registration  Statement and
the  prospectus  included  therein  (including  audited and unaudited  financial
statements,   prepared  in  accordance   with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles,  in form suitable for inclusion in the Registration Statement).  The
COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  agree promptly to advise CEI if at any time during
the period in which a  prospectus  relating  to the  offering  is required to be
delivered under the Securities Act, any information  contained in the prospectus
concerning the COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS  contains any untrue  statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  and to provide the
information  needed to  correct  such  inaccuracy.  Insofar  as the  information
relates solely to the 


                                       47
<PAGE>

COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS,  the COMPANY  represents  and  warrants as to such
information  with  respect  to  itself,  and  each  STOCKHOLDER  represents  and
warrants,  as to such  information  with  respect to the  COMPANY and himself or
herself,  that the Registration  Statement at its effective date, at the date of
the Final Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the Preliminary
Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), and each amendment to the
Registration  Statement,  and at each closing date with respect to the IPO under
the Underwriting Agreement (including with respect to any over-allotment option)
will not  include  an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

         7.10 FINAL FINANCIAL STATMENTS.  The COMPANY shall provide prior to the
Funding and  Consummation  Date,  and CEI shall have had  sufficient  time prior
thereto to review, the unaudited  consolidated  balance sheets of the COMPANY as
of the end of each fiscal quarter  following the Balance Sheet Date that ends at
least 45 days prior to the  Funding and  Consummation  Date,  and the  unaudited
consolidated  statements  of income,  cash flows and  retained  earnings  of the
COMPANY for all fiscal  quarters ended after the Balance Sheet Date,  disclosing
no material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition  of the COMPANY or the
results of its operations from the financial  statements as of the Balance Sheet
Date.  Such  financial  statements  shall have been prepared in accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis
throughout the periods indicated  (except as noted therein).  Except as noted in
such financial statements,  all of such financial statements will present fairly
the results of operations of the COMPANY for the periods indicated thereon.

         7.11  FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  The  parties  hereto  agree to execute  and
deliver,  or cause to be executed and  delivered,  such further  instruments  or
documents or take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or convenient
to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.

         7.12  AUTHORIZED  CAPITAL.  CEI shall maintain its  authorized  capital
stock as set forth in the  Registration  Statement filed with the SEC except for
such changes in authorized capital stock as are made to respond to comments made
by the SEC or requirements of any exchange or automated trading system for which
application is made to register the CEI Stock.


                                       48
<PAGE>

8. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS AND COMPANY

         The  obligations  of the  STOCKHOLDERS  and the COMPANY with respect to
actions to be taken on the  Closing  Date and, to the extent  specified  in this
Section 8, on the Funding and Consummation Date, are subject to the satisfaction
or waiver on or prior to the Closing  Date  and/or the Funding and  Consummation
Date, as the case may be, of all of the  conditions set forth in this Section 8.
As of the Closing Date or the Funding and Consummation Date, as the case may be,
all conditions not satisfied  shall be deemed to have been waived by the COMPANY
and the  STOCKHOLDERS  unless such  parties have  objected by  notifying  CEI in
writing of such  objection  on or before  the  closing  on the  Closing  Date or
consummation  of  the  transactions  on  the  Funding  and  Consummation   Date,
respectively,  except that no such waiver shall be deemed to affect the survival
of the  representations  and warranties of CEI and NEWCO  contained in Section 6
hereof.

         8.1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  All representations and warranties
of CEI and  NEWCO  contained  in  Section  6 (as  amended  by any  amendment  or
supplement to a Schedule that has received their requisite consents contemplated
by Section  7.8) shall be true and  correct in all  material  respects as of the
Closing Date as though such  representations  and warranties had been made as of
that time; and a certificate to the foregoing  effect dated the Closing Date and
signed by the President or any Vice  President of CEI shall have been  delivered
to the STOCKHOLDERS.

         8.2  PERFORMANCE  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  All of  the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions of this  Agreement to be complied with and performed by CEI and NEWCO
on or before each of the Closing  Date and the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date
shall have been duly complied with and performed in all material  respects on or
before each of the Closing Date and the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  as the
case may be; and  certificates to the foregoing effect dated each of the Closing
Date and the Funding and  Consummation  Date and signed by the  President or any
Vice President of CEI shall have been delivered to the STOCKHOLDERS.


                                       49
<PAGE>

         8.3 NO LITIGATION.  No action or proceeding before a court or any other
governmental agency or body shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain
or prohibit the Merger or the IPO and no governmental  agency or body shall have
taken any other  action or made any  request of the COMPANY as a result of which
the  management  of the  COMPANY  deems  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the
transactions hereunder.

         8.4 OPINION OF COUNSEL. The COMPANY shall have received an opinion from
counsel for CEI, dated the Closing Date, in the form annexed hereto as Annex VI.

         8.5 REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  The Registration Statement shall have been
declared  effective by the SEC and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration  Statement shall be in effect and no proceeding  therefor shall
have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated  under the 1933 Act and
the  Underwriters  shall  have  agreed to acquire  on a firm  commitment  basis,
subject to the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, on terms such
that the aggregate value of the cash and the number of shares of CEI Stock to be
received by the  STOCKHOLDERS  is not less than the  Minimum  Value set forth on
Annex III.

         8.6 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  All necessary consents of and filings with
any  governmental  authority  or  agency  relating  to the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated herein shall have been obtained and made.

         8.7 GOOD STANDING CERTIFICATES. CEI and NEWCO each shall have delivered
to the COMPANY a certificate, dated as of a date no earlier than five days prior
to the Closing Date, duly issued by the Delaware  Secretary of State and in each
state in which CEI or NEWCO is authorized  to do business,  showing that each of
CEI and NEWCO is in good  standing  and  authorized  to do business and that all
state  franchise  and/or  income  tax  returns  and  taxes  for CEI  and  NEWCO,
respectively, for all periods prior to the Closing have been filed and paid.

         8.8 NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE CHANGE.  No event or  circumstance  shall have
occurred with respect to CEI or NEWCO which would  constitute a Material Adverse
Effect.

         8.9  CLOSING  OF IPO.  The  closing of the sale of the CEI Stock to the
Underwriters in the IPO shall have occurred  simultaneously with the Funding and
Consummation Date hereunder.


                                       50
<PAGE>

         8.10  SECRETARY'S  CERTIFICATE.  The  COMPANY  shall  have  received  a
certificate  or  certificates,  dated  the  Closing  Date  and the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date and signed by the  secretary of CEI and of NEWCO,  certifying
the truth and correctness of attached copies of the CEI's and NEWCO's respective
Certificates of Incorporation (including amendments thereto), By-Laws (including
amendments  thereto),  and  resolutions  of the  boards  of  directors  and,  if
required, the stockholders of CEI and NEWCO approving CEI's and NEWCO's entering
into  this  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

         8.11 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. Each of the persons listed on Schedule 9.12
shall have been afforded the  opportunity to enter into an employment  agreement
substantially in the form of Annex VIII hereto.

         8.12 RELEASE . The  stockholders  of CEI shall have delivered to CEI an
instrument, dated the Closing Date, releasing CEI from any and all (i) claims of
such stockholders  against CEI and (ii) obligations of CEI to such stockholders,
except for (x) items  specifically  identified on Schedule  8.12, (y) continuing
obligations  to such  stockholders  relating to their  employment by CEI and (z)
obligations  arising  under  this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF CEI AND NEWCO

         The obligations of CEI and NEWCO with respect to actions to be taken on
the Closing Date and, to the extent  specified in this Section 9, on the Funding
and Consummation  Date, are subject to the satisfaction or waiver on or prior to
the Closing Date and/or the Funding and  Consummation  Date, as the case may be,
of all of the  conditions set forth in this Section 9. As of the Closing Date or
the  Funding  and  Consummation  Date,  as the case may be, all  conditions  not
satisfied  shall be  deemed to have been  waived  by CEI and NEWCO  unless  such
parties have objected by notifying the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  in writing
of such  objection on or before the closing on the Closing Date or  consummation
of the transactions on the Funding and Consummation Date,  respectively,  except
that  no  such   waiver   shall  be  deemed  to  affect  the   survival  of  the
representations and warranties of the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  contained in
Section 5 hereof.


                                       51
<PAGE>

         9.1  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.   All  the  representations  and
warranties of the STOCKHOLDERS  and the COMPANY  contained in this Agreement (as
amended by any  amendment  or  supplement  to a Schedule  that has  received the
requisite consents contemplated by Section 7.8) shall be true and correct in all
material  respects as of the Closing Date and the Funding and Consummation  Date
with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on and as of such  date;  and  the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  have  delivered  to CEI
certificates dated the Closing Date and signed by them to such effect.

         9.2  PERFORMANCE  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  All of  the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of  this   Agreement  to  be  complied  with  or  performed  by  the
STOCKHOLDERS  and the  COMPANY  on or before  each of the  Closing  Date and the
Funding and Consummation Date shall have been duly performed or complied with in
all material  respects on or before each of the Closing Date and the Funding and
Consummation Date, as the case may be; and the STOCKHOLDERS shall have delivered
to CEI  certificates  dated the Closing  Date and the  Funding and  Consummation
Date, respectively, and signed by them to such effect.

         9.3 NO LITIGATION.  No action or proceeding before a court or any other
governmental agency or body shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain
or prohibit the Merger or the IPO and no governmental  agency or body shall have
taken  any  other  action  or made any  request  of CEI as a result of which the
management  of CEI  deems  it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with  the  transactions
hereunder.

         9.4 SECRETARY'S  CERTIFICATE.  CEI shall have received a certificate or
certificates,  dated each of the Closing  Date and the Funding and  Consummation
Date and  signed  by the  secretary  of the  COMPANY,  certifying  the truth and
correctness  of  attached  copies of the  COMPANY's  Certificate  or Articles of
Incorporation  (including  amendments  thereto),  By-Laws (including  amendments
thereto),  and  resolutions  of the  board  of  directors  and the  STOCKHOLDERS
approving the COMPANY's entering into this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         9.5 NO MATERIAL  ADVERSE  CHANGE.  As of the Closing Date and as of the
Funding and Consummation Date, no event or circumstance shall have occurred with
respect to the COMPANY which would constitute a Material Adverse Effect, and the
COMPANY  shall not 


                                       52
<PAGE>

have suffered any material  loss or damages to any of its  properties or assets,
whether or not covered by  insurance,  which change,  loss or damage  materially
affects or impairs the ability of the COMPANY to conduct its business.

         9.6 STOCKHOLDERS' RELEASE. The STOCKHOLDERS shall have delivered to CEI
an instrument  dated the Closing Date releasing the COMPANY from any and all (i)
claims of the  STOCKHOLDERS  against the COMPANY and CEI and (ii) obligations of
the  COMPANY  and CEI to the  STOCKHOLDERS,  except  for (x) items  specifically
identified on Schedules  5.10 and 5.15 as being claims of or  obligations to the
STOCKHOLDERS,  (y) continuing  obligations to the STOCKHOLDERS relating to their
employment by the COMPANY and (z)  obligations  arising under this  Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby.

         9.7  TERMINATION  OF RELATED PARTY  AGREEMENTS.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  9.7, or as  contemplated  by Section  9.12,  all  existing  agreements
between the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall have been  cancelled  effective
prior to or as of the Funding and Consummation Date.

         9.8 OPINION OF COUNSEL. CEI shall have received an opinion from Counsel
to the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS,  dated the  Closing  Date and  including a
statement  to the  effect  that  it may be  relied  upon as of the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date,  substantially  in the form annexed hereto as Annex VII, and
the  Underwriters  shall have  received a copy of the same opinion  addressed to
them.

         9.9 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.  All necessary consents of and filings with
any  governmental  authority  or  agency  relating  to the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  herein  shall  have been  obtained  and made and all
consents and approvals of third parties  listed on Schedule 5.23 shall have been
obtained.

         9.10 GOOD STANDING  CERTIFICATES.  The COMPANY shall have  delivered to
CEI a  certificate,  dated as of a date no  earlier  than five days prior to the
Closing  Date,  duly issued by the  appropriate  governmental  authority  in the
COMPANY's  state of  incorporation  and,  unless waived by CEI, in each state in
which the COMPANY is authorized  to do business,  showing the COMPANY is in good
standing and authorized to do business and that all state franchise and/or


                                       53
<PAGE>

income  tax  returns  and taxes for the  COMPANY  for all  periods  prior to the
Closing have been filed and paid.

         9.11 REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Registration Statement shall have been
declared effective by the SEC.

         9.12 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.  Each of the persons listed on Schedule 9.12
shall have entered into an  employment  agreement  substantially  in the form of
Annex VIII hereto.

         9.13  CLOSING OF IPO.  The  closing of the sale of the CEI Stock to the
Underwriters in the IPO shall have occurred  simultaneously with the Funding and
Consummation Date hereunder.

         9.14 FIRPTA CERTIFICATE. Each STOCKHOLDER shall have delivered to CEI a
certificate  to the effect  that he or she is not a foreign  person  pursuant to
Section 1.1445-2(b) of the Treasury regulations.

10. COVENANTS OF CEI AND THE STOCKHOLDERS AFTER CLOSING

         10.1 RELEASE FROM  GUARANTEES;  REPAYMENT OF CERTAIN  OBLIGATIONS.  CEI
shall use its best efforts to have the  STOCKHOLDERS  released  from any and all
guarantees on any indebtedness that they personally  guaranteed and from any and
all pledges of assets  that they  pledged to secure  such  indebtedness  for the
benefit of the COMPANY,  with all such guarantees on indebtedness  being assumed
by CEI. In the event that CEI cannot  obtain such  releases  from the lenders of
any such  guaranteed  indebtedness  on or prior  to 180 days  subsequent  to the
Funding and  Consummation  Date,  CEI shall pay off or  otherwise  refinance  or
retire such indebtedness.

         10.2   PRESERVATION  OF  TAX  AND  ACCOUNTING   TREATMENT.   Except  as
contemplated by this Agreement or the Registration Statement,  after the Funding
and  Consummation  Date,  CEI  shall  not  and  shall  not  permit  any  of  its
subsidiaries  to undertake any act that would  jeopardize the tax-free status of
the organization, including liquidate or merge the COMPANY into CEI.

         10.3 PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS.

               (i) The COMPANY shall, if possible, file or cause to be filed all
          separate  Returns of any Acquired  Party for all taxable  periods that
          end on or before the Funding and


                                       54
<PAGE>

          Consummation  Date. Each STOCKHOLDER shall pay or cause to be paid all
          Tax  liabilities  (in excess of all amounts  already paid with respect
          thereto or properly  accrued or reserved  with respect  thereto on the
          COMPANY Financial Statements) shown by such Returns to be due.

               (ii) CEI shall file or cause to be filed all separate Returns of,
          or that include,  any Acquired  Party for all taxable  periods  ending
          after the Funding and Consummation Date.

               (iii) Each party hereto shall,  and shall cause its  subsidiaries
          and  affiliates  to,  provide to each of the other parties hereto such
          cooperation  and  information as any of them reasonably may request in
          filing any Return,  amended Return or claim for refund,  determining a
          liability for Taxes or a right to refund of Taxes or in conducting any
          audit or other  proceeding in respect of Taxes.  Such  cooperation and
          information shall include providing copies of all relevant portions of
          relevant Returns,  together with relevant  accompanying  schedules and
          relevant work papers,  relevant documents relating to rulings or other
          determinations by Taxing  Authorities and relevant records  concerning
          the ownership and Tax basis of property, which such party may possess.
          Each party shall make its employees reasonably available on a mutually
          convenient  basis at its cost to provide  explanation of any documents
          or information so provided.  Subject to the preceding  sentence,  each
          party required to file Returns  pursuant to this Agreement  shall bear
          all costs of filing such Returns.

               (iv) Each of the COMPANY,  NEWCO, CEI and each STOCKHOLDER  shall
          comply with the tax reporting  requirements  of Section 1.351-3 of the
          Treasury  Regulations  promulgated  under  the  Code,  and  treat  the
          transaction  as a transfer of  property  under  Section  351(a) of the
          Code.

         10.4  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  The  persons  named in the  registration
statement shall be appointed as directors and elected as officers of CEI, as and
to the extent set forth in the registration  statement,  promptly  following the
Funding and Consummation Date.

         10.5 PRESERVATION OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  Following the Funding and
Consummation Date, CEI shall not terminate any health insurance,  life insurance
or  401(k)  plan in  effect  at the  COMPANY  until  such time as CEI is able to
replace such plan with a plan that is


                                       55
<PAGE>

applicable to CEI and all of its then existing  subsidiaries.  CEI shall have no
obligation to provide  replacement plans that have the same terms and provisions
as the  existing  plans,  provided,  that any new  health  insurance  plan shall
provide for coverage for preexisting conditions.

11. INDEMNIFICATION

         The STOCKHOLDERS,  CEI and NEWCO each make the following covenants that
are applicable to them, respectively:

         11.1 GENERAL  INDEMNIFICATION  BY THE  STOCKHOLDERS.  The  STOCKHOLDERS
covenant and agree that they,  jointly and severally,  will  indemnify,  defend,
protect and hold harmless CEI, NEWCO, the COMPANY and the Surviving  Corporation
at all times,  from and after the date of this  Agreement  until the  Expiration
Date,  from and  against  all  claims,  damages,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,
demands, assessments,  adjustments,  costs and expenses (including specifically,
but without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and reasonable expenses of
investigation)  incurred by CEI, NEWCO, the COMPANY or the Surviving Corporation
as a  result  of or  arising  from (i) any  breach  of the  representations  and
warranties  of the  STOCKHOLDERS  or the COMPANY set forth herein (as amended by
any  amendment or  supplement  to a Schedule  that has  received  the  requisite
consents  contemplated  by  Section  7.8) or on the  schedules  or  certificates
delivered in connection herewith as of the date made and as of the date any such
representations and warranties are re-confirmed,  (ii) any breach on the part of
the STOCKHOLDERS or the COMPANY of any agreement under this Agreement, (iii) any
liability  under the 1933  Act,  the 1934 Act or other  Federal  or state law or
regulation, at common law or otherwise,  either (1) arising out of or based upon
any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  relating  to  the  COMPANY  or the
STOCKHOLDERS,  and  provided  to CEI  or  its  counsel  by  the  COMPANY  or the
STOCKHOLDERS  for  inclusion in the  Registration  Statement  or any  prospectus
forming a part thereof,  or any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto, or (2)
arising  out of or based upon any  omission  to state  therein a  material  fact
relating to the  COMPANY or the  STOCKHOLDERS  required to be stated  therein or
necessary  to make the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  (iv) the  matters
described  on Schedule  11.1(iv) or (v) any Tax imposed  upon or 


                                       56
<PAGE>

relating to any third party for a  pre-Funding  and  Consummation  Date  period,
including,  in each case, any such Tax for which an Acquired Party may be liable
under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provisions of
state,  local of foreign  law),  as a transferee  or  successor,  by contract or
otherwise,  provided,  however,  (A) that in the case of any  indemnity  arising
pursuant to clause (iii),  such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of CEI,
NEWCO,  the COMPANY or the Surviving  Corporation to the extent that such untrue
statement was made in, or omission  occurred in, any preliminary  prospectus and
the STOCKHOLDERS provided, in writing,  corrected information to CEI counsel and
to CEI for inclusion in the final  prospectus,  and such  information was not so
included or properly delivered,  and (B) that no STOCKHOLDER shall be liable for
any  indemnification  obligation  pursuant  to this  Section  11.1 to the extent
attributable  to a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or  agreement  made
herein individually by any other STOCKHOLDER.

         11.2  INDEMNIFICATION  BY CEI.  CEI  covenants  and agrees that it will
indemnify,  defend, protect and hold harmless the STOCKHOLDERS at all times from
and after the date of this Agreement until the Expiration Date, from and against
all  claims,  damages,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,   demands,   assessments,
adjustments, costs and expenses (including specifically, but without limitation,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  expenses  of  investigation)  incurred  by the
STOCKHOLDERS  as a result of or  arising  from (i) any breach by CEI or NEWCO of
its representations and warranties set forth herein (as amended by any amendment
or  supplement   to  a  Schedule  that  has  received  the  requisite   consents
contemplated  by Section 7.8) or on the schedules or  certificates  delivered in
connection  herewith  as  of  the  date  made  and  as  of  the  date  any  such
representations and warranties are re-confirmed,  (ii) any breach on the part of
CEI or NEWCO of any agreement  under this  Agreement,  (iii) any liability which
the STOCKHOLDERS may incur due to CEI's or NEWCO's failure to be responsible for
the  liabilities  and obligations of the COMPANY as provided in Section 1 hereof
(except to the extent that CEI or NEWCO has claims against the  STOCKHOLDERS  by
reason of such liabilities); (iv) any liability under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act
or other Federal or state law or regulation, at common law or otherwise,  either
(1)  arising  out of or based  upon any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
relating to CEI, NEWCO or any of the Other  Founding  Companies for inclusion in


                                       57
<PAGE>

any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or any prospectus forming
a part thereof,  or any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto, or (2) arising
out of or based upon any omission to state  therein a material  fact relating to
CEI or  NEWCO or any of the  Other  Founding  Companies  required  to be  stated
therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading  (v) the
matters  described on Schedule 11.2(v) or (vi) any liability under the 1933 Act,
the  1934  Act or other  Federal  or state  law  regulation,  at  common  law or
otherwise as a result of CEI's failure to include in the Registration  Statement
any information provided at least ten days prior to the Funding and Consummation
Date  by the  COMPANY  or the  STOCKHOLDERS  in  writing  to CEI or its  counsel
specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement.

         11.3 THIRD PERSON CLAIMS.  Promptly after any party hereto (hereinafter
the "Indemnified Party") has received notice of or has knowledge of any claim by
a person not a party to this Agreement ("Third Person"),  or the commencement of
any action or proceeding by a Third Person,  the  Indemnified  Party shall, as a
condition precedent to a claim with respect thereto being made against any party
obligated  to provide  indemnification  pursuant to Section  11.1 or 11.2 hereof
(hereinafter the  "Indemnifying  Party"),  give the  Indemnifying  Party written
notice of such claim or the  commencement  of such  action or  proceeding.  Such
notice  shall  state the  nature  and the basis of such  claim and a  reasonable
estimate of the amount thereof.  The Indemnifying  Party shall have the right to
defend and settle, at its own expense and by its own counsel, any such matter so
long as the  Indemnifying  Party pursues the same in good faith and  diligently,
provided that the  Indemnifying  Party shall not settle any criminal  proceeding
without the written  consent of the  Indemnified  Party  unless the  Indemnified
Party is fully released and exonerated.  If the Indemnifying Party undertakes to
defend  or  settle,  it  shall  promptly  notify  the  Indemnified  Party of its
intention  to do  so,  and  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  cooperate  with  the
Indemnifying  Party and its counsel in the defense thereof and in any settlement
thereof. Such cooperation shall include, but shall not be limited to, furnishing
the  Indemnifying  Party  with any  books,  records  or  information  reasonably
requested  by  the  Indemnifying  Party  that  are in  the  Indemnified  Party's
possession or control.  All  Indemnified  Parties shall endeavor to use the same
counsel,  which shall be the counsel  selected by Indemnifying  Party,  provided
that if counsel to the  Indemnifying  Party shall have a conflict of interest in
the opinion of such counsel 


                                       58
<PAGE>

that  prevents  counsel  for  the  Indemnifying   Party  from  representing  the
Indemnified  Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in
such matter  through  counsel of its own  choosing and  Indemnifying  Party will
reimburse the Indemnified  Party for the reasonable  expenses of its counsel and
experts.  After the Indemnifying Party has notified the Indemnified Party of its
intention to undertake to defend or settle any such asserted liability,  and for
so  long  as  the  Indemnifying  Party  diligently  pursues  such  defense,  the
Indemnifying  Party  shall  not be  liable  for any  additional  legal  expenses
incurred by the  Indemnified  Party in connection with any defense or settlement
of such asserted  liability,  except (i) as set forth in the preceding  sentence
and (ii) to the extent  such  participation  is  requested  by the  Indemnifying
Party,  in  which  event  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  be  reimbursed  by the
Indemnifying  Party for reasonable  additional legal expenses and  out-of-pocket
expenses.  If the  Indemnifying  Party  desires  to accept a final and  complete
settlement of any such Third Person claim and the  Indemnified  Party refuses to
consent to such settlement,  then the Indemnifying  Party's liability under this
Section  with  respect to such Third Person claim shall be limited to the amount
so offered in settlement to said Third Person, and the Indemnifying  Party, upon
payment of such settlement amount to such Third Person, shall be deemed released
from  any  and  all  obligation  or  liability  with  respect  thereto.  If  the
Indemnifying  Party  does not  undertake  to  defend  such  matter  to which the
Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification  hereunder, or fails diligently
to pursue such defense, the Indemnified Party may undertake such defense through
counsel of its choice,  at the cost and expense of the  Indemnifying  Party, and
the Indemnified Party may settle such matter,  and the Indemnifying  Party shall
reimburse the  Indemnified  Party for the amount paid in such settlement and any
other  liabilities or expenses  incurred by the Indemnified  Party in connection
therewith,  provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the Indemnified
Party  settle  any  Third  Person  claim  without  the  written  consent  of the
Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
All  settlements  hereunder  shall effect a complete  release of the Indemnified
Party,  unless the Indemnified  Party otherwise  agrees in writing.  The parties
hereto will make appropriate  adjustments for insurance  proceeds in determining
the amount of any indemnification obligation under this Section.


                                       59
<PAGE>

         11.4 EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. The indemnification provided for in this Section
11 shall (except as  prohibited by ERISA) be the exclusive  remedy in any action
seeking  damages or any other form of  monetary  relief  brought by any party to
this  Agreement  against  another  party,  provided that nothing herein shall be
construed to limit the right of a party,  in a proper case,  to seek  injunctive
relief for a breach of this Agreement.

         11.5  LIMITATIONS  ON   INDEMNIFICATION.   CEI,  NEWCO,  the  Surviving
Corporation  and the other persons or entities  indemnified  pursuant to Section
11.1 or 11.2  shall not assert any claim  other  than a Third  Person  claim for
indemnification  hereunder  against  the  STOCKHOLDERS  until  such time as, and
solely to the extent  that,  the  aggregate of all claims which such persons may
have against such the STOCKHOLDERS  shall exceed 1.0% of the sum of (i) the cash
paid to STOCKHOLDERS plus (ii) the value (determined in accordance with the last
paragraph  of Section  11.5) of the CEI Stock  delivered  to  STOCKHOLDERS  (the
"Indemnification Threshold"),  provided, however, that CEI, NEWCO, the Surviving
Corporation  and the other persons or entities  indemnified  pursuant to Section
11.1 may assert and shall be indemnified for any claim under Section 11.1(iv) or
11.1(v) at any time,  regardless  of whether the  aggregate  of all claims which
such persons may have against any  STOCKHOLDER or all  STOCKHOLDERS  exceeds the
Indemnification Threshold, it being understood that the amount of any such claim
under   Section   11.1(iv)  or  11.1(v)   shall  not  be  counted   towards  the
Indemnification   Threshold.   STOCKHOLDERS  shall  not  assert  any  claim  for
indemnification hereunder against CEI or NEWCO until such time as, and solely to
the extent that, the aggregate of all claims which STOCKHOLDERS may have against
CEI or NEWCO shall exceed $50,000, provided,  however, that STOCKHOLDERS and the
other  persons or entities  indemnified  pursuant to Section 11.2 may assert and
shall be indemnified for any claim under Section 11.2(v) at any time, regardless
of whether the  aggregate  of all claims which such persons may have against any
of CEI, or NEWCO exceeds  $50,000,  it being  understood  that the amount of any
such claim under  Section  11.2(v)  shall not be counted  towards  such  $50,000
amount. No person shall be entitled to indemnification  under this Section 11 if
and to the extent that such person's  claim for  indemnification  is directly or
indirectly related to a breach by such person of any  representation,  warranty,
covenant or other agreement set forth in this Agreement.


                                       60
<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement (except the proviso to
this  sentence),  no  STOCKHOLDER  shall be liable  under this Section 11 for an
amount  which  exceeds the amount of proceeds  received by such  STOCKHOLDER  in
connection  with  the  Merger,  provided  that a  STOCKHOLDER's  indemnification
obligations  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(iv)  or 11.1(v)  shall not be  limited.
Indemnity obligations hereunder may satisfied through the payment of cash or the
delivery of CEI Stock, or a combination thereof. For purposes of calculating the
value of the CEI Stock  received or delivered by a STOCKHOLDER  (for purposes of
determining the Indemnification Threshold, the limitation on indemnity set forth
in the second  preceding  sentence and the amount of any  indemnity  paid),  CEI
Stock shall be valued at its initial  public  offering price as set forth in the
Registration Statement.

12. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

          12.1  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior
to the Closing Date solely:

     (i) by mutual consent of the boards of directors of CEI and the COMPANY;

     (ii) by the  STOCKHOLDERS  or the  COMPANY  (acting  through  its  board of
directors),  on the one hand, or by CEI (acting through its board of directors),
on the other hand, if the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement to take
place at the Closing shall not have been consummated by October 31, 1997, unless
the failure of such transactions to be consummated is due to the willful failure
of  the  party  seeking  to  terminate  this  Agreement  to  perform  any of its
obligations  under this  Agreement to the extent  required to be performed by it
prior to or on the Funding and Consummation Date;

     (iii) by the  STOCKHOLDERS  or COMPANY,  on the one hand, or by CEI, on the
other hand, if a material  breach or default shall be made by the other party in
the  observance or in the due and timely  performance  of any of the  covenants,
agreements or conditions  contained herein, and the curing of such default shall
not have been made on or before the Funding and Consummation Date;

     (iv) pursuant to Section 7.8 hereof; or

     (v) pursuant to Section 4 hereof.


                                       61
<PAGE>

         12.2 LIABILITIES IN EVENT OF TERMINATION. Except as provided in Section
7.8  hereof,  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  will  in no way  limit  any
obligation  or  liability  of any  party  based on or  arising  from a breach or
default by such party with  respect to any of its  representations,  warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement  including,  but not limited
to, legal and audit costs and out of pocket expenses.

13. NONCOMPETITION

         13.1 PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES.  The STOCKHOLDERS will not, for a period of
three (3) years  following  the Funding and  Consummation  Date,  for any reason
whatsoever,  directly  or  indirectly,  for  themselves  or on  behalf  of or in
conjunction with any other person, company, partnership, corporation or business
of whatever nature:

         (i) engage, as an officer, director, shareholder, owner, partner, joint
venturer,  or in a  managerial  capacity,  whether as an  employee,  independent
contractor,  consultant  or  advisor,  or  as a  sales  representative,  in  any
collectibles   retailing  and  animation  art  marketing  businesses  in  direct
competition  with CEI or any of the  subsidiaries  thereof,  within  the  United
States of  America  or  within  100  miles of where  the  COMPANY  or any of its
subsidiaries or any of the Other Founding Companies  conducted business prior to
the effectiveness of the Merger (the "Territory") ;

         (ii) call upon any person who is, at that time,  within the  Territory,
an  employee  of  CEI   (including   the   subsidiaries   thereof)  in  a  sales
representative  or  managerial  capacity  for the  purpose or with the intent of
enticing  such  employee  away from or out of the employ of CEI  (including  the
subsidiaries thereof), provided that each STOCKHOLDER shall be permitted to call
upon and hire any member of his or her immediate family;

         (iii) call upon any person or entity  which is, at that time,  or which
has been,  within one (1) year prior to the Funding  and  Consummation  Date,  a
customer of CEI (including the subsidiaries  thereof),  of the COMPANY or of any
of the  Other  Founding  Companies  within  the  Territory  for the  purpose  of
soliciting or selling products or services in direct competition with CEI within
the Territory;


                                       62
<PAGE>

         (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition   candidate,   on  any
STOCKHOLDER's  own  behalf or on behalf of any  competitor  in the  collectibles
retailing and animation art marketing businesses, which candidate, to the actual
knowledge  of  such  STOCKHOLDER  after  due  inquiry,  was  called  upon by CEI
(including the  subsidiaries  thereof) or for which, to the actual  knowledge of
such  STOCKHOLDER  after due inquiry,  CEI (or any  subsidiary  thereof) made an
acquisition analysis, for the purpose of acquiring such entity; or

         (v)  disclose  customers,  whether in  existence  or  proposed,  of the
COMPANY to any person, firm, partnership, corporation or business for any reason
or purpose  whatsoever  except to the extent  that the  COMPANY  has in the past
disclosed such information to the public for valid business reasons.

         Notwithstanding  the above, the foregoing  covenant shall not be deemed
to prohibit any  STOCKHOLDER  from  acquiring as an investment not more than two
percent (2%) of the capital stock of a competing  business whose stock is traded
on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

         13.2 DAMAGES. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses to
CEI as a result  of a breach  of the  foregoing  covenant,  and  because  of the
immediate and irreparable  damage that could be caused to CEI for which it would
have no other adequate  remedy,  each  STOCKHOLDER  agrees that, in the event of
breach by such  STOCKHOLDER,  the  foregoing  covenant may be enforced by CEI by
injunctions and restraining orders.

         13.3 REASONABLE RESTRAINT.  It is agreed by the parties hereto that the
foregoing  covenants  in this  Section 13 impose a  reasonable  restraint on the
STOCKHOLDERS  in light of the  activities  and  business of CEI  (including  the
subsidiaries  thereof) on the date of the  execution of this  Agreement  and the
current plans of CEI.

         13.4  SEVERABILITY;  REFORMATION.  The covenants in this Section 13 are
severable and separate,  and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall
not affect the  provisions  of any other  covenant.  Moreover,  in the event any
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  determine  that  the  scope,  time or
territorial restrictions set forth are unreasonable, then it is the intention of
the parties that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the
court deems reasonable, and this Agreement shall thereby be reformed.


                                       63
<PAGE>

         13.5  INDEPENDENT  COVENANT.  All of the  covenants  in this Section 13
shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any other  provision in this
Agreement,  and the existence of any claim or cause of action of any STOCKHOLDER
against CEI (including the  subsidiaries  thereof),  whether  predicated on this
Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by CEI
of such covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of three (3) years
stated at the  beginning of this Section 13,  during  which the  agreements  and
covenants of each STOCKHOLDER made in this Section 13 shall be effective,  shall
be computed  by  excluding  from such  computation  any time  during  which such
STOCKHOLDER  is in violation of any  provision of this Section 13. The covenants
contained  in  Section  13 shall  not be  affected  by any  breach  of any other
provision  hereof  by  any  party  hereto  and  shall  have  no  effect  if  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated.

         13.6  MATERIALITY.  The COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS  hereby agree that
this covenant is a material and substantial part of this transaction.

14.  NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

         14.1 STOCKHOLDERS. The STOCKHOLDERS recognize and acknowledge that they
had in the past,  currently have, and in the future may have,  access to certain
confidential  information of the COMPANY,  the Other Founding Companies,  and/or
CEI,  such as  operational  policies,  and  pricing and cost  policies  that are
valuable,  special  and  unique  assets of the  COMPANY's,  the  Other  Founding
Companies' and/or CEI's respective businesses.  The STOCKHOLDERS agree that they
will  not  disclose  such   confidential   information  to  any  person,   firm,
corporation,  association or other entity for any purpose or reason  whatsoever,
except (a) to authorized representatives of CEI, (b) following the Closing, such
information may be disclosed by the STOCKHOLDERS as is required in the course of
performing their duties for CEI or the Surviving  Corporation and (c) to counsel
and other  advisers,  provided that such advisers  (other than counsel) agree to
the confidentiality provisions of this Section 14.1, unless (i) such information
becomes known to the public generally through no fault of any such STOCKHOLDERS,
(ii)  disclosure is required by law or the order of any  governmental  authority
under color of law, provided,  that prior to disclosing any information pursuant
to this clause (ii),


                                       64
<PAGE>

the STOCKHOLDERS  shall give prior written notice thereof to CEI and provide CEI
with the opportunity to contest such  disclosure,  or (iii) the disclosing party
reasonably  believes that such  disclosure  is required in  connection  with the
defense of a lawsuit  against the disclosing  party. In the event of a breach or
threatened  breach by any of the  STOCKHOLDERS of the provisions of this Section
14, CEI shall be entitled to an injunction  restraining such  STOCKHOLDERS  from
disclosing, in whole or in part, such confidential  information.  Nothing herein
shall be construed as prohibiting CEI from pursuing any other  available  remedy
for such breach or threatened breach,  including the recovery of damages. In the
event the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated,  the
STOCKHOLDERS  shall  have  none of the  above-mentioned  restrictions  on  their
ability to disseminate confidential information with respect to the COMPANY.

         14.2 CEI AND NEWCO.  CEI and NEWCO recognize and acknowledge  that they
had in the past and currently have access to certain confidential information of
the COMPANY,  such as operational  policies,  and pricing and cost policies that
are valuable, special and unique assets of the COMPANY's business. CEI and NEWCO
agree that, prior to the Closing,  or if the  Transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement are not consummated,  they will not use or disclose such  confidential
information to any person,  firm,  corporation,  association or other entity for
any purpose or reason  whatsoever,  except (a) to authorized  representatives of
the COMPANY,  (b) to counsel and other  advisers,  provided  that such  advisors
(other than  counsel)  agree to the  confidentiality  provisions of this Section
14.1 and (c) to the Other Founding Companies and their  representatives who have
agreed to maintain  confidentiality  pursuant to Section 7.1(a), unless (i) such
information  becomes  known to the public  generally  through no fault of CEI or
NEWCO,  (ii)  disclosure  is  required  by law or the order of any  governmental
authority under color of law, provided, that prior to disclosing any information
pursuant to this clause  (ii),  CEI and NEWCO  shall,  if  possible,  give prior
written  notice  thereof to the  COMPANY  and the  STOCKHOLDERS  and provide the
COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS with the opportunity to contest such disclosure, or
(iii) the disclosing party reasonably  believes that such disclosure is required
in connection with the defense of a lawsuit against the disclosing party. In the
event of a breach or threatened breach by CEI or NEWCO of the provisions of this
Section, the COMPANY and the


                                       65
<PAGE>

STOCKHOLDERS  shall be entitled to an injunction  restraining CEI and NEWCO from
disclosing, in whole or in part, such confidential  information.  Nothing herein
shall be construed as prohibiting the COMPANY and the STOCKHOLDERS from pursuing
any other available remedy for such breach or threatened  breach,  including the
recovery of damages. Upon any termination of this Agreement, CEI and NEWCO shall
return all confidential  information of the Company then in their possession and
shall use commercially  reasonable efforts to cause the Other Founding Companies
to return all confidential information of the Company then in their possession.

         14.3 DAMAGES. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses as
a result of the breach of the foregoing covenants in Sections 14.1 and 14.2, and
because of the immediate and  irreparable  damage that would be caused for which
they would have no other adequate remedy,  the parties hereto agree that, in the
event of a breach by any of them of the foregoing covenants, the covenant may be
enforced against the other parties by injunctions and restraining orders.

         14.4  SURVIVAL.  The  obligations  of the parties under this Article 14
shall survive the  termination of this Agreement for a period of five years from
the Funding and Consummation Date, or in the event this Agreement in terminated,
for a period of five years from the date of termination.

15. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

         15.1  TRANSFER  RESTRICTIONS.  Except for  transfers  (i) to  immediate
family  members  who  agree to be bound by the  restrictions  set  forth in this
Section 15.1 (or trusts for the benefit of the  STOCKHOLDERS  or family members,
the  trustees  of  which  so  agree),  (ii)  pursuant  to Rule 144 (as it may be
amended)  under  the 1933  Act,  (iii)  pursuant  to  Section  17 hereof or (iv)
following the first anniversary of the Funding and Consummation  Date,  pursuant
to an exemption from registration  under the Act and applicable state securities
laws,  none of the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall (i) sell,  assign,  exchange,  transfer,
encumber, pledge, distribute,  appoint or otherwise dispose of (a) any shares of
CEI  Stock  received  by the  STOCKHOLDERS  in the  Merger  or (b) any  interest
(including, without limitation, an option to buy or sell) in any


                                       66
<PAGE>

such shares of CEI Stock,  in whole or in part, and no such  attempted  transfer
shall  be  treated  as  effective  for  any  purpose;  or  (ii)  engage  in  any
transaction,  whether  or not with  respect  to any  shares  of CEI Stock or any
interest therein,  the intent or effect of which is to reduce the risk of owning
the shares of CEI Stock acquired pursuant to Section 2 hereof (including, by way
of example and not limitation,  engaging in put, call,  short-sale,  straddle or
similar market  transactions).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the STOCKHOLDERS
may  encumber or pledge any of such shares of CEI Stock  provided the pledgee or
other  beneficiary  of such  encumbrance  or  pledge  agrees  to be bound by the
provisions  of  this  Section  as  if  a  STOCKHOLDER  and  party  hereto.   The
certificates  evidencing the CEI Stock delivered to the STOCKHOLDERS pursuant to
Section 3 of this  Agreement  will bear a legend  substantially  in the form set
forth below and containing  such other  information as CEI may deem necessary or
appropriate: 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED,
TRANSFERRED,  ENCUMBERED, PLEDGED, DISTRIBUTED,  APPOINTED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED
OF, AND THE ISSUER SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO GIVE EFFECT TO ANY  ATTEMPTED  SALE,
ASSIGNMENT, EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, ENCUMBRANCE,  PLEDGE, DISTRIBUTION,  APPOINTMENT
OR OTHER  DISPOSITION  PRIOR TO  [anniversary of Funding and  Consummation  Date
corresponding to end of Rule 144 holding  period][(PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT SUCH
SHARES MAY BE ENCUMBERED OR PLEDGED PROVIDED THE PLEDGEE OR OTHER BENEFICIARY OF
SUCH  ENCUMBRANCE  OR  PLEDGE  AGREES  TO BE  BOUND BY THE  PROVISIONS  OF THESE
RESTRICTIONS  TO THE SAME  EXTENT  AS THE  HOLDER  THEREOF)].  UPON THE  WRITTEN
REQUEST OF THE HOLDER OF THIS  CERTIFICATE,  THE  ISSUER  AGREES TO REMOVE  THIS
RESTRICTIVE LEGEND (AND ANY STOP ORDER PLACED WITH THE TRANSFER AGENT) AFTER THE
DATE SPECIFIED ABOVE (AS IT MAY BE REDUCED AS PROVIDED HEREIN).

16. FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES ACT REPRESENTATIONS

The STOCKHOLDERS acknowledge that the shares of CEI Stock to be delivered to the
STOCKHOLDERS pursuant to this Agreement have not been and will not be registered
under  the Act or any  state  securities  laws and  therefore  may not be resold
without  compliance with the Act and any applicable  state  securities laws. The
CEI Stock to be acquired by the STOCKHOLDERS pursuant to this Agreement is being
acquired solely for their own respective


                                       67
<PAGE>

accounts,  for  investment  purposes  only,  and with no  present  intention  of
distributing,  selling  or  otherwise  disposing  of it  in  connection  with  a
distribution.

         16.1  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAW.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  covenant,  warrant  and
represent that none of the shares of CEI Stock issued to the  STOCKHOLDERS  will
be offered,  sold,  assigned,  pledged,  hypothecated,  transferred or otherwise
disposed of except after full compliance  with all of the applicable  provisions
of the 1933  Act and the  rules  and  regulations  of the SEC or any  applicable
exemption  therefrom.  All the CEI  Stock  shall  bear the  following  legend in
addition to the legend required under Section 15 of this Agreement:

THE SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED (THE "ACT").  THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED
FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  MAY  NOT  BE  SOLD,  ASSIGNED,   EXCHANGED,   TRANSFERRED,
ENCUMBERED,  PLEDGED,  DISTRIBUTED,  APPOINTED OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER THE ACT OR
AN EXEMPTION FROM THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE
STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS AND, IF REQUIRED BY COLLECTIBLES  ENTERPRISES,  INC., AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL TO COLLECTIBLES  ENTERPRISES,  INC. STATING THAT REGISTRATION
IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

         16.2 ECONOMIC  RISK;  SOPHISTICATION.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  represent and
warrant that they are able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the CEI
Stock acquired pursuant to this Agreement, can afford to sustain a total loss of
such investment and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters that they are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the proposed
investment in the CEI Stock.  The  STOCKHOLDERS  represent and warrant that they
have had an adequate  opportunity to ask questions and receive  answers from the
officers  of CEI  concerning  any and all matters  relating to the  transactions
described herein including, without limitation, the background and experience of
the  current and  proposed  officers  and  directors  of CEI,  the plans for the
operations  of the  business of CEI,  the  business,  operations  and  financial
condition  of the  Other  Founding  Companies,  and  any  plans  for  additional
acquisitions and the like. The STOCKHOLDERS  have asked any and all questions in
the nature  described  in the  preceding  sentence and all  questions  have been
answered to their satisfaction.


                                       68
<PAGE>

17. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         17.1 PIGGYBACK  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS. At any time following the Funding
and Consummation  Date,  whenever CEI proposes to register any CEI Stock for its
own or others' account under the 1933 Act for a public offering,  other than (i)
any shelf registration of shares to be used as consideration for acquisitions of
additional businesses by CEI and (ii) registrations relating to employee benefit
plans,  CEI shall give each of the  STOCKHOLDERS  prompt  written  notice of its
intent to do so.  Upon the  written  request  of any of the  STOCKHOLDERS  given
within 30 days after  receipt of such notice,  CEI shall cause to be included in
such  registration all of the CEI Stock issued to the  STOCKHOLDERS  pursuant to
this Agreement which any such STOCKHOLDER requests, provided that CEI shall have
the right to reduce the number of shares to be  included by the  STOCKHOLDER  in
such  registration  to the extent that  inclusion of such shares  could,  in the
opinion of tax counsel to CEI or its independent auditors, jeopardize the status
of the transactions  contemplated hereby and by the Registration  Statement as a
tax-free  organization.  In addition, if CEI is advised in writing in good faith
by any managing underwriter of an underwritten  offering of the securities being
offered pursuant to any registration  statement under this Section 17.1 that the
number of shares to be sold by persons other than CEI is greater than the number
of such shares which can be offered  without  adversely  affecting the offering,
CEI may reduce pro rata the number of shares  offered  for the  accounts of such
persons  (based  upon the  number  of  shares  proposed  to be sold by each such
person) to a number deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter,  provided,
that, for each such offering made by CEI after the IPO, such reduction  shall be
made first by  reducing  the  number of shares to be sold by persons  other than
CEI, the  STOCKHOLDERS  and the  stockholders  of the Other  Founding  Companies
(collectively,  the  STOCKHOLDERS  and the  stockholders  of the other  Founding
Companies  being  referred  to  herein  as  the  "Founding  Stockholders"),  and
thereafter, if a further reduction is required, by reducing the number of shares
to be sold by the Founding Stockholders.

         17.2 DEMAND  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS.  At any time after the date one year
after the Funding and Consummation Date, the holders of a majority of the shares
of CEI Stock issued to the  stockholders of the Founding  Companies  pursuant to
this Agreement and the Other


                                       69
<PAGE>

Agreements  that have not been  previously  registered  or sold and that are not
entitled to be sold under Rule 144(k) (or any successor  provision)  promulgated
under the 1933 Act may request in writing that CEI file a registration statement
under the 1933 Act  covering the  registration  of shares of CEI Stock issued to
such  stockholders  (including  any  stock  issued  as  (or  issuable  upon  the
conversion  or exchange of any  convertible  security,  warrant,  right or other
security that is issued by CEI as) a dividend or other distribution with respect
to, or in exchange for, or in  replacement  of such CEI Stock) then held by such
stockholders (a "Demand  Registration").  Within ten (10) days of the receipt of
such  request,  CEI  shall  give  written  notice of such  request  to all other
stockholders of the Founding  Companies and shall, as soon as practicable but in
no event  later than 45 days after  notice from any such  stockholder,  file and
thereafter  use its best  efforts to cause to become  effective  a  registration
statement  covering all such  shares.  CEI shall be obligated to effect only one
Demand Registration for all stockholders of the Founding Companies.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraph,  following  such a demand a
majority of CEI's disinterested  directors (i.e. directors who have not demanded
or elected to sell shares in any such public  offering)  may defer the filing of
the registration statement for a 60 day period.

         If at the  time of any  request  by the  stockholders  of the  Founding
Companies for a Demand  Registration  CEI has fixed plans to file within 60 days
after such  request a  registration  statement  covering  the sale of any of its
securities in a public  offering under the 1933 Act, no  registration of the CEI
Stock held by the  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  shall be initiated
under  this  Section  17.2  until  90  days  after  the  effective  date of such
registration  unless  CEI is no longer  proceeding  diligently  to  effect  such
registration;  provided that CEI shall provide the  stockholders of the Founding
Companies  the right to  participate  in such public  offering  pursuant to, and
subject to, Section 17.1 hereof.

         17.3 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  All expenses incurred in connection with
the  registrations  under this Article 17 (including all  registration,  filing,
qualification,  legal,  printer and accounting fees, but excluding  underwriting
commissions  and  discounts),   shall  be  borne  by  CEI.  In  connection  with
registrations  under  Sections 17.1 and 17.2, CEI shall (i) use its best efforts
to  prepare  and  file  with  the  SEC as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable,  a
registration 


                                       70
<PAGE>

statement  with  respect to the CEI Stock and use its best efforts to cause such
registration to promptly become and remain effective for a period of at least 45
days (or such shorter period during which stockholders of the Founding Companies
shall have sold all CEI Stock which they requested to be  registered);  (ii) use
its  best  efforts  to  register  and  qualify  the CEI  Stock  covered  by such
registration  statement under  applicable  state  securities laws as the holders
shall  reasonably  request for the distribution of the CEI Stock; and (iii) take
such  other  actions  as  are  reasonable  and  necessary  to  comply  with  the
requirements of the 1933 Act and the regulations thereunder.

         17.4  UNDERWRITING  AGREEMENT.  In  connection  with each  registration
pursuant to Sections 17.1 and 17.2 covering an  underwritten  registered  public
offering,  CEI and each  participating  holder  agree to  enter  into a  written
agreement  with the  managing  underwriters  in such  form and  containing  such
provisions as are customary in the  securities  business for such an arrangement
between such managing  underwriters  and companies of CEI's size and  investment
stature, including indemnification provisions.

         17.5  AVAILABILITY  OF RULE 144. CEI shall not be obligated to register
shares  of CEI  Stock  held by any  STOCKHOLDER  at any  time  when  the  resale
provisions of Rule 144(k) (or any  successor  provision)  promulgated  under the
1933 Act are available to such STOCKHOLDER for such shares.

18.  GENERAL

         18.1 COOPERATION.  The COMPANY,  the STOCKHOLDERS,  CEI and NEWCO shall
each  deliver  or  cause  to be  delivered  to  the  other  on the  Funding  and
Consummation  Date,  and at such other  times and places as shall be  reasonably
agreed to, such additional  instruments as the other may reasonably  request for
the purpose of carrying out this  Agreement.  The COMPANY will cooperate and use
its reasonable efforts to have the present officers,  directors and employees of
the COMPANY cooperate with CEI on and after the Funding and Consummation Date in
furnishing information,  evidence,  testimony and other assistance in connection
with any Tax Return filing obligations,  actions,  proceedings,  arrangements or
disputes of any nature with respect to matters  pertaining  to all periods prior
to the Funding and Consummation Date.


                                       71
<PAGE>

         18.2  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  This  Agreement  and the rights of the
parties  hereunder may not be assigned (except by operation of law) and shall be
binding  upon  and  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto,  the
successors of CEI, and the heirs and legal representatives of the STOCKHOLDERS.

         18.3  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.   This  Agreement  (including  the  Schedules,
exhibits  and annexes  attached  hereto) and the  documents  delivered  pursuant
hereto constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the STOCKHOLDERS,
the COMPANY,  NEWCO and CEI and supersede any prior agreement and  understanding
relating  to  the  subject  matter  of  this  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  upon
execution,  constitutes  a valid and binding  agreement  of the  parties  hereto
enforceable in accordance  with its terms and may be modified or amended only by
a written instrument executed by the STOCKHOLDERS,  the COMPANY,  NEWCO and CEI,
acting through their respective  officers or trustees,  duly authorized by their
respective  boards of directors.  Any disclosure made on any Schedule  delivered
pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been disclosed for purposes of any other
Schedule  required  hereby,  provided  that the COMPANY  shall make a good faith
effort to cross reference disclosure, as necessary or advisable, between related
Schedules.

         18.4 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         18.5 BROKERS AND AGENTS.  Except as disclosed  on Schedule  18.5,  each
party  represents and warrants that it employed no broker or agent in connection
with this  transaction  and agrees to indemnify the other parties hereto against
all loss, cost, damages or expense arising out of claims for fees or commissions
of brokers employed or alleged to have been employed by such indemnifying party.

         18.6  EXPENSES.  Whether or not the  transactions  herein  contemplated
shall be consummated,  CEI will pay the fees,  expenses and disbursements of CEI
and its agents, representatives,  accountants and counsel incurred in connection
with the subject matter of this Agreement and any amendments thereto,  including
all costs and  expenses  incurred in the  performance  and  compliance  with all
conditions to be performed by CEI under this  Agreement, 


                                       72
<PAGE>

including the fees and expenses of Arthur Andersen, LLP, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
LLP, and any other person or entity  retained by CEI, and the costs of preparing
the Registration Statement.  Whether or not the transactions herein contemplated
shall  be  consummated,  the  STOCKHOLDERS  shall  pay the  fees,  expenses  and
disbursements  of the  STOCKHOLDERS,  the COMPANY and their  respective  agents,
representatives, accountants and counsel incurred in connection with the subject
matter of this  Agreement and any  amendments  thereto,  including all costs and
expenses  incurred in the  performance  and compliance with all conditions to be
performed by the COMPANY and the  STOCKHOLDERS  under this Agreement,  including
the fees and expenses of  accountants  and legal  counsel to the COMPANY and the
STOCKHOLDERS.  In addition, each STOCKHOLDER shall pay all sales, use, transfer,
real property transfer, recording, gains, stock transfer and other similar taxes
and fees ("Transfer  Taxes")  imposed in connection with the Merger,  other than
Transfer Taxes, if any, imposed by the State of Delaware. Each STOCKHOLDER shall
file all  necessary  documentation  and Returns  with  respect to such  Transfer
Taxes. In addition,  each STOCKHOLDER  acknowledges that he, and not the COMPANY
or CEI,  will  pay all  Taxes  due upon  receipt  of the  consideration  payable
pursuant to Section 2 hereof,  and will assume all Tax risks and  liabilities of
such STOCKHOLDER in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

         18.7  NOTICES.  All  notices of  communication  required  or  permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing and may be given by depositing the same in United
States  mail,  addressed  to the  party  to be  notified,  postage  prepaid  and
registered or certified with return receipt requested, or by delivering the same
in person to an officer or agent of such party.

                    (a)    If to CEI, or NEWCO, addressed to them at:
                           Collectibles USA, Inc.
                           2081 Landings Drive
                           Mountain View, California  94043
                          
                    with copies to:

                           Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                           101 Park Avenue


                                       73
<PAGE>

                           New York, New York 10178
                           Attn:  David W. Pollak, Esq.

                    (b) If to the  STOCKHOLDERS,  addressed  to  them  at  their
                    addresses set forth on Annex IV, with copies to such counsel
                    as is set forth  with  respect to each  STOCKHOLDER  on such
                    Annex IV;

                    (c) If to the COMPANY, addressed to it at:

                           [COMPANY]

                           -----------------------
                           -----------------------
                           Attn: _________________

                           and marked "Personal and Confidential"

or to such other address or counsel as any party hereto shall  specify  pursuant
to this Section 18.7 from time to time.

         18.8  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of law
provisions.

         18.9  EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES.  Except as  otherwise  provided
herein,  no delay of or omission in the  exercise of any right,  power or remedy
accruing  to any party as a result of any breach or  default by any other  party
under this Agreement shall impair any such right,  power or remedy, nor shall it
be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of
any  similar  breach or  default  occurring  later;  nor shall any waiver of any
single  breach or  default  be deemed a waiver  of any other  breach or  default
occurring before or after that waiver.

         18.10 TIME. Time is of the essence with respect to this Agreement.

         18.11  REFORMATION  AND  SEVERABILITY.  In case any  provision  of this
Agreement shall be invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable,  it shall, to the extent
possible,  be modified in such manner as to be valid,  legal and enforceable but
so as to most nearly retain the intent of the parties,  and if such modification
is not possible,  such provision  shall be severed from this  Agreement,  and in
either  case  the  validity,   legality  and  enforceability  of  the  remaining
provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  not in any way be  affected  or  impaired
thereby.


                                       74
<PAGE>

         18.12 REMEDIES  CUMULATIVE.  No right,  remedy or election given by any
term of this  Agreement  shall be deemed  exclusive but each shall be cumulative
with all other rights, remedies and elections available at law or in equity.

         18.13  CAPTIONS.  The  headings  of this  Agreement  are  inserted  for
convenience  only,  shall not  constitute a part of this Agreement or be used to
construe or interpret any provision hereof.

         18.14 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. Any term of this Agreement may be amended
and the  observance  of any term of this  Agreement  may be waived only with the
written consent of CEI, NEWCO, the COMPANY and STOCKHOLDERS who will hold or who
hold at least 50% of the CEI Stock issued or to be issued upon  consummation  of
the Merger.  Any amendment or waiver  effected in  accordance  with this Section
18.14  shall be  binding  upon each of the  parties  hereto,  any  other  person
receiving CEI Stock in connection with the Merger and each future holder of such
CEI Stock.

         18.15 SURVIVAL OF  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  Unless  otherwise
provided herein, the  representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements of
the parties  made herein and at the time of the Closing or in writing  delivered
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement  shall survive the  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and any  examination  on  behalf of the
parties until the Expiration Date.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                               COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                               By:______________________

                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                               [COMPANY] ACQUISITION CORP.

                               By:______________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                               [COMPANY]

                               By:______________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                               STOCKHOLDERS:
                               ______________________
                               [Name]
                               ______________________
                               [Name]


<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX I

                           FORM OF ARTICLES OF MERGER


<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX II

           CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS OF CEI AND NEWCO


<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX III

                    CONSIDERATION TO BE PAID TO STOCKHOLDERS

Aggregate consideration to be paid to STOCKHOLDERS:

                  $__________ in cash and  __________  shares of Common Stock of
                  CEI, to be distributed as follows:

Consideration to be paid to each STOCKHOLDER:

                                Shares of Common

Stockholder                          Stock of CEI                Cash





TOTALS:

MINIMUM VALUE:  $____________


<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX IV

                 STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY

The following is a list of the  STOCKHOLDERS,  their addresses and the number of
shares of the COMPANY Stock held by each thereof:

STOCKHOLDER                    SHARES OF STOCK HELD


<PAGE>



                                     ANNEX V

                     STOCKHOLDERS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CEI

                                                                        

Name of Shareholder                          Post-Split No. of Shares   
                                                                     
                                                  of CEI Owned       
                                     





<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX VI

                        FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO CEI

                                     [Date]

[COMPANY]

- ----------------
- ----------------
- ----------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have  acted  as  counsel  to  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("CEI") and [COMPANY]  Acquisition  Corp.,  a Delaware  corporation
("NEWCO") in connection with the transactions contemplated by the agreement (the
"Agreement") dated as of May 9, 1997 by and among CEI, NEWCO,  [COMPANY] and the
stockholders named therein (the "Stockholders").

         This  opinion is being  delivered to you pursuant to Section 8.4 of the
Agreement.  All capitalized terms used herein,  unless expressly defined herein,
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

         We have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified
to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents and corporate and public records as we
deemed to be necessary as a basis for the opinion  hereinafter  expressed.  With
respect to such  examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures
appearing on all documents  presented to us as originals,  and the conformity to
the  originals of all  documents  presented  to us as  conformed  or  reproduced
copies.  Where factual matters  material to such opinion were not  independently
established,  we have relied upon  certificates  of appropriate  state and local
officials,  upon representations of executive officers and responsible employees
and  agents  of CEI and  NEWCO,  and upon  such  other  data as we  deemed to be
appropriate under the circumstances. We also wish to advise you that when in the
following opinion we have made statements to our "knowledge" we shall mean (with
respect  to  matters  of fact),  that after an  examination  of  documents  made
available  to us by CEI and NEWCO and after  inquiry  of  officers  thereof  but
without any judgment or  litigation  searches or any other  independent  factual
investigation,  we have no reason to believe that such  statements are factually
incorrect.  Statements made to our 

<PAGE>

"knowledge"  shall  furthermore  refer only to then current actual  knowledge of
attorneys of our firm who have worked on matters for CEI and NEWCO.

         Based upon the foregoing and such consideration of matters of law as we
deemed to be relevant,  and subject to the  qualifications  and  assumptions set
forth herein, we are of the following opinion:

     (i) CEI and NEWCO have each been duly organized and are validly existing in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

     (ii) the Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each
of CEI and NEWCO,  constitutes  the valid and binding  agreement of each thereof
and is enforceable against each thereof in accordance with its terms;

     (iii) the authorized and  outstanding  capital stock of CEI is as set forth
in the CEI prospectus (the "Prospectus"), dated _______________, relating to the
sale to the public of __________ shares of CEI; each share of stock to be issued
to the  Stockholders,  to the stockholders of the Founding  Companies other than
the Company and to the  Underwriters  has been duly and validly  authorized  and
issued; upon consummation of the transactions set forth in the Agreement and the
Other  Agreements,  and upon  payment  by the  Underwriters  as set forth in the
Underwriting  Agreement dated _______________  between the Underwriters and CEI,
each of such shares will be fully paid and nonassessable; and, to our knowledge,
none of such shares will have been issued in violation of the preemptive  rights
of any stockholder of CEI;

     (iv) to our knowledge,  except as set forth in the Prospectus, CEI does not
have any  outstanding  options,  warrants,  calls,  conversion  rights  or other
commitments of any kind to issue or sell any of its capital stock;

     (v) assuming the due authorization,  execution,  delivery and filing of the
Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  the
Merger shall become effective under the laws of the State of Delaware;  upon the
consummation of the Merger, no shareholder of CEI will be entitled to any rights
as a dissenting shareholder;

     (vi) to our  knowledge,  (a) neither CEI nor NEWCO is in  violation  of any
order with respect thereto issued by any court or agency (wherever  located) and
(b) there are no claims,  actions,  suits or proceedings  pending, or threatened
against or affecting  either CEI or NEWCO, at law or in equity,  or before or by
any federal,  state,  municipal or other  governmental  department,  commission,
board, bureau, agency or instrumentality wherever located;

     (vii)  to our  knowledge,  neither  CEI nor  NEWCO  is in  default,  or has
received any notice of default, under any contract or agreement to which it is a
party,  except where such default  would not have a material  adverse  effect on
CEI;


                                       2
<PAGE>

         (viii) to our knowledge, no notice to, consent, authorization, approval
or order of any court or governmental agency or body or of any other third party
is required in connection  with the execution,  delivery or  consummation of the
Agreement by CEI or NEWCO,  except for such notices,  consents,  authorizations,
approvals or orders as have already been made or obtained; and

     (ix) the execution of the Agreement and the performance by CEI and NEWCO of
their  respective  obligations  thereunder  will not violate any of the terms or
provisions of their respective Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or result in
any breach of or default  under any lease,  instrument,  license,  permit or any
other  agreement  to which  they  are a party,  except  where  such  violations,
breaches or defaults would not have a material adverse effect on CEI.

     The opinion set forth in paragraph  (ii) above is subject to the  following
qualifications:  (i) the enforceability of the respective obligations of CEI and
NEWCO under the Agreement are subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium  and  other  similar  laws now or  hereafter  in effect  relating  to
creditors'  rights;  (ii) the  availability  of  equitable  remedies,  including
specific  performance and injunctive relief, is subject to the discretion of the
court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; (iii) we have assumed
the due  authorization,  execution  and delivery of the Agreement by each of the
other parties  thereto other than CEI and NEWCO and (iv) no opinion is expressed
as to  the  enforceability  of  (1)  provisions  requiring  indemnification  for
liabilities  under  the  securities  law or (2) the  non-competition  provisions
included therein.

     We understand  that we have no obligation to update this opinion to reflect
any facts or circumstances  occurring after the date hereof,  provided  however,
that unless we otherwise  notify you in or prior to the Funding and Consummation
Date that this  opinion may no longer be relied  upon,  you shall be entitled to
rely on this opinion as of the Funding and Consummation Date if it were dated on
such date.

     We render the foregoing  opinions as members of the Bar of the State of New
York and  express  no opinion as to laws other than the laws of the State of New
York, the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws
of the United States of America (other than federal laws  applicable to patents,
copyrights and trademarks).

                                                     Very truly yours,



                                       3
<PAGE>



                                    ANNEX VII

             FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDERS

                                     [Date]

Collectibles Enterprises, Inc.
[address]

[Underwriters]
[address]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to  [Company],  a  [____________]  corporation
(the  "Company")  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the
agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of May 9, 1997 among Collectibles USA, Inc.
("CEI"),   [NEWCO],   the  Company  and  the  stockholders  named  therein  (the
"Stockholders").

         This  opinion is being  delivered to you pursuant to Section 9.8 of the
Agreement.  All capitalized terms used herein,  unless expressly defined herein,
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

         We have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified
to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents and corporate and public records as we
deemed to be necessary as a basis for the opinion  hereinafter  expressed.  With
respect to such  examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures
appearing on all documents  presented to us as originals,  and the conformity to
the  originals of all  documents  presented  to us as  conformed  or  reproduced
copies.  Where factual matters  material to such opinion were not  independently
established,  we have relied upon  certificates  of appropriate  state and local
officials,  upon representations of executive officers and responsible employees
and  agents  of the  Company,  and  upon  such  other  data as we  deemed  to be
appropriate under the circumstances. We also wish to advise you that when in the
following opinion we have made statements to our "knowledge" we shall mean (with
respect  to  matters  of fact),  that after an  examination  of  documents  made
available  to us by the  Company  after  inquiry of  officers of the Company but
without any judgment or  litigation  searches or any other  independent  factual
investigation,  we have no reason to believe that such  statements are factually
incorrect.  Statements made to our "knowledge"  shall  furthermore refer only to
then  current  actual  knowledge  of  attorneys  of our firm who have  worked on
matters for the Company.
<PAGE>

         Based upon the foregoing and such consideration of matters of law as we
deemed to be relevant,  and subject to the  qualifications  and  assumptions set
forth herein, we are of the following opinion:

               (i) the COMPANY has been duly  organized and is validly  existing
          or  subsisting  in  good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of
          [____________];

               (ii) the  COMPANY is duly  qualified  to do business as a foreign
          corporation in each of the  jurisdictions set forth in Schedule 5.1 of
          the  Agreement  and to our  knowledge,  the COMPANY  has the  required
          authorities  and  permits  to  carry on its  business  in each of such
          jurisdictions,  except  where the failure to be so  qualified  or have
          such  authorities and permits would not have a material adverse effect
          on the COMPANY;

               (iii) based  solely on a review of the stock  records and minutes
          of the COMPANY,  the authorized and  outstanding  capital stock of the
          COMPANY is as represented  in the Agreement;  each share of such stock
          has  been  duly  and  validly  authorized  and  issued,  and,  to  our
          knowledge,  is fully  paid and  nonassessable  and was not  issued  in
          violation of the preemptive rights of any STOCKHOLDER;

               (iv) to our knowledge,  the COMPANY does not have any outstanding
          options,  warrants,  calls,  conversion rights or other commitments of
          any kind to issue or sell any of its capital stock;

               (v)  the  Agreement  has  been  duly  authorized,   executed  and
          delivered  by the  COMPANY  and the  STOCKHOLDERS  party  thereto  and
          constitutes  a valid and  binding  agreement  of the  COMPANY and such
          STOCKHOLDERS, enforceable against the COMPANY and such STOCKHOLDERS in
          accordance with its terms;

               (vi) [for  non-Delaware  Companies  only]  upon the filing of the
          [relevant  certificate]  with [relevant filing authority] in the state
          of [state of  incorporation  of  COMPANY],  the  Merger  shall  become
          effective  under the laws of the state of [state of  incorporation  of
          COMPANY].  Upon the consummation of the Merger, all of the outstanding
          stock of the COMPANY will have been duly  authorized  and issued,  and
          will be fully paid and  nonassessable,  and will be beneficially owned
          by CEI,  free  and  clear of any  security  interest,  claim,  lien or
          encumbrance, and no former shareholder of the COMPANY will be entitled
          to any  rights as a  dissenting  shareholder,  [except . . .  describe
          exceptions under relevant state law].

               (vii)  to our  knowledge,  except  to the  extent  set  forth  on
          Schedules 5.10, 5.21 and 5.24 to the Agreement, (a) the COMPANY is not
          in violation  of any order with  respect to the COMPANY  issued by any
          court or  agency  (wherever  located)  and (b)  there  are no  claims,
          actions,  suits or  proceedings  pending,  or  threatened  against  or
          affecting  the  COMPANY,  at law or in  equity,  or  before  or by any
          federal,   state,   municipal   or  other  


                                       2
<PAGE>

          governmental   department,   commission,   board,  bureau,  agency  or
          instrumentality wherever located;

               (viii)  to our  knowledge,  except  to the  extent  set  forth on
          Schedule 5.15 to the Agreement, the COMPANY is not in default, and has
          not  received  any notice of default,  under any of the  contracts  or
          agreements listed on such Schedule 5.15;

               (ix) to our  knowledge,  no notice  to,  consent,  authorization,
          approval  or order of any court or  governmental  agency or body or of
          any other third party is required in  connection  with the  execution,
          delivery or consummation  of the Agreement by any of the  STOCKHOLDERS
          except for such notices, consents, authorizations, approvals or orders
          as have already been made or obtained; and

               (x) the  execution of the Agreement  and the  performance  by the
          COMPANY  and  the  STOCKHOLDERS  party  thereto  of  their  respective
          obligations thereunder will not violate any of the terms or provisions
          of COMPANY's  Articles of  Incorporation or the By-laws of the COMPANY
          or result in any  breach of or default  under any  lease,  instrument,
          license, permit or any other agreement listed on Schedule 5.12 or 5.15
          to the Agreement,  except to the extent specifically set forth on such
          Schedules.

         The  opinion  set  forth  in  paragraph  (v)  above is  subject  to the
following  qualifications:  (i) the  enforceability  of the  obligations  of the
Company   under  the   Agreement   is   subject   to   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  and other  similar  laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors'  rights;  (ii) the  availability  of equitable  remedies,
including  specific  performance  and  injunctive  relief,  is  subject  to  the
discretion  of the court  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be brought;
(iii) we have  assumed  the due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery of the
Agreement by each of the other  parties  thereto other than the Company and (iv)
no opinion is expressed as to the  enforceability  of (1)  provisions  requiring
indemnification   for   liabilities   under  the   securities  law  or  (2)  the
non-competition provisions included therein.

         We  understand  that we have no  obligation  to update this  opinion to
reflect any facts or  circumstances  occurring  after the date hereof,  provided
however,  that  unless we  otherwise  notify you in or prior to the  Funding and
Consummation  Date that this opinion may no longer be relied upon,  you shall be
entitled to rely on this opinion as of the Funding and  Consummation  Date if it
were dated on such date.

         We render the foregoing  opinions as members of the Bar of the State of
[state of incorporation of COMPANY] and express no opinion as to laws other than
the laws of such state, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and
the  federal  laws of the United  States of America  (other  than  federal  laws
applicable to patents, copyrights and trademarks).

                                                              Very truly yours,


                                       3
<PAGE>



                                   ANNEX VIII

                          FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                    [to come]


<PAGE>



<PAGE>



                             SCHEDULE to EXHIBIT 2.1

 Identification of Substantially Identical Agreements and Plans of Organization


1  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  FILMART  ACQUISITION
CORP.,  a  Delaware   corporation,   FILMART  PRODUCTIONS,   INC.,  a  New  York
corporation,  and  each of Aron  Laikin  and  Susan  Spiegel  pursuant  to which
$100,000 in cash and  236,363  shares of Common  Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as
aggregate consideration, to the selling stockholders.*

2  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CUI"), ARA ACQUISITION CORP., a
Delaware  corporation,  AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP., a Delaware  corporation,  and
Jerry  Gladstone  pursuant to which  $2,814,000  in cash and  563,636  shares of
Common Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as aggregate  consideration,  to the selling
stockholder.*

3  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  STONE'S  ACQUISITION
CORP., a Delaware corporation, STONE'S SHOPS, INC., an Illinois corporation, and
each of David Stone and Mary Ella Stone pursuant to which $1,350,000 in cash and
350,000 shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration,
to the selling stockholders.*

4  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"), ST. GEORGE ACQUISITION
CORP., a Delaware corporation,  ST. GEORGE, INC., a New Jersey corporation,  and
each of Jean Holt,  Robert St.  George and Carmella  Pugliese  pursuant to which
$400,000  in cash and  85,000  shares of Common  Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as
aggregate consideration, to the selling stockholders.*

5  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  ELWELL  ACQUISITION
CORP., a Delaware corporation,  ELWELL STORES, INC., a Florida corporation,  and
each of Roy C. Elwell and Kim A. Elwell pursuant to which $1,000,000 in cash and
168,181 shares of Common Stock CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration, to
the selling stockholders.*

6  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CUI"), DKG ACQUISITION CORP., a
Delaware corporation,  DKG ENTERPRISES,  INC., an Oklahoma  corporation,  and 4D
Investment  Limited  Partnership  II  pursuant to which  $1,800,000  in cash and
359,090 shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration,
to the selling stockholder.*

7  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., a Delaware corporation ("CUI"),  BASE ACQUISITION CORP.,
a Delaware  corporation,  BASE,  INC.,  a Nevada  corporation,  and each of Paul
Applegate,  Vincent J. Browne, Randolph Ellspermann and Gary Schultz pursuant to
which  $236,250  as  repayment  of  indebtedness  is to be paid  to the  selling
stockholders.*


<PAGE>


8  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation   ("CUI"),   CRYSTAL  PALACE
ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation, VINCENT J. BROWNE, INC., a California
corporation, and Vincent J. Browne pursuant to which $175,000 in cash and 62,000
shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid, as aggregate consideration,  to the
selling stockholder.*

9  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and  among
COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("CUI"),  CRYSTAL  GALLERIA
ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation,  CRYSTAL  GALLERIA,  INC., a Nevada
corporation,   and  each  of  Vincent  J.  Browne,   Paul  Applegate,   Randolph
Ellspermann,  Carol Ellspermann and Gary Schultz pursuant to which $1,000,000 in
cash and  277,272  shares of  Common  Stock of CUI is to be paid,  as  aggregate
consideration, to the selling stockholders.*

10  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  ORGANIZATION  made as of May 9,  1997,  by and among
COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  a  Delaware   corporation   ("CUI"),   ANIMATION  USA
ACQUISITION  CORP.,  a Delaware  corporation,  ANIMATION USA, INC., a Washington
corporation,  and each of David Vice,  Laine Ross,  William A. Vice,  Ruth Vice,
William A. Vice Revocable  Trust,  Craig Marria and Debra J. Marria  pursuant to
which  $600,000 in cash and 145,454 shares of Common Stock of CUI is to be paid,
as aggregate consideration, to the selling stockholders.*




* Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  supplemental  copies  of any  omitted  schedules  or  annexes  will be
furnished to the Commission upon request.




                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

         COLLECTIBLES USA, INC. (f/k/a/ COLLECTIBLES ENTERPRISES, INC.)

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

         SECTION  1.  REGISTERED  OFFICE.  -  The  registered  office  shall  be
established and maintained at c/o United Corporate Services, Inc., 15 East North
Street, Dover,  Delaware 19901 and United Corporate Services,  Inc. shall be the
registered agent of this corporation in charge thereof.

         SECTION 2. OTHER  OFFICES.  - The  corporation  may have other offices,
either  within or without the State of Delaware,  at such place or places as the
Board  of  Directors  may  from  time to time  appoint  or the  business  of the
corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

         SECTION 1. ANNUAL  MEETINGS.  - Annual meetings of stockholders for the
election of directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice
of the meeting,  shall be held at such place, either within or without the State
of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors, by resolution,
shall  determine  and as set forth in the  notice of  meeting.  In the event the
Board of Directors  fails to so determine  the time,  date and place of meeting,
the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at the registered office of the
corporation in Delaware.

         If the date of the annual meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday,  the
meeting  shall he held on the  next  succeeding  business  day.  At each  annual
meeting, the stockholders  entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and
they may transact such other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice
of the meeting.

         SECTION 2. OTHER MEETINGS.  - Meetings of stockholders  for any purpose
other than the election of directors may be held at such time and place,  within
or  without  the State of  Delaware,  as shall be  stated  in the  notice of the
meeting.

         SECTION 3. VOTING.  - Each  stockholder  entitled to vote in accordance
with the terms of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and in accordance with the
provisions  of these  By-Laws  shall be  entitled  to one vote,  in person or by
proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no
proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy  provides
for a longer period. Upon the demand of any stockholder,  the vote for directors
and the


<PAGE>


vote upon any question before the meeting, shall be by ballot. All elections for
directors  shall be decided by  plurality  vote;  all other  questions  shall be
decided by majority  vote except as  otherwise  provided by the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.

         A complete  list of the  stockholders  entitled  to vote at the ensuing
election,  arranged in  alphabetical  order,  with the address of each,  and the
number  of  shares  held  by  each,  shall  be open  to the  examination  of any
stockholder,  for any purpose germane to the meeting,  during ordinary  business
hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place
within the city where the meeting is to be held,  which place shall be specified
in the notice of the meeting,  or, if not so  specified,  at the place where the
meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and
place of the meeting during the whole time thereof,  and may be inspected by any
stockholder who is present.

         SECTION  4.  QUORUM.  - Except as  otherwise  required  by law,  by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the presence,  in person or by
proxy,  of  stockholders  holding a  majority  of the  stock of the  corporation
entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the  stockholders.
In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting,  a majority in interest of
the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or by proxy, shall
have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time,  without  notice other than
announcement  at the meeting,  until the requisite  amount of stock  entitled to
vote shall be  present.  At any such  adjourned  meeting at which the  requisite
amount of stock  entitled  to vote shall be  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
noticed;  but  only  those  stockholders  entitled  to  vote at the  meeting  as
originally  noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments
thereof.  If the  adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the
adjournment  a new record date is fixed for the adjourned  meeting,  a notice of
the adjourned  meeting shall be given to each  stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.

         SECTION 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. - Special meetings of the stockholders for
any purpose or  purposes  may be called by the  President  or  Secretary,  or by
resolution of the directors.

         SECTION 6. NOTICE OF  MEETINGS.  - Written  notice,  stating the place,
date and time of the  meeting,  and the  general  nature of the  business  to be
considered,  shall be given to each stockholder  entitled to vote thereat at his
address as it appears on the records of the  corporation,  not less than ten nor
more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. No business other than that
stated in the notice shall be  transacted  at any meeting  without the unanimous
consent of all the stockholders entitled to vote thereat.

         SECTION 7. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  - Unless otherwise  provided by the
Certificate of  Incorporation,  any action required to be taken at any annual or
special meeting of stockholders,  or any action which may be taken at any annual
or special  meeting,  may be taken  without a meeting,  without prior notice and
without a vote,  if a consent  in  writing,  setting  forth the


                                       2
<PAGE>

action so taken,  shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not
less than the minimum  number of votes that would be  necessary  to authorize or
take such action at a meeting at which all shares  entitled to vote thereon were
present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a
meeting  by less  than  unanimous  written  consent  shall  be  given  to  those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

         SECTION 1.  NUMBER AND TERM.  - The number of  directors  shall be nine
(9). The directors  shall be elected at the annual  meeting of the  stockholders
and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected
and shall qualify. A director need not be a stockholder.

         SECTION 2. RESIGNATIONS. - Any director, member of a committee or other
officer may resign at any time. Such resignation  shall be made in writing,  and
shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at
the time of its receipt by the  President  or  Secretary.  The  acceptance  of a
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         SECTION  3.  VACANCIES.  - If the office of any  director,  member of a
committee or other officer  becomes vacant,  the remaining  directors in office,
though less than a quorum by a majority vote,  may appoint any qualified  person
to fill such vacancy, who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his
successor shall be duly chosen.

         SECTION 4. REMOVAL.  - Any director or directors may be removed  either
for or without  cause at any time by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a
majority  of all the  shares  of stock  outstanding  and  entitled  to vote at a
special meeting of the  stockholders  called for the purpose,  and the vacancies
thus created may be filled,  at the meeting held for the purpose of removal,  by
the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the  stockholders  entitled to
vote.

         SECTION  5.  INCREASE  OF  NUMBER.  - The  number of  directors  may be
increased by amendment of these By-Laws by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the  directors,  though  less than a quorum,  or, by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority in interest of the stockholders,  at the annual meeting or at a special
meeting called for that purpose,  and by like vote the additional  directors may
be chosen at such  meeting to hold  office  until the next annual  election  and
until their successors are elected and qualified.

         SECTION 6. POWERS.  - The Board of Directors  shall exercise all of the
powers of the  corporation  except such as are by law, or by the  Certificate of
Incorporation  of the corporation or by theseBy-Laws  conferred upon or reserved
to the stockholders.


                                       3
<PAGE>

         SECTION 7.  COMMITTEES.  - The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
resolutions  passed by a  majority  of the whole  board,  designate  one or more
committees,  each  committee  to consist of one or more of the  directors of the
corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members
of any  committee,  who may  replace  any absent or  disqualified  member at any
meeting of the committee.  In the absence or  disqualification  of any member or
such committee or committees,  the member or members thereof present at any such
meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a
quorum, may unanimously  appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act
at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

         Any such  committee,  to the extent  provided in the  resolution of the
Board of  Directors,  or in these  By-Laws,  shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to
be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee  shall have
the  power  of  authority  in   reference   to  amending  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially  all of the
corporation's   property  and  assets,   recommending  to  the   stockholders  a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the
By-Laws of the  corporation;  and unless the resolution,  these By-Laws,  or the
Certificate of Incorporation  expressly so provide, no such committee shall have
the power or  authority  to declare a dividend or to  authorize  the issuance of
stock.

         SECTION 8.  MEETINGS.  - The newly  elected Board of Directors may hold
their first  meeting  for the purpose of  organization  and the  transaction  of
business,  if a quorum be present,  immediately  after the annual meeting of the
stockholders;  or the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent, in
writing, of all the directors.

         Unless restricted by the  incorporation  document or elsewhere in these
By-Laws,  members of the Board of Directors or any committee  designated by such
Board  may  participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of
conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment allowing all persons
participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time.  Participation
by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

         Regular  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors  may be  scheduled  by a
resolution  adopted by the Board.  The Chairman of the Board or the President or
Secretary may call, and if requested by any two  directors,  must call a special
meeting of the Board and give five  days'  notice by mail,  or two days'  notice
personally or by telegraph or cable to each director. The Board of Directors may
hold an annual meeting, without notice,  immediately after the annual meeting of
stockholders.

         SECTION 9. QUORUM.  - A majority of the  directors  shall  constitute a
quorum for the  transaction  of  business.  If at any meeting of the Board there
shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the
meeting from time to time until a quorum is


                                       4
<PAGE>

obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement
at the meeting which shall be so adjourned.

         SECTION  10.  COMPENSATION.  -  Directors  shall not receive any stated
salary for their  services  as  directors  or as members of  committees,  but by
resolution  of the Board a fixed fee and expenses of  attendance  may be allowed
for attendance at each meeting.  Nothing herein  contained shall be construed to
preclude any director from serving the  corporation  in any other capacity as an
officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

         SECTION 11. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  - Any action required or permitted
to be taken  at any  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors,  or of any  committee
thereof,  may be taken  without  a  meeting,  if prior to such  action a written
consent  thereto is signed by all members of the Board,  or of such committee as
the case  may be,  and such  written  consent  is  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Board or committee.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 1.  OFFICERS.  - The  officers  of the  corporation  shall be a
President  and a  Secretary,  all of whom  shall  be  elected  by the  Board  of
Directors  and who shall hold  office  until  their  successors  are elected and
qualified.   In  addition,  the  Board  of  Directors  may  elect  one  or  more
Vice-Presidents,  a  Treasurer  and such  Assistant  Secretaries  and  Assistant
Treasurers as they may deem proper. None of the officers of the corporation need
be directors. The officers shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board of
Directors  after each annual  meeting.  More than two offices may be held by the
same person.

         SECTION 2. OTHER  OFFICERS  AND AGENTS.  - The Board of  Directors  may
appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable,  who shall hold
their  offices for such terms and shall  exercise  such powers and perform  such
duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 3.  PRESIDENT.  - The  President  shall be the chief  executive
officer  of the  corporation  and shall  have the  general  powers and duties of
supervision  and  management  usually  vested in the  office of  President  of a
corporation.  He shall  preside at all meetings of the  stockholders  if present
thereat,  and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  at all
meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors,  and  shall  have  general  supervision,
direction and control of the business of the corporation. Except as the Board of
Directors shall authorize the execution  thereof in some other manner,  he shall
execute bonds,  mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the corporation,  and
shall cause the seal to be affixed to any  instrument  requiring  it and when so
affixed the seal shall be  attested by the  signature  of the  Secretary  or the
Treasurer or Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer.


                                       5
<PAGE>

         SECTION 4. VICE-PRESIDENT. - Each Vice-President shall have such powers
shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the directors.

         SECTION 5.  TREASURER.  - The  Treasurer  shall have the custody of the
corporate  funds and  securities  and shall  keep full and  accurate  account of
receipts  and  disbursements  in books  belonging to the  corporation.  He shall
deposit  all  moneys  and other  valuables  in the name and to the credit of the
corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

         The Treasurer  shall  disburse the funds of the  corporation  as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors, or the President,  taking proper vouchers for
such  disbursements.  He shall render to the President and Board of Directors at
the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it,
an account of all his  transactions as Treasurer and of the financial  condition
of the  corporation.  If required by the Board of  Directors,  he shall give the
corporation  a bond for the faithful  discharge of his duties in such amount and
with such surety as the Board shall prescribe.

         SECTION 6. SECRETARY. - The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all meetings of  stockholders  and  directors,  and all other  notices
required by the law or by these  By-Laws,  and in case of his absence or refusal
or  neglect  so to do,  any such  notice  may be given by any  person  thereunto
directed by the President,  or by the  directors,  or  stockholders,  upon whose
requisition the meeting is called as provided in these By-Laws.  He shall record
all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the directors in a
book to be kept for that purpose,  and shall perform such other duties as may be
assigned to him by the directors or the President.  He shall have the custody of
the  seal of the  corporation  and  shall  affix  the  same  to all  instruments
requiring it, when authorized by the directors or the President,  and attest the
same.

         SECTION 7. ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.  - Assistant
Treasurers  and Assistant  Secretaries,  if any, shall be elected and shall have
such  powers  and  shall  perform  such  duties  as shall be  assigned  to them,
respectively, by the directors.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 1.  CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. - A certificate of stock,  signed by
the President or Vice-President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or
Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall be issued to each stockholder certifying
the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. When such certificates are
countersigned  (1)  by a  transfer  agent  other  than  the  corporation  or its
employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, the
signatures of such officers may be facsimiles.


                                       6
<PAGE>

         SECTION  2.  LOST  CERTIFICATES.  - A new  certificate  of stock may be
issued  in place  of any  certificate  theretofore  issued  by the  corporation,
alleged  to have  been  lost or  destroyed,  and the  directors  may,  in  their
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal
representatives, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct,
not  exceeding  double  the value of the stock,  to  indemnify  the  corporation
against any claim that may be made  against it on account of the alleged loss of
any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

         SECTION 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES. - The shares of stock of the corporation
shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by
their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer
the old  certificate  shall be  surrendered  to the  corporation by the delivery
thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers,  or
to such  other  person as the  directors  may  designate,  by whom they shall be
cancelled,  and new  certificates  shall thereupon be issued.  A record shall be
made of each  transfer  and  whenever  a transfer  shall be made for  collateral
security,  and not  absolutely,  it shall be so  expressed  in the  entry of the
transfer.

         SECTION 4.  STOCKHOLDERS  RECORD DATE. - In order that the  corporation
may determine the  stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting
of stockholders or any adjournment  thereof,  or to express consent to corporate
action in  writing  without a meeting,  or  entitled  to receive  payment of any
dividend  or other  distribution  or  allotment  of any  rights,  or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change,  conversion  or exchange of stock,
the Board of Directors may fix a record date,  which date shall not be more than
sixty  nor less than ten days  before  the date of such  meeting,  nor more than
sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting;  provided,  however, that the Board of Directors may
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

         SECTION 5. DIVIDENDS. - Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation,  the  Board of  Directors  may,  out of funds  legally  available
therefor at any regular or special meeting,  declare  dividends upon the capital
stock of the corporation as and when they deem expedient.  Before  declaring any
dividend  there may be set apart out of any funds of the  corporation  available
for  dividends,  such sum or sums as the  directors  from  time to time in their
discretion  deem  proper  for  working  capital  or as a  reserve  fund  to meet
contingencies  or for  equalizing  dividends  or for such other  purposes as the
directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the corporation.

         SECTION 6. SEAL.  - The  corporate  seal shall be  circular in form and
shall  contain the name of the  corporation,  the year of its  creation  and the
words "Corporate Seal, Delaware, 1900". Said seal may be used by causing it or a
facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.


                                       7
<PAGE>

         SECTION 7. FISCAL YEAR. - The fiscal year of the  corporation  shall be
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 8. CHECKS. - All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment
of money,  notes or other  evidences of  indebtedness  issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers,  agent or agents of the
corporation,  and in such  manner  as shall be  determined  from time to time by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION  9.  NOTICE AND  WAIVER OF  NOTICE.  -  Whenever  any notice is
required  by these  By-Laws  to be given,  personal  notice is not meant  unless
expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient
if given by  depositing  the same in the United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,
addressed  to the person  entitled  thereto at his  address as it appears on the
records of the  corporation,  and such notice shall be deemed to have been given
on the day of such  mailing.  Stockholders  not  entitled  to vote  shall not be
entitled  to receive  notice of any  meetings  except as  otherwise  provided by
statute.

                  Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the
provisions  of  any  law,  or  under  the  provisions  of  the   Certificate  of
Incorporation of the corporation or these By-Laws,  a waiver thereof in writing,
signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after
the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   AMENDMENTS

         These By-Laws may be altered or repealed and By-Laws may be made at any
annual meeting of the  stockholders  or at any special meeting thereof if notice
of the  proposed  alteration  or  repeal  of  By-Law  or  By-Laws  to be made be
contained in the notice of such special  meeting,  by the affirmative  vote of a
majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or by
the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the Board of  Directors,  at any regular
meeting of the Board of  Directors,  or at any  special  meeting of the Board of
Directors,  if notice of the proposed  alteration or repeal of By-Law or By-Laws
to be made, be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         No  director  shall  be  liable  to  the  corporation  or  any  of  its
stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
except  with  respect to (1) a breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the
corporation  or its  stockholders,  (2) acts or  omissions  not in good faith or
which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a  knowing  violation  of  law,  (3)
liability  which may be  specifically  defined by law or (4) a transaction  from
which the director derived an improper 


                                       8
<PAGE>

personal benefit, it being the intention of the foregoing provision to eliminate
the  liability  of  the  corporation's  directors  to  the  corporation  or  its
stockholders  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law. The  corporation  shall
indemnify  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law each  person that such law
grants the corporation the power to indemnify.



                                       9


                FORM OF COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE OF THE COMPANY

Number                              SPECIMEN                              Shares
                                                                           ** **

              Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware

                             Collectibles USA, Inc.

Each  share has not been  registered  under the  securities  laws of the  United
States of America or any state  thereof.  Accordingly,  no shares may be offered
for sale, sold or transferred,  in the absence of registration and qualification
under applicable federal and state securities laws or an exemption from such.


         THIS CERTIFIES THAT  __________________________________________________
is the owner of  _______________________________________________________________
fully-paid and non-assessable Shares of Common Stock, no par value per share, of
the above Corporation transferrable on the books of the Corporation in person or
by  duly  authorized  Attorney  upon  surrender  of  this  Certificate  properly
endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed by
its duly authorized officers. Dated: __________, 199_


___________________________      _______________________________________________
President or Vice-President      (Assistant) Treasurer or (Assistant) Secretary





                         1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                          1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

         1.  Purpose.  The  purpose of the 1997  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan (the
"Plan") of Collectibles USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is to
advance the interests of the Company and its  stockholders  by providing a means
to attract, retain and reward executive officers (as well as directors who serve
as executive  officers) and other key employees and  consultants  of and service
providers  to the Company  and its  subsidiaries  and to enable such  persons to
acquire or increase a proprietary  interest in the Company,  thereby promoting a
closer   identity  of  interests   between   such  persons  and  the   Company's
stockholders.

         2.  Definitions.  The  definitions of awards under the Plan,  including
Options, SARs (including Limited SARs),  Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock
granted as a bonus or in lieu of other awards,  Dividend  Equivalents  and Other
Stock-Based Awards are set forth in Section 6 of the Plan. Such awards, together
with any other right or interest  granted to a Participant  under the Plan,  are
termed "Awards." For purposes of the Plan, the following  additional terms shall
be defined as set forth below:

         (a) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement,  contract, notice or
other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

         (b) "Beneficiary" shall mean the person, persons, trust or trusts which
have  been  designated  by a  Participant  in  his or her  most  recent  written
beneficiary  designation  filed  with the  Committee  to  receive  the  benefits
specified  under  the Plan  upon  such  Participant's  death  or, if there is no
designated  Beneficiary or surviving  designated  Beneficiary,  then the person,
persons,  trust  or  trusts  entitled  by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution to receive such benefits.

         (c)      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         (d)      A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

               (i) any person,  other than the  Company or an  employee  benefit
          plan of the Company,  acquires  directly or indirectly  the Beneficial
          Ownership  (as defined in Section  13(d) of the  Exchange  Act) of any
          voting security of the Company and immediately  after such acquisition
          such Person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of voting
          securities  representing  50 percent or more of the total voting power
          of all of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company;

               (ii) the following individuals no longer constitute a majority of
          the members of the Board:  (A) the individuals  who, as of the closing
          date  of the  Initial  Public  Offering,  constitute  the  Board  (the
          "Original Directors");  (B) the individuals who 

<PAGE>

          thereafter are elected to the Board and whose election,  or nomination
          for  election,  to  the  Board  was  approved  by a vote  of at  least
          two-thirds (2/3) of the Original  Directors then still in office (such
          directors  becoming   "Additional   Original  Directors"   immediately
          following their election);  and (C) the individuals who are elected to
          the Board and whose election, or nomination for election, to the Board
          was  approved by a vote of at least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the Original
          Directors and Additional Original Directors then still in office (such
          directors also becoming  "Additional  Original Directors"  immediately
          following their election);

               (iii)  the   stockholders   of  the  Company  approve  a  merger,
          consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company, or a
          reverse stock split of outstanding voting securities,  or consummation
          of any such transaction if stockholder approval is not obtained, other
          than any such transaction which would result in at least 75 percent of
          the total voting power  represented  by the voting  securities  of the
          surviving entity outstanding  immediately after such transaction being
          Beneficially   Owned  by  at  least  75  percent  of  the  holders  of
          outstanding voting securities of the Company  immediately prior to the
          transaction,  with the  voting  power of each such  continuing  holder
          relative to other such continuing holders not substantially altered in
          the transaction; or

               (iv) the  stockholders  of the Company approve a plan of complete
          liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition
          by the Company of all or a substantial portion of the Company's assets
          (i.e., 50 percent or more of the total assets of the Company).

         (e) "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time. References to any provision of the Code shall be deemed to include
regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

         (f) "Committee" means the Compensation  Committee of the Board, or such
other Board  committee as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan;
provided, however, that the Committee shall consist of two or more directors. In
appointing members of the Committee, the Board will consider whether each member
will qualify as a "Non-Employee Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3)
and  as  an  "outside  director"  within  the  meaning  of  Treasury  Regulation
1.162-27(e)(3)  under Code Section 162(m),  but such members are not required to
so qualify  at the time of  appointment  or during  their term of service on the
Committee.

         (g)  "Exchange  Act"  means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended from time to time. References to any provision of the Exchange Act shall
be deemed  to  include  rules  thereunder  and  successor  provisions  and rules
thereto.

         (h) "Fair Market Value" means,  with respect to Stock,  Awards or other
property,  the  fair  market  value of such  Stock,  Awards  or  other  property
determined by such methods or

                                       2
<PAGE>

procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee, provided,
however,  that (i) if the Stock is listed on a national  securities  exchange or
quoted in an interdealer  quotation system,  the Fair Market Value of such Stock
on a given date shall be based upon the last sales price or, if unavailable, the
average of the closing bid and asked  prices per share of the Stock on such date
(or, if there was no trading or quotation in the Stock on such date, on the next
preceding  date on which there was trading or  quotation)  as provided by one of
such  organizations,  (ii) the "Fair Market  Value" of Stock  subject to Options
granted effective on the date on which Shares are first issued and sold pursuant
to  a  registration  statement  filed  with,  and  declared  effective  by,  the
Securities and Exchange Commission shall be the Initial Public Offering price of
the Shares so issued and sold, as set forth in the first final  prospectus  used
in such offering (the  provisions of clause (i)  notwithstanding)  and (iii) the
"Fair Market  Value" of Stock prior to the date of the Initial  Public  Offering
shall be as determined by the Board of Directors.

         (i) "Initial Public  Offering" shall mean an initial public offering of
shares of Stock in a firm commitment underwriting registered with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended.

         (j)  "ISO"  means  any  Option  intended  to be  and  designated  as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

         (k)  "NQSO"  shall  mean an  Option  granted  pursuant  to the  Plan to
purchase shares of the Stock that is not an ISO.

         (l)  "Participant"  means a person who, at a time when  eligible  under
Section 5 hereof, has been granted an Award under the Plan.

         (m) "Rule 16b-3"  means Rule 16b-3,  as from time to time in effect and
applicable  to the Plan and  Participants,  promulgated  by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

         (n) "Stock" means the common stock,  $.01 par value, of the Company and
such other  securities as may be substituted for Stock or such other  securities
pursuant to Section 4.

         3.       Administration.

         (a) Authority of the Committee.  The Plan shall be  administered by the
Committee.  The  Committee  shall  have  full and  final  authority  to take the
following actions, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of
the Plan:

               (i) to select persons to whom Awards may be granted;

               (ii) to  determine  the type or types of Awards to be  granted to
          each such person;

                                       3
<PAGE>

               (iii) to determine the number of Awards to be granted, the number
          of  shares  of Stock to which an Award  will  relate,  the  terms  and
          conditions  of any Award granted  under the Plan  (including,  but not
          limited to, any exercise  price,  grant price or purchase  price,  any
          restriction or condition,  any schedule for lapse of  restrictions  or
          conditions  relating to transferability or forfeiture,  exercisability
          or  settlement  of an Award,  and  waivers or  accelerations  thereof,
          performance  conditions  relating to an Award  (including  performance
          conditions  relating to Awards not  intended to be governed by Section
          7(f) and waivers  and  modifications  thereof),  based in each case on
          such  considerations as the Committee shall determine),  and all other
          matters to be determined in connection with an Award;

               (iv)  to  determine  whether,  to  what  extent  and  under  what
          circumstances  an Award may be settled,  or the  exercise  price of an
          Award may be paid, in cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or
          an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

               (v)  to  determine  whether,   to  what  extent  and  under  what
          circumstances cash, Stock, other Awards or other property payable with
          respect  to an Award will be  deferred  either  automatically,  at the
          election of the Committee or at the election of the Participant;

               (vi) to prescribe  the form of each Award  Agreement,  which need
          not be identical for each Participant;

               (vii) to adopt, amend, suspend,  waive and rescind such rules and
          regulations  and  appoint  such  agents  as  the  Committee  may  deem
          necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

               (viii) to correct any defect or supply any  omission or reconcile
          any  inconsistency  in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan
          and any  Award,  rules  and  regulations,  Award  Agreement  or  other
          instrument hereunder; and

               (ix) to make all other  decisions  and  determinations  as may be
          required  under  the  terms of the Plan or as the  Committee  may deem
          necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Other provisions of the Plan notwithstanding, the Board may perform any function
of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation for the purpose of
ensuring that  transactions  under the Plan by Participants who are then subject
to Section 16 of the  Exchange  Act in respect of the Company  are exempt  under
Rule  16b-3.  In any case in which the Board is  performing  a  function  of the
Committee under the Plan, each reference to the Committee herein shall be deemed
to refer to the Board.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         (b)  Manner of  Exercise  of  Committee  Authority.  Any  action of the
Committee with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all
persons, including the Company, subsidiaries of the Company,  Participants,  any
person  claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any  Participant  and
stockholders,  except to the extent the Committee may  subsequently  modify,  or
take further action not consistent  with, its prior action.  If not specified in
the Plan,  the time at which the  Committee  must or may make any  determination
shall be determined by the Committee,  and any such determination may thereafter
by modified by the Committee (subject to Section 8(e)). The express grant of any
specific power to the Committee,  and the taking of any action by the Committee,
shall not be construed  as limiting  any power or  authority  of the  Committee.
Except as provided under Section 7(f), the Committee may delegate to officers or
managers of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company the authority,  subject
to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions as the
Committee may determine, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

         (c)  Limitation  of Liability.  Each member of the  Committee  shall be
entitled  to, in good  faith,  rely or act upon any report or other  information
furnished  to him  by any  officer  or  other  employee  of the  Company  or any
subsidiary,  the  Company's  independent  certified  public  accountants  or any
executive compensation consultant,  legal counsel or other professional retained
by the  Company to assist in the  administration  of the Plan.  No member of the
Committee,  nor any officer or  employee of the Company  acting on behalf of the
Committee,  shall  be  personally  liable  for  any  action,   determination  or
interpretation  taken or made in good  faith with  respect to the Plan,  and all
members of the  Committee  and any officer or employee of the Company  acting on
its behalf  shall,  to the extent  permitted  by law, be fully  indemnified  and
protected  by the Company  with  respect to any such  action,  determination  or
interpretation.

         4.       Stock Subject to Plan.
                  ----------------------

         (a)  Amount of Stock  Reserved.  The total  amount of Stock that may be
awarded  pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed 15% of the total number of shares
of  Stock  outstanding  at  the  time  of  determination.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the number of shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of ISOs
shall not exceed  300,000  (subject to adjustment as provided in Section  4(c));
provided,  however, that shares subject to ISOs shall not be deemed delivered if
such Awards are forfeited,  expire or otherwise  terminate  without  delivery of
shares to the Participant.  If an Award valued by reference to Stock may only be
settled  in cash,  the number of shares to which  such  Award  relates  shall be
deemed to be Stock subject to such Award for purposes of this Section 4(a).  Any
shares of Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part,
of authorized and unissued  shares,  treasury  shares or shares  acquired in the
market for a Participant's Account.

         (b) Annual  Per-Participant  Limitations.  During any calendar year, no
Participant  may be granted  Awards that may be settled by delivery of more than
150,000  shares of Stock,  subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c). In
addition,  with  respect  to Awards  that may be settled in cash (in whole or in
part), no Participant may be paid during any calendar year cash 

                                       5
<PAGE>

amounts relating to such Awards that exceed the greater of the Fair Market Value
of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the preceding sentence at the date
of grant or the date of  settlement  of Award.  This  provision  sets  forth two
separate  limitations,  so that Awards that may be settled solely by delivery of
Stock will not operate to reduce the amount of cash-only Awards, and vice versa;
nevertheless, Awards that may be settled in Stock or cash must not exceed either
limitation.

         (c)  Adjustments.  In the event that the Committee shall determine that
any  recapitalization,   forward  or  reverse  split,  reorganization,   merger,
consolidation,  spin-off, combination,  repurchase or exchange of Stock or other
securities, Stock dividend or other special, large and non-recurring dividend or
distribution  (whether  in the form of  cash,  securities  or  other  property),
liquidation,  dissolution,  or other  similar  corporate  transaction  or event,
affects the Stock such that an  adjustment  is  appropriate  in order to prevent
dilution or enlargement of the rights of  Participants  under the Plan, then the
Committee  shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable,  adjust any or all of
(i) the number and kind of shares of Stock  reserved  and  available  for Awards
under Section 4(a),  including shares reserved for the ISOs, (ii) the number and
kind of shares of Stock  specified  in the  Annual  Per-Participant  Limitations
under  Section  4(b),  (iii)  the  number  and  kind of  shares  of  outstanding
Restricted Stock or other outstanding Award in connection with which shares have
been issued, (iv) the number and kind of shares that may be issued in respect of
other  outstanding  Awards and (v) the exercise  price,  grant price or purchase
price relating to any Award (or, if deemed  appropriate,  the Committee may make
provision  for a cash  payment  with  respect  to  any  outstanding  Award).  In
addition,  the  Committee is  authorized  to make  adjustments  in the terms and
conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or
nonrecurring events (including, without limitation,  cancellation of unexercised
or outstanding  Awards,  or substitution of Awards using stock of a successor or
other  entity)  in  recognition  of unusual or  nonrecurring  events  (including
without  limitation  events  described  in the  preceding  sentence  and  events
constituting a Change in Control) affecting the Company or any subsidiary or the
financial statements of the Company or any subsidiary, or in response to changes
in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.

         5.  Eligibility.  Executive  officers  and other key  employees  of the
Company and its subsidiaries, including any member of the Board who is also such
an employee, and persons who provide consulting or other services to the Company
deemed by the Committee to be of substantial value to the Company,  are eligible
to be granted Awards under the Plan. In addition,  persons who have been offered
employment by the Company or its subsidiaries, and persons employed by an entity
that the Committee reasonably expects to become a subsidiary of the Company, are
eligible to be granted an Award  under the Plan;  provided,  however,  that such
Award shall be canceled if such person  fails to commence  such  employment,  or
such entity fails to become a subsidiary  and no payment of value may be made in
connection  with such Award until such person has commenced  such  employment or
until such entity becomes a subsidiary.

                                       6
<PAGE>

         6.       Specific Terms of Awards.
                  ------------------------

         (a)  General.  Awards may be granted  on the terms and  conditions  set
forth in this Section 6. In addition,  the  Committee may impose on any Award or
the exercise thereof such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee  shall  determine,  including terms
requiring  forfeiture  of Awards in the event of  termination  of  employment or
service of the  Participant.  Except as provided in Section 6(f), 6(h), or 7(a),
or to the extent  required to comply with  requirements  of the applicable  law,
only  services  may be  required  as  consideration  for the grant  (but not the
exercise) of any Award.

         (b) Options.  The Committee is  authorized to grant options  (including
"reload"  options   automatically  granted  to  offset  specified  exercises  of
options),  each of which is either an ISO or an NQSO, on the following terms and
conditions (collectively "Options"):

               (i)  Exercise  Price.  The  exercise  price  per  share  of Stock
          purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee.

               (ii) Time and Method of Exercise.  The Committee  shall determine
          the time or times at which an Option may be  exercised  in whole or in
          part,  the methods by which such exercise  price may be paid or deemed
          to be paid, the form of such payment,  including,  without limitation,
          cash, Stock,  other Awards or awards granted under other Company plans
          or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of
          Participants  to make  payment  on a deferred  basis,  such as through
          "cashless   exercise"   arrangements,   to  the  extent  permitted  by
          applicable  law),  and the methods by which Stock will be delivered or
          deemed to be delivered to Participants.

               (iii)  ISOs.  The terms of any ISO  granted  under the Plan shall
          comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code,
          including  but not  limited  to the  requirement  that no ISO shall be
          granted  with  an  exercise  price  of less  than  100%  (110%  for an
          individual  described  in Section  422(b)(6)  of the Code) of the Fair
          Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant,  and granted no
          more than ten years after the effective date of the Plan.  Anything in
          the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan relating
          to ISOs  shall be  interpreted,  amended,  or  altered,  nor shall any
          discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised,  so as to
          disqualify  either the Plan or any ISO under  Section 422 of the Code,
          unless requested by the affected Participant.

               (iv) Termination of Employment.  Unless  otherwise  determined by
          the Committee, upon termination of a Participant's employment with the
          Company  and its  subsidiaries,  such  Participant  may  exercise  any
          Options during the three-month  period  following such  termination of
          employment,  but  only  to the  extent  such  Option  was  exercisable
          immediately  prior to such termination of employment.  Notwithstanding
          the foregoing,  if the Committee  determines that 

                                       7
<PAGE>

such  termination  is for  cause,  all  Options  held by the  Participant  shall
terminate as of the termination of employment.

         (c) Stock  Appreciation  Rights.  The  Committee is authorized to grant
SARs on the following terms and conditions ("SARs"):

               (i) Right to Payment.  A SAR shall confer on the  Participant  to
          whom it is granted a right to  receive,  upon  exercise  thereof,  the
          excess of (A) the Fair Market  Value of one share of Stock on the date
          of exercise  (or, if the  Committee  shall so determine in the case of
          any such right other than one related to an ISO, the Fair Market Value
          of one share at any time during a specified period before or after the
          date of  exercise),  over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined
          by the Committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, which,  except as
          provided in Section 7(a), shall be not less than the Fair Market Value
          of one share of Stock on the date of grant.

               (ii) Other Terms. The Committee shall determine the time or times
          at which a SAR may be  exercised  in whole or in part,  the  method of
          exercise,  method of  settlement,  form of  consideration  payable  in
          settlement,  method by which Stock will be  delivered  or deemed to be
          delivered  to  Participants,  whether  or not a SAR shall be in tandem
          with any other Award,  and any other terms and  conditions of any SAR.
          "Limited  SARs" that may only be exercised  upon the  occurrence  of a
          Change in Control may be granted on such terms, not inconsistent  with
          this Section 6(c), as the Committee may determine. Limited SARs may be
          either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.

         (d) Restricted  Stock.  The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted
Stock on the following terms and conditions ("Restricted Stock"):

               (i) Grant and Restrictions.  Restricted Stock shall be subject to
          such restrictions on transferability and other  restrictions,  if any,
          as the Committee may impose,  which  restrictions may lapse separately
          or in combination  at such times,  under such  circumstances,  in such
          installments,  or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. Except to
          the  extent  restricted  under  the  terms of the  Plan and any  Award
          Agreement  relating to the  Restricted  Stock,  a Participant  granted
          Restricted  Stock  shall  have  all of  the  rights  of a  stockholder
          including,  without limitation,  the right to vote Restricted Stock or
          the right to receive dividends thereon.

               (ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee,
          upon  termination  of  employment  or  service  (as  determined  under
          criteria   established  by  the   Committee)   during  the  applicable
          restriction  period,  Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to
          restrictions  shall  be  forfeited  and  reacquired  by  the  Company;
          provided,  however,  that  the  Committee  may  provide,  by  rule  or
          regulation  or in  any  Award  Agreement,  or  may  determine  in  any
          individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture 

                                       8
<PAGE>

          conditions  relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in
          part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.

               (iii) Certificates for Stock.  Restricted Stock granted under the
          Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
          If certificates  representing  Restricted  Stock are registered in the
          name of the  Participant,  such  certificates  may bear an appropriate
          legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable
          to such Restricted  Stock, the Company may retain physical  possession
          of the certificate,  and the Participant  shall have delivered a stock
          power to the Company,  endorsed in blank,  relating to the  Restricted
          Stock.

               (iv)  Dividends.  Dividends  paid on  Restricted  Stock  shall be
          either  paid at the  dividend  payment  date in cash or in  shares  of
          unrestricted  Stock  having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of
          such  dividends,  or the payment of such  dividends  shall be deferred
          and/or  the  amount  or  value  thereof  automatically  reinvested  in
          additional   Restricted  Stock,  other  Awards,  or  other  investment
          vehicles,  as the Committee  shall determine or permit the Participant
          to elect.  Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock
          dividend,  and other  property  distributed  as a  dividend,  shall be
          subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as
          the  Restricted  Stock  with  respect  to  which  such  Stock or other
          property has been  distributed,  unless  otherwise  determined  by the
          Committee.


         (e) Deferred Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Deferred Stock
subject to the following terms and conditions ("Deferred Stock"):

               (i) Award and  Restrictions.  Delivery  of Stock  will occur upon
          expiration of the deferral  period  specified for an Award of Deferred
          Stock by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee,  as elected
          by the Participant).  In addition,  Deferred Stock shall be subject to
          such   restrictions  as  the  Committee  may  impose,  if  any,  which
          restrictions  may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at
          earlier specified times, separately or in combination, in installments
          or otherwise, as the Committee may determine.

               (ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee,
          upon  termination  of  employment  or  service  (as  determined  under
          criteria  established by the Committee) during the applicable deferral
          period or portion  thereof to which  forfeiture  conditions  apply (as
          provided in the Award Agreement  evidencing the Deferred  Stock),  all
          Deferred  Stock  that  is at that  time  subject  to  such  forfeiture
          conditions shall be forfeited;  provided,  however, that the Committee
          may provide,  by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement,  or may
          determine in any  individual  case,  that  restrictions  or forfeiture
          conditions  relating to  Deferred  Stock will be waived in whole or in
          part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes.

                                       9
<PAGE>


         (f) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Cash  Obligations.  The Committee
is  authorized  to grant Stock as a bonus,  or to grant Stock or other Awards in
lieu of  Company  obligations  to pay cash  under  other  plans or  compensatory
arrangements.

         (g) Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend
Equivalents  entitling the Participant to receive cash,  Stock,  other Awards or
other  property  equal in value to  dividends  paid with  respect to a specified
number of shares of Stock ("Dividend Equivalents").  Dividend Equivalents may be
awarded on a  free-standing  basis or in  connection  with  another  Award.  The
Committee may provide that  Dividend  Equivalents  shall be paid or  distributed
when accrued or shall be deemed to have been  reinvested  in  additional  Stock,
Awards  or other  investment  vehicles,  and  subject  to such  restrictions  on
transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify.

         (h) Other Stock-Based  Awards. The Committee is authorized,  subject to
limitations  under  applicable  law,  to grant  such  other  Awards  that may be
denominated  or  payable  in,  valued  in whole or in part by  reference  to, or
otherwise  based on, or related to,  Stock and factors  that may  influence  the
value of Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of
the Plan,  including,  without  limitation,  convertible  or  exchangeable  debt
securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights
for Stock,  Awards with value and payment  contingent  upon  performance  of the
Company or any other  factors  designated  by the Committee and Awards valued by
reference  to the  book  value of Stock  or the  value of  securities  of or the
performance  of  specified   subsidiaries  ("Other  Stock  Based  Awards").  The
Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.  Stock issued
pursuant  to an Award in the  nature of a  purchase  right  granted  under  this
Section 6(h) shall be purchased for such consideration,  paid for at such times,
by such methods, and in such forms, including,  without limitation, cash, Stock,
other Awards, or other property, as the Committee shall determine.  Cash awards,
as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may be granted
pursuant to this Section 6(h).

         7.       Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards.
                  ----------------------------------------

         (a) Stand-Alone,  Additional,  Tandem,  and Substitute  Awards.  Awards
granted  under the Plan may,  in the  discretion  of the  Committee,  be granted
either alone or in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution  for any other
Award  granted  under the Plan or any award  granted under any other plan of the
Company,  any subsidiary or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or
a subsidiary,  or any other right of a Participant  to receive  payment from the
Company or any subsidiary. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other
Awards or awards  may be  granted  either as of the same time as or a  different
time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

         (b) Term of Awards.  The term of each Award shall be for such period as
may be determined by the Committee;  provided,  however,  that in no event shall
the term of any ISO or a 

                                       10
<PAGE>

SAR  granted in tandem  therewith  exceed a period of ten years from the date of
its grant (or such shorter period as may be applicable  under Section 422 of the
Code).

         (c) Form of Payment Under Awards.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and
any  applicable  Award  Agreement,  payments  to be  made  by the  Company  or a
subsidiary  upon the grant,  exercise or  settlement  of an Award may be made in
such forms as the Committee  shall  determine,  including,  without  limitation,
cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment
or transfer,  in installments or on a deferred basis. Such payments may include,
without  limitation,  provisions  for the  payment or  crediting  of  reasonable
interest on  installment  or  deferred  payments  or the grant or  crediting  of
Dividend  Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated
in Stock.

         (d)      Rule 16b-3 Compliance.
                  ----------------------

                    (i)  Six-Month  Holding Period.  Unless a Participant  could
                         otherwise  dispose  of  equity  securities,   including
                         derivative securities,  acquired under the Plan without
                         incurring liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange
                         Act, equity securities  acquired under the Plan must be
                         held for a period of six months  following  the date of
                         such acquisition, provided that this condition shall be
                         satisfied  with respect to a derivative  security if at
                         least six months elapse from the date of acquisition of
                         the  derivative  security to the date of disposition of
                         the  derivative  security  (other than upon exercise or
                         conversion) or its underlying equity security.

                    (ii) Other   Compliance   Provisions.   With  respect  to  a
                         Participant  who is then  subject  to Section 16 of the
                         Exchange Act in respect of the Company,  the  Committee
                         shall  implement   transactions   under  the  Plan  and
                         administer  the Plan in a manner  that will ensure that
                         each  transaction  by such a Participant is exempt from
                         liability   under  Rule  16b-3,   except  that  such  a
                         Participant  may be permitted to engage in a non-exempt
                         transaction  under the Plan if written  notice has been
                         given  to  the  Participant  regarding  the  non-exempt
                         nature of such transaction. The Committee may authorize
                         the Company to repurchase  any Award or shares of Stock
                         resulting   from  any  Award  in  order  to  prevent  a
                         Participant  who  is  subject  to  Section  16  of  the
                         Exchange Act from  incurring  liability  under  Section
                         16(b).  Unless otherwise  specified by the Participant,
                         equity  securities,  including  derivative  securities,
                         acquired  under  the Plan  which are  disposed  of by a
                         Participant  shall be deemed to be  disposed  of in the
                         order acquired by the Participant.

         (e) Loan Provisions.  With the consent of the Committee, and subject at
all times to, and only to the extent, if any,  permitted under and in accordance
with,  laws  and  regulations  and  other  binding   obligations  or  provisions
applicable to the Company, the Company may make, guarantee or arrange for a loan
or loans to a  Participant  with  respect to the exercise of any Option 

                                       11
<PAGE>

or other  payment in  connection  with any  Award,  including  the  payment by a
Participant  of any or all federal,  state or local income or other taxes due in
connection with any Award. Subject to such limitations, the Committee shall have
full  authority  to  decide  whether  to make a loan or loans  hereunder  and to
determine the amount, terms and provisions of any such loan or loans,  including
the  interest  rate to be charged in respect of any such loan or loans,  whether
the loan or loans are to be with or without recourse  against the borrower,  the
terms on which the loan is to be repaid and conditions,  if any, under which the
loan or loans may be forgiven.

         (f)  Performance-Based  Awards.  The Committee may, in its  discretion,
designate any Award the  exercisability or settlement of which is subject to the
achievement of performance  conditions as a  performance-based  Award subject to
this   Section   7(f),   in  order  to   qualify   such   Award  as   "qualified
performance-based  compensation"  within the meaning of Code Section  162(m) and
regulations thereunder.  The performance objectives for an Award subject to this
Section 7(f) shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level
or levels of  performance  with  respect to such  criteria,  as specified by the
Committee  but subject to this Section  7(f).  Performance  objectives  shall be
objective and shall otherwise meet the  requirements of Section  162(m)(4)(C) of
the Code.  Business  criteria used by the Committee in establishing  performance
objectives  for Awards subject to this Section 7(f) shall be selected from among
the following:

                  (1)      Annual return on capital;

                  (2)      Annual earnings or earnings per share;

                  (3)      Annual cash flow provided by operations;

                  (4)      Changes in annual revenues; and/or

                  (5)  Strategic  business  criteria,  consisting of one or more
         objectives  based on meeting  specified  revenue,  market  penetration,
         geographic  business expansion goals, cost targets,  and goals relating
         to acquisitions or divestitures.

The levels of performance required with respect to such business criteria may be
expressed in absolute or relative levels.  Achievement of performance objectives
with respect to such Awards shall be measured over a period of not less than one
year nor more  than  five  years,  as the  Committee  may  specify.  Performance
objectives may differ for such Awards to different  Participants.  The Committee
shall  specify  the  weighting  to be given to each  performance  objective  for
purposes of determining the final amount payable with respect to any such Award.
The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a payout otherwise to
be made in connection  with an Award  subject to this Section 7(f),  but may not
exercise  discretion  to increase  such amount,  and the  Committee may consider
other performance criteria in exercising such discretion.  All determinations by
the  Committee  as to the  achievement  of  performance 

                                       12
<PAGE>

objectives   shall  be  in  writing.   The   Committee   may  not  delegate  any
responsibility with respect to an Award subject to this Section 7(f).

         (g)  Acceleration  upon a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained herein to the contrary,  unless otherwise provided by the Committee in
an Award  Agreement,  all  conditions  and  restrictions  relating  to an Award,
including limitations on exercisability,  risks of forfeiture,  deferral periods
and conditions and restrictions  requiring the continued performance of services
or the achievement of performance  objectives with respect to the exercisability
or settlement of such Award, shall immediately lapse upon a Change in Control.

         8.  General Provisions.
             ------------------

         (a)  Compliance  With Laws and  Obligations.  The Company  shall not be
obligated  to issue or deliver  Stock in  connection  with any Award or take any
other  action  under  the  Plan in a  transaction  subject  to the  registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or any other federal or
state securities law, any requirement  under any listing  agreement  between the
Company and any national  securities  exchange or automated  quotation system or
any other law,  regulation  or  contractual  obligation of the Company until the
Company is satisfied that such laws,  regulations,  and other obligations of the
Company have been complied  with in full.  Certificates  representing  shares of
Stock  issued  under the Plan will be subject to such  stop-transfer  orders and
other  restrictions as may be applicable under such laws,  regulations and other
obligations of the Company,  including any requirement  that a legend or legends
be placed thereon.

         (b) Limitations on  Transferability.  Awards and other rights under the
Plan will not be  transferable  by a  Participant  except by will or the laws of
descent and  distribution or to a Beneficiary in the event of the  Participant's
death, shall not be pledged, mortgaged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, or
otherwise subject to the claims of creditors,  and, in the case of ISOs and SARs
in tandem therewith,  shall be exercisable  during the lifetime of a Participant
only by such  Participant  or his  guardian or legal  representative;  provided,
however,  that such Awards and other rights  (other than ISOs and SARs in tandem
therewith) may be transferred to one or more transferees  during the lifetime of
the  Participant to the extent and on such terms as then may be permitted by the
Committee.

         (c) No Right to Continued  Employment or Service.  Neither the Plan nor
any action  taken  hereunder  shall be construed as giving any employee or other
person the right to be  retained  in the employ or service of the Company or any
of its  subsidiaries,  nor shall it  interfere  in any way with the right of the
Company or any of its  subsidiaries  to terminate any  employee's  employment or
other person's service at any time.

         (d) Taxes.  The Company and any  subsidiary  is  authorized to withhold
from any Award  granted or to be settled,  any  delivery of Stock in  connection
with an Award,  any other  payment  relating to an Award or any payroll or other
payment  to a  Participant  amounts  of 

                                       13
<PAGE>

withholding  and other taxes due or potentially  payable in connection  with any
transaction  involving an Award,  and to take such other action as the Committee
may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations
for the payment of withholding  taxes and other tax obligations  relating to any
Award.  This authority  shall include  authority to withhold or receive Stock or
other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a
Participant's tax obligations.

         (e)  Changes  to the Plan and  Awards.  The  Board  may  amend,  alter,
suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or the Committee's authority to grant
Awards  under the Plan  without the  consent of  stockholders  or  Participants,
except that any such action  shall be subject to the  approval of the  Company's
stockholders at or before the next annual meeting of stockholders  for which the
record date is after such Board action if such stockholder  approval is required
by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock  exchange or
automated  quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and
the Board may  otherwise,  in its  discretion,  determine  to submit  other such
changes to the Plan to  stockholders  for  approval;  provided,  however,  that,
without the consent of an affected  Participant,  no such action may  materially
impair the rights of such  Participant  under any Award  theretofore  granted to
him. The Committee may waive any  conditions or rights under,  or amend,  alter,
suspend,  discontinue, or terminate, any Award theretofore granted and any Award
Agreement relating thereto;  provided,  however, that, without the consent of an
affected  Participant,  no such action may materially  impair the rights of such
Participant under such Award.

         (f) No Rights to Awards;  No  Stockholder  Rights.  No  Participant  or
employee  shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there
is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants  and employees.  No
Award shall confer on any  Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the
Company  unless and until Stock is duly issued or  transferred  and delivered to
the  Participant in accordance with the terms of the Award or, in the case of an
Option, the Option is duly exercised.

         (g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended
to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred  compensation.  With
respect to any  payments  not yet made to a  Participant  pursuant  to an Award,
nothing  contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such  Participant any
rights  that are  greater  than  those of a  general  creditor  of the  Company;
provided,  however,  that the  Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or
make other  arrangements  to meet the  Company's  obligations  under the Plan to
deliver cash,  Stock,  other Awards,  or other  property  pursuant to any Award,
which  trusts or other  arrangements  shall be  consistent  with the  "unfunded"
status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of
each affected Participant.

         (h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the
Board nor its submission to the  stockholders  of the Company for approval shall
be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such
other  compensatory  arrangements as it may 

                                       14
<PAGE>

deem desirable,  including,  without  limitation,  the granting of stock options
otherwise than under the Plan, and such  arrangements  may be either  applicable
generally or only in specific cases.

         (i) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued
or delivered  pursuant to the Plan or any Award.  The Committee  shall determine
whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of
such fractional  shares or whether such fractional  shares or any rights thereto
shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

         (j)  Compliance  with  Code  Section  162(m).  It is the  intent of the
Company  that  employee  Options,  SARs and other  Awards  designated  as Awards
subject  to  Section   7(f)  shall   constitute   "qualified   performance-based
compensation"  within the meaning of Code Section  162(m).  Accordingly,  if any
provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement  relating to such an Award does not
comply or is inconsistent  with the  requirements  of Code Section 162(m),  such
provision  shall be  construed  or deemed  amended  to the extent  necessary  to
conform to such  requirements,  and no provision  shall be deemed to confer upon
the  Committee  or any  other  person  discretion  to  increase  the  amount  of
compensation otherwise payable in connection with any such Award upon attainment
of the performance objectives.

         (k) Governing Law. The validity,  construction  and effect of the Plan,
any rules and regulations  relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be
determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware,  without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

         (l) Effective Date; Plan  Termination.  The Plan shall become effective
as of the date of its  adoption by the Board,  subject to  stockholder  approval
prior to the commencement of the Initial Public Offering,  and shall continue in
effect until terminated by the Board.

                                       15



                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                     1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK PLAN

         1. Purpose. The purpose of this 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
(the "Plan") of Collectibles USA, Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),
is to advance the interests of the Company and its  stockholders  by providing a
means to attract and retain highly  qualified  persons to serve as  non-employee
directors of the Company and to enable such persons to acquire or increase their
proprietary  interest in the  Company,  thereby  promoting a closer  identity of
interests between such persons and the Company's stockholders.

         2. Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere in the Plan, the
following are defined terms under the Plan:

         (a) "Annual  Option"  means an Option to purchase  the number of shares
specified in or under Section 6(a), subject to adjustment as provided in Section
8.

         (b) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

               (i) any person,  other than the  Company or an  employee  benefit
          plan of the Company,  acquires  directly or indirectly  the Beneficial
          Ownership  (as defined in Section  13(d) of the  Exchange  Act) of any
          voting security of the Company and immediately  after such acquisition
          such Person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of voting
          securities  representing  50 percent or more of the total voting power
          of all of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company;

               (ii) the following individuals no longer constitute a majority of
          the members of the Board:  (A) the individuals  who, as of the closing
          date  of the  Initial  Public  Offering,  constitute  the  Board  (the
          "Original Directors");  (B) the individuals who thereafter are elected
          to the Board and whose  election,  or nomination for election,  to the
          Board  was  approved  by a vote of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the
          Original  Directors  then  still in office  (such  directors  becoming
          "Additional Original Directors" immediately following their election);
          and (C) the  individuals  who  are  elected  to the  Board  and  whose
          election,  or nomination for election,  to the Board was approved by a
          vote of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3)  of the  Original  Directors  and
          Additional  Original  Directors  then still in office (such  directors
          also becoming  "Additional Original Directors"  immediately  following
          their election);

               (iii)  the   stockholders   of  the  Company  approve  a  merger,
          consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company, or a
          reverse stock split of outstanding


<PAGE>

          voting  securities,   or  consummation  of  any  such  transaction  if
          stockholder approval is not obtained,  other than any such transaction
          which would  result in at least 75 percent of the total  voting  power
          represented  by  the  voting   securities  of  the  surviving   entity
          outstanding  immediately  after such  transaction  being  Beneficially
          Owned by at least 75 percent  of the  holders  of  outstanding  voting
          securities of the Company  immediately prior to the transaction,  with
          the voting power of each such continuing holder relative to other such
          continuing holders not substantially altered in the transaction; or

               (iv) the  stockholders  of the Company approve a plan of complete
          liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition
          by the Company of all or a substantial portion of the Company's assets
          (i.e., 50 percent or more of the total assets of the Company).

         (c) "Deferred Share" means a credit to a Participant's deferral account
under Section 7 which  represents the right to receive one Share upon settlement
of the  deferral  account.  Deferral  accounts,  and  Deferred  Shares  credited
thereto,  are maintained solely as bookkeeping entries by the Company evidencing
unfunded obligations of the Company.

         (d)  "Exchange  Act"  means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.  References  to any  provision  of the  Exchange Act shall be deemed to
include rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

         (e)  "Fair  Market  Value"  of a Share on a given  date  means the fair
market value of such Share  determined by such methods or procedures as shall be
established by the Board, provided,  however, that if the Shares are listed on a
national securities  exchange or quoted in an interdealer  quotation system, the
Fair  Market  Value of such Shares on a given date shall be the last sales price
or, if last sales  information  is  generally  unavailable,  the  average of the
closing bid and asked prices per Share on such date (or, if there was no trading
or quotation  in the shares on such date,  on the next  preceding  date on which
there was trading or  quotation) as provided by one of such  organizations;  and
provided,  further,  that the "Fair Market  Value" of a Share subject to Options
granted effective on the date on which Shares are first issued and sold pursuant
to  a  registration  statement  filed  with,  and  declared  effective  by,  the
Securities and Exchange Commission shall be the Initial Public Offering price of
the Shares so issued and sold, as set forth in the first final  prospectus  used
in such offering.

         (f) "Initial  Option"  means an Option to purchase the number of shares
specified in or under Section 6(a), subject to adjustment as provided in Section
8.

         (g)  "Initial  Public  Offering"  means an initial  public  offering of
shares in a firm  commitment  underwriting  registered  with the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission in compliance  with the provisions of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         (h) "Option" means the right, granted to a director under Section 6, to
purchase a  specified  number of Shares at the  specified  exercise  price for a
specified period of time under the Plan. All Options will be non-qualified stock
options.

         (i) "Participant" means a person who, as a non-employee director of the
Company,  has been granted an Option or Deferred Shares which remain outstanding
or who has  elected  to be paid fees in the form of Shares  or  Deferred  Shares
under the Plan.

         (j) "Rule 16b-3"  means Rule 16b-3,  as from time to time in effect and
applicable  to the Plan and  Participants,  promulgated  by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

         (k)  "Share"  means a share of common  stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the
Company and such other  securities as may be  substituted  for such Share or for
such other securities pursuant to Section 8.

         3. Shares  Available Under the Plan.  Subject to adjustment as provided
in Section 8, the total  number of Shares  reserved and  available  for issuance
under the Plan is 250,000.  Such Shares may be authorized  but unissued  Shares,
treasury  Shares,  or Shares  acquired  in the  market  for the  account  of the
Participant.  For  purposes  of the  Plan,  Shares  that may be  purchased  upon
exercise of an Option or delivered in settlement of Deferred  Shares will not be
considered to be available  after such Option has been granted or Deferred Share
credited,  except for  purposes of issuance  in  connection  with such Option or
Deferred  Share;  provided,  however,  that, if an Option expires for any reason
without having been  exercised in full,  the Shares  subject to the  unexercised
portion of such Option will again be available for issuance under the Plan.

         4.  Administration  of the Plan. The Plan will be  administered  by the
Board of Directors  (the "Board") of the Company;  provided,  however,  that any
action by the Board  relating  to the Plan will be taken only if, in addition to
any other required vote,  such action is approved by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of those  directors  who are not then  eligible to  participate  in the
Plan.

         5. Eligibility. Each director of the Company who, at the time an Option
is to be granted  under Section 6 or at which fees are to be paid which could be
received in the form of Shares or deferred in the form of Deferred  Shares under
Section 7, is not an employee of the  Company or any  subsidiary  of the Company
will be  eligible,  at such date,  to be granted  an Option  under  Section 6 or
receive fees in the form of Shares or defer fees in the form of Deferred  Shares
under Section 7. In addition,  any person who, at the time the Company commences
an Initial Public Offering, has agreed to become a director upon consummation of
the Initial  Public  Offering  will be eligible to be granted an Initial  Option
under Section 6. No person other than those  specified in this Section 5 will be
eligible to participate in the Plan.

                                       3
<PAGE>

         6. Options. An Initial Option will be automatically  granted (i) at the
commencement  of the  Initial  Public  Offering,  to each person who is eligible
under  Section 5 at that time,  and  thereafter  (ii) at the  effective  date of
initial  election to the Board,  to each person so elected who is eligible under
Section 5 at that date.  In  addition,  an Annual  Option will be  automatically
granted,  at the  close of  business  of the date of final  adjournment  of each
annual meeting of stockholders  of the Company,  to each member of the Board who
is then eligible under Section 5. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  (i) any person
who has been  automatically  granted an Initial  Option at the effective date of
initial  election  to the Board  shall not be  automatically  granted  an Annual
Option at the first  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  following  such  initial
election if such annual meeting takes place within three months of the effective
date of such person's initial election to the Board, and (ii) any Initial Option
granted at the commencement of the Initial Public Offering shall be canceled and
forfeited if the Initial Public  Offering is not  consummated or, in the case of
an Initial Option granted to a person who has agreed to become a director,  such
person  does not  commence  serving as a  non-employee  director  of the Company
promptly following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.

         (a) Number of Shares Subject to Automatic Option Grants. In the case of
any Initial  Option or Annual Option  granted on or before the date of the first
annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the number
of Shares to be subject to each Initial  Option shall be 40,000,  and the number
of Shares to be  subject  to each  Annual  Option  shall be 5,000,  in each case
subject to  adjustment  as  provided  in  Section 8. In the case of any  Initial
Option or Annual Option granted  thereafter,  the number of Shares to be subject
to each  Initial  Option  and  Annual  Option  shall  be the  applicable  number
specified in the  preceding  sentence or, if so  determined  by the Board,  such
other  number of Shares  specified  in the most recent  resolution  of the Board
adopted  on or prior to the date of the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  that
coincides with or most recently precedes the date of grant of the Option.

         (b) Exercise  Price.  The  exercise  price per Share  purchasable  upon
exercise of an Option will be equal to 100% of the Fair Market  Value of a Share
on the date of grant of the Option.

         (c)  Option  Expiration.  A  Participant's  Option  will  expire at the
earlier of (i) 10 years  after the date of grant or (ii) one year after the date
the Participant ceases to serve as a director of the Company for any reason.

         (d)  Exercisability.  Each  Option  may  be  exercised,  prior  to  its
expiration, commencing one year after the date of grant, or at such earlier date
as may be  specified  by the  Board;  provided,  however,  that an Option may be
exercised  following a  Participant's  termination  of service as a director for
reasons other than death or permanent disability only if the director served for
at  least  11  months  after  the date of  grant  or the  Option  was  otherwise
exercisable  at the date of  termination,  and  provided,  further,  that unless
otherwise  determined  by the Board,  all Options  held by a  Participant  shall
become immediately  exercisable upon (i) a Change in Control 

                                       4
<PAGE>

or (ii) the date of the death or  permanent  disability  (as  determined  by the
Board in its discretion) of such Participant.

         (e) Method of Exercise.  A Participant may exercise an Option, in whole
or in part, at such time as it is exercisable  and prior to its  expiration,  by
giving  written  notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company,  specifying
the Option to be exercised and the number of Shares to be purchased,  and paying
in full the  exercise  price in cash  (including  by check) or by  surrender  of
Shares  already owned by the  Participant  (except for Shares  acquired from the
Company  by  exercise  of an Option  less  than six  months  before  the date of
surrender)  having a Fair  Market  Value at the  time of  exercise  equal to the
exercise price, or by a combination of cash and Shares.

         7. Receipt of Shares or Deferred  Shares in Lieu of Fees. Each director
of the Company may elect to be paid fees,  in his or her  capacity as a director
(including  annual retainer fees for service on the Board, fees for service on a
Board  committee,  fees for service as chairman  of a Board  committee,  and any
other fees paid to directors)  in the form of Shares or Deferred  Shares in lieu
of cash  payment of such  fees,  if such  director  is  eligible  to do so under
Section 5 at the date any such fee is otherwise payable. If so elected,  payment
of fees in the form of Shares or  Deferred  Shares  shall be made in  accordance
with this Section 7.

         (a)  Elections.  Each  director  who elects to be paid fees for a given
calendar year in the form of Shares or to defer such payment of fees in the form
of Deferred Shares for such year must file an irrevocable  written election with
the  Secretary  of the Company no later than  December 31 of the year  preceding
such  calendar  year or such other date as may be  specified  by the  Secretary;
provided,  however,  that a  director  serving  at the  time  the  Plan  becomes
effective,  and any director newly elected or appointed thereafter,  may file an
election  applicable to compensation  payable for any period of service that has
not  yet  commenced  within  the  year  of  such  effectiveness,   election,  or
appointment prior to the commencement of such period of service.  An election by
a  director  shall be  deemed  to be  continuing  and  therefore  applicable  to
subsequent  Plan years unless the director  revokes or changes such  election by
filing a new  election  form by the due date for  such  form  specified  in this
Section 7(a). The election must specify the following:

               (i) A percentage  of fees to be received in the form of Shares or
          deferred in the form of Deferred Shares under the Plan; and

               (ii) In the case of a  deferral,  the  period or  periods  during
          which settlement of Deferred Shares will be deferred  (subject to such
          limitations as may be specified by the Company's Secretary).


         (b)  Payment of Fees in the Form of  Shares.  At any date on which fees
are payable to a Participant who has elected to receive such fees in the form of
Shares,  the Company will issue to such  Participant,  or to a designated  third
party  for the  account  of such  Participant,  a number  of  Shares  having  an
aggregate  Fair  Market  Value at that date  equal to the fees,  or as nearly as

                                       5
<PAGE>

possible  equal to the fees (but in no event greater than the fees),  that would
have been  payable at such date but for the  Participant's  election  to receive
Shares  in  lieu  thereof.  If the  Shares  are  to be  credited  to an  account
maintained by the Participant and to the extent reasonably  practicable  without
requiring  the actual  issuance of  fractional  Shares,  the Company shall cause
fractional  Shares to be credited to the  Participant's  account.  If fractional
Shares are not so credited,  any part of the Participant's  fees not paid in the
form of whole  Shares will be payable in cash to the  Participant  (either  paid
separately or included in a subsequent  payment of fees,  including a subsequent
payment of fees subject to an election under this Section 7).

         (c) Deferral of Fees in the Form of Deferred  Shares.  The Company will
establish a deferral  account for each  Participant  who elects to defer fees in
the form of Deferred  Shares under this Section 7. At any date on which fees are
payable to a  Participant  who has elected to defer fees in the form of Deferred
Shares,  the Company  will credit such  Participant's  deferral  account  with a
number of Deferred Shares equal to the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair
Market  Value at that date  equal to the fees  that  otherwise  would  have been
payable at such date but for the Participant's election to defer receipt of such
fees in the form of Deferred  Shares.  The amount of Deferred Shares so credited
shall include fractional Shares calculated to at least three decimal places.

         (d) Crediting of Dividend  Equivalents.  Whenever dividends are paid or
distributions made with respect to Shares, a Participant to whom Deferred Shares
are then  credited  in a deferral  account  shall be  entitled  to  receive,  as
dividend  equivalents,  an amount  equal in value to the amount of the  dividend
paid or  property  distributed  on a single  Share  multiplied  by the number of
Deferred Shares (including any fractional Share) credited to his or her deferral
account as of the record date for such dividend or  distribution.  Such dividend
equivalents shall be credited to the Participant's  deferral account as a number
of Deferred  Shares  determined by dividing the aggregate value of such dividend
equivalents  by the Fair  Market  Value of a Share  at the  payment  date of the
dividend or distribution.

         (e)  Settlement  of  Deferred  Shares.  The  Company  will  settle  the
Participant's  deferral  account by delivering to the Participant (or his or her
beneficiary)  a number of Shares  equal to the number of whole  Deferred  Shares
then  credited to his or her  deferral  account  (or a specified  portion in the
event of any partial  settlement),  together with cash in lieu of any fractional
Share remaining at a time that less than one whole Deferred Share is credited to
such  deferral  account.  Such  settlement  shall  be made at the  time or times
specified in the  Participant's  election filed in accordance with Section 7(a);
provided,  however,  that a Participant may further defer settlement of Deferred
Shares if counsel to the Company  determines  that such further  deferral likely
would be effective under applicable federal income tax laws and regulations.

         (f)  Nonforfeitability.  The interest of each  Participant  in any fees
paid in the form of Shares or Deferred Shares (and any deferral account relating
thereto) at all times will be nonforfeitable.

                                       6
<PAGE>

         8.       Adjustment Provisions.
                  ----------------------

         (a)   Corporate   Transactions   and  Events.   In  the  event  of  any
recapitalization,    forward   or   reverse   split,   reorganization,   merger,
consolidation,  spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other
securities, Share dividend or other special, large and non-recurring dividend or
distribution  (whether  in the form of  cash,  securities  or  other  property),
liquidation,  dissolution,  or  other  similar  corporate  transaction  or event
affects the Shares such that an  adjustment is  appropriate  in order to prevent
dilution or enlargement of the rights of  Participants  under the Plan, then the
Board shall, in such manner as it may deem  equitable,  adjust any or all of the
(i) number and kind of Shares  remaining  reserved  and  available  for issuance
under Section 3, (ii) number and kind of Shares to be subject to each  automatic
grant of an Option  under  Section 6, (iii)  number and kind of Shares  issuable
upon exercise of outstanding  Options,  and/or  exercise price per Share thereof
(provided that no fractional Shares will be issued upon exercise of any Option),
(iv) kind of Shares to be issued in lieu of fees under Section 7, and (v) number
and kind of Shares to be issued upon settlement of Deferred Shares under Section
7. In addition,  the Board is  authorized to make  adjustments  in the terms and
conditions  of  Options   (including,   without   limitation,   cancellation  of
unexercised or outstanding  Options,  or substitution of Shares using stock of a
successor or other  entity) in  recognition  of unusual or  nonrecurring  events
(including,  without limitation,  events described in the preceding sentence and
events constituting a Change in Control) affecting the Company or any subsidiary
or the financial statements of the Company or any subsidiary,  or in response to
changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.

         (b)  Insufficient  Number  of  Shares.  If at any date an  insufficient
number of Shares are available under the Plan for the automatic grant of Options
or the  receipt of fees in the form of Shares or deferral of fees in the form of
Deferred  Shares at that  date,  Options  will  first be  automatically  granted
proportionately  to each  eligible  director,  to the  extent  Shares  are  then
available  (provided  that no fractional  Shares will be issued upon exercise of
any Option) and  otherwise as provided  under Section 6, and then, if any Shares
remain  available,  fees shall be paid in the form of Shares or  deferred in the
form of  Deferred  Shares  proportionately  among  directors  then  eligible  to
participate  to the extent  Shares are then  available and otherwise as provided
under Section 7.

         9.  Changes  to  the  Plan.  The  Board  may  amend,  alter,   suspend,
discontinue,  or terminate the Plan or authority to grant Options or pay fees in
the form of Shares or  Deferred  Shares  under the Plan  without  the consent of
stockholders  or  Participants,  except that any amendment or alteration will be
subject to the  approval  of the  Company's  stockholders  at or before the next
annual  meeting of  stockholders  for which the record date is after the date of
such Board  action if such  stockholder  approval  is required by any federal or
state  law or  regulation  or the  rules  of any  stock  exchange  or  automated
quotation  system as then in effect,  and the Board may  otherwise  determine to
submit other such  amendments  or  alterations  to  stockholders  for  approval;
provided, however, that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such
action 

                                       7
<PAGE>

may  materially  impair  the  rights of such  Participant  with  respect  to any
previously  granted Option or any previous payment of fees in the form of Shares
or Deferred Shares.

         10.      General Provisions.

         (a)  Agreements.  Options,  Deferred  Shares,  and any  other  right or
obligation  under the Plan may be evidenced  by  agreements  or other  documents
executed  by the  Company  and  the  Participant  incorporating  the  terms  and
conditions set forth in the Plan,  together with such other terms and conditions
not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board may from time to time approve.

         (b)  Compliance  with Laws and  Obligations.  The  Company  will not be
obligated to issue or deliver Shares in connection  with any Option,  in payment
of any  directors'  fees, or in  settlement of Deferred  Shares in a transaction
subject to the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, or any other federal or state securities law, any requirement under any
listing  agreement  between  the Company  and any stock  exchange  or  automated
quotation system, or any other law, regulation, or contractual obligation of the
Company, until the Company is satisfied that such laws,  regulations,  and other
obligations  of the  Company  have  been  complied  with in  full.  Certificates
representing  Shares issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer
orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations,
and other obligations of the Company, including any requirement that a legend or
legends be placed thereon.

         (c) Limitations on  Transferability.  Unless otherwise permitted by the
Board, Options,  Deferred Shares, and any other right under the Plan will not be
transferable  by a  Participant  except  by will  or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution  or to a  designated  beneficiary  in the event of a  Participant's
death; provided,  however, that Options and Deferred Shares (and rights relating
thereto) may be  transferred to one or more  transferees  during the lifetime of
the Participant for purposes of the Participant's  estate planning.  The Company
may rely upon the  beneficiary  designation  last filed in accordance  with this
Section 10(c). Options, Deferred Shares, and other rights under the Plan may not
be pledged, mortgaged,  hypothecated,  or otherwise encumbered, and shall not be
subject to the claims of creditors of any Participant.

         (d)      Compliance with Rule 16b-3.
                  ---------------------------

                    (i)  Six-Month  Holding Period.  Unless a Participant  could
                         otherwise  dispose  of  equity  securities,   including
                         derivative securities,  acquired under the Plan without
                         incurring liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange
                         Act, equity securities  acquired under the Plan must be
                         held for a period of six months  following  the date of
                         such acquisition, provided that this condition shall be
                         satisfied  with respect to a derivative  security if at
                         least six months elapse from the date of acquisition of
                         the  derivative  security to the date of disposition of
                         the  derivative  security  (other than upon exercise or
                         conversion) or its underlying equity security.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                    (ii) Other   Compliance   Provisions.   With  respect  to  a
                         Participant  who is then  subject  to Section 16 of the
                         Exchange  Act  in  respect  of the  Company,  it is the
                         intent  of  the  Company  that  transactions  shall  be
                         implemented under the Plan in a manner that will ensure
                         that each  transaction  by such a Participant is exempt
                         from  liability  under Rule  16b-3,  except that such a
                         Participant  may be permitted to engage in a non-exempt
                         transaction  under the Plan if written  notice has been
                         given  to  the  Participant  regarding  the  non-exempt
                         nature of such transaction. The Board may authorize the
                         Company to repurchase any Shares acquired in connection
                         with the Plan in order to prevent a Participant  who is
                         subject  to  Section  16  of  the   Exchange  Act  from
                         incurring   liability   under  Section  16(b).   Unless
                         otherwise   specified   by  the   Participant,   equity
                         securities,  including derivative securities,  acquired
                         under the Plan which are  disposed of by a  Participant
                         shall be deemed to be disposed of in the order acquired
                         by the Participant.

         (e) No Right To Continue as a Director.  Nothing  contained in the Plan
or any  agreement  hereunder  will  confer  upon any  Participant  any  right to
continue to serve as a director of the Company.

         (f) No Stockholder  Rights Conferred.  Nothing contained in the Plan or
any  agreement  hereunder  will  confer upon any  Participant  (or any person or
entity claiming rights by or through a Participant)  any rights of a stockholder
of the Company  unless and until  Shares are in fact issued to such  Participant
(or  person)  or, in the case an Option,  such  Option is validly  exercised  in
accordance with Section 6.

         (g) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the
Board nor its submission to the  stockholders  of the Company for approval shall
be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such
other compensatory arrangements for directors as it may deem desirable.

         (h) Governing Law. The validity,  construction,  and effect of the Plan
and any agreement  hereunder  will be determined in accordance  with the laws of
the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws,
and applicable federal law.

         11.  Stockholder  Approval,  Effective Date, and Plan Termination.  The
Plan will be effective  as of the date of its adoption by the Board,  subject to
stockholder  approval prior to the  commencement of the Initial Public Offering,
and,  unless earlier  terminated by action of the Board shall  terminate at such
time as no Shares remain  available for issuance  under the Plan and the Company
and Participants have no further rights or obligations under the Plan.


                                       9



List of subsidiaries  (including state of incorporation  and trade names) of the
Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The following is a list of the existing subsidiaries of the Company.

<S>                                     <C>                                         <C>  
Name of Subsidiary                         Trade Name                                State of Incorporation
Base Acquisition Corp.                     None                                      Delaware
Crystal Palace Acquisition Corp.           None                                      Delaware
DKG Acquisition Corp.                      None                                      Delaware
Elwell Acquisition Corp.                   None                                      Delaware
St. George Acquisition Corp.               None                                      Delaware
Stone's Acquisition Corp.                  None                                      Delaware
ARA Acquisition Corp.                      None                                      Delaware
Animation USA Acquisition Corp.            None                                      Delaware
Filmart Acquisition Corp.                  None                                      Delaware


The  following  is a list of the  subsidiaries  of the Company as existing  upon
consummation of the Acquisitions

Name of Subsidiary                         Trade Name                                State of Incorporation
American Royal Arts Corp.                  None                                      Delaware
Animation U.S.A., Inc.                     None                                      Washington
BASE, Inc.                                 Crystal Galaxy (in Nevada)                Nevada
                                           Crystal Galleria (in Virginia)
Crystal Galleria, Inc.                     None                                      Nevada
DKG Enterprises, Inc.                      North Pole City                           Oklahoma
                                           North Pole City Gifts & Collectibles
Elwell Stores, Inc.                        The Reef Hallmark Shop                    Florida
Filmart Productions, Inc.                  Cartoon World (in New York)               New York
                                           Filmart Galleries (in New York)
                                           Animation Art Resources (in Pennsylvania)
St. George, Inc.                           Little Elegance                           New Jersey
Stone's Shops, Inc.                        None                                      Illinois
Vincent J. Browne, Inc.                    None                                      California
</TABLE>




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the use of our reports
and  to  all  references  to our  Firm  included  in or  made  a  part  of  this
registration statement.





                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Houston, Texas
June 13, 1997





<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1
<CURRENCY>                                     US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JAN-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 FEB-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   JAN-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                       $ 609,523
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   33,712
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    611,943
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             1,361,092
<PP&E>                                          90,848
<DEPRECIATION>                                 (52,675)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,482,150
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          675,385
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,584
<OTHER-SE>                                     805,181
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,482,150
<SALES>                                      4,288,612
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             4,288,612
<CGS>                                        1,505,784
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,778,138
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              1,028,717
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          1,028,717
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,028,717
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        


</TABLE>


                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.




In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 9, 1997                 



                                                       /s/ Michael A. Baker
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  Michael Baker


<PAGE>


                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 6, 1997



                                                       /s/ Vincent J. Browne
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  Vincent J. Browne


<PAGE>


                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 2, 1997



                                                       /s/ Roy C. Elwell
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  Roy C. Elwell





<PAGE>



                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 8, 1997



                                                       /s/ Jerry Gladstone
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  Jerry Gladstone






<PAGE>



                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 2, 1997



                                                       /s/ David K. Green
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  David K. Green




<PAGE>



                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 8, 1997



                                                       /s/ Paul Shirley
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  Paul Shirley


<PAGE>



                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  May 2, 1997



                                                       /s/ Susan M. Spiegel
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  Susan M. Spiegel

                                       
<PAGE>



                                   CONSENT OF
                   PERSON NAMED AS ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR
                           OF COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.





In  conformity  with Rule 438 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the
undersigned  hereby consents to be named, in the Registration  Statement on Form
S-1 to be filed by  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the  "Company") with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a person about to become a director of the Company.




Date:  June 10, 1997



                                                       /s/ David Stone
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:  David Stone




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission